Auburn University Comprehensive Campus Master Plan by Auburn University Facilities Management

AUBURN UNIVERSITY

Comprehensive Campus Master Plan Update 2013

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

AUBURN UNIVERSITY

Comprehensive Campus Master Plan Update 2013

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

Contents

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

ES-01

1. PLANNING BACKGROUND

2. THE AUBURN CAMPUS

3. SPACE NEEDS

4. ACADEMIC BUILDINGS

5. LAND USE

6. CAMPUS LANDSCAPE

119

7. HEALTH SCIENCE SECTOR

135

8. STUDENT HOUSING

141

9. CAMPUS QUALITY OF LIFE

149

10. TRANSPORTATION 159 11. CAMPUS SECURITY

183

12. ATHLETICS 191 13. SUSTAINABILITY 203 14. IMPLEMENTATION 215 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 224

CHAPTER CONTENTS INTRO D U CT I O N E S- 01 S PAC E N EEDS

E S- 0 6

ACAD EMI C B UI LD ING S

E S- 0 8

LAND US E

E S-1 0

CAM PU S LA N DSCAP E

E S-1 2

HEALT H SC I EN C E SECTO R

E S-1 4

STUDEN T H O U S I N G

E S-1 6

CAM PU S Q UA LI T Y O F L IFE

E S-1 8

TR ANS PO RTAT I O N E S-20 CAM PU S S EC U RI T Y

E S-22

ATHL ET I C S E S-24 S USTA I N A B I LI T Y E S-26

Executive Summary

INTRODUCTION Auburn University’s Comprehensive Campus Master Plan (the Master Plan) was initiated by the Auburn University Board of Trustees and adopted in 2002 as an ongoing process, with the objective of revisiting the plan at least once every five years. Following the scheduled Master Plan update in 2007, AU Facilities Management began the current update process in Fall 2010. The Master Plan Update is the result of an extensive three-year long planning process designed to engage the campus administration, faculty, staff, and students in open and participatory consultation. The Master Plan Update was developed with extensive involvement and participation of the Auburn University community. Over 160 different meetings were held with university stakeholders including advisory groups and committees as well as leaders from all Colleges & Schools, University Senate, Student Government Organization , Administrative & Professional Assembly, Staff Council and major non-academic units. In addition, six Provost Open Forums were held to gain additional input. The Master Plan Update is comprised of chapters referred to as Planning Elements. Over 1,300 faculty, staff, and students provided input concerning proposed topic areas via an online survey. The Planning Element topic areas were adopted by the Board of Trustees on April 12, 2012 and encompass the most relevant issues of importance to the University and, as such, provide focus to the content of the Master Plan Update report. The Planning Elements include: •

Space Needs

•

Campus Quality of Life

•

Academic Buildings

•

Transportation

•

Land Use

•

Campus Security

•

Campus Landscape

•

Athletics

•

Health Science Sector

•

Sustainability

•

Student Housing

•

Research

Executive Summary

ES-01

MAST ER PLA N PUR P OS E The Master Plan Update sets out recommendations for aligning improvements to the campus environment with the mission, vision, values and strategic priorities of the University. It establishes a framework for the stewardship of campus land and facility resources as well as a framework for coordinating incremental decisions relative to the physical environment. The Master Plan Update has been redesigned to function as a “living document” that will be revised on a more regular basis, as needed, by AU Facilities Management in response to the evolution of strategic priorities over time. The stated purposes of the Master Plan Update are as follows: Promote the Success of the Institutional Mission The Master Plan Update includes specific recommendations for improving the campus environment in support of the historic land grant mission as well as the emerging mission expressed in the 2013 Strategic Plan. While the recommendations of all Planning Elements are intended to support the mission, some have a more direct impact on the instructional, research and outreach mission. These include the Space Needs and Academic Buildings Planning Elements which outline recommendations and strategies for facility renovation and construction in support of Auburn’s instructional, research and outreach programs. The Health Science Sector Planning Element sets out a vision for health-related programs and activities centered on the Schools of Nursing and Pharmacy, the Edward Via College of Osteopathic Medicine (VCOM) as well as Auburn clinical activities and future research opportunities. Collectively, these Planning Elements align key facility requirements with the institutional mission and are informed by the input of the academic deans, faculty, professional staff and others responsible for advancing the mission of the University. Promote the Success of Students and Faculty The 2013 Strategic Plan sets out two strategic priorities in support of student and faculty success. Strategic Priority 1 focuses on the enhancement of student success and enrollment diversity. Strategic Priority 2 centers on supporting faculty excellence and strengthening Auburn’s reputation. While there are many considerations relative to promoting student and faculty success, the Master Plan Update describes facilities and amenities that offer opportunities to support students and faculty. The proposed improvements are detailed in the Campus Quality Life, Housing, and Security Elements. They include, but are not limited to, new state-of-the-art academic buildings, library enhancements, new dining, recreation and housing facilities and recommendations for addressing issues of security and safety on the campus.

ES-02

Establish a Framework for Campus Development and Management of Orderly Campus Change Several Planning Elements in the Master Plan Update address the campus environment at a framework level. The Land Use Element sets out procedures for allocating, managing and enhancing campus land resources in response to land-based instructional, research and outreach activities as well as other operational and mission-supportive purposes such as Athletics and parking. The Athletics Element details the field and facilities requirements of the Athletics Department as well as the land-intensive uses associated with Game-Day activities (parking and tailgating). The Landscape Element includes a landscape framework, the intent of which is to promote a high quality and connected system of open spaces and landscapes designed to improve the appearance of the campus and provide for a pleasant context for campus life. The Transportation Element highlights recommendations for coordinating the pedestrian, bicycle, transit and vehicular circulation and parking systems of the campus with the goal of promoting safe, convenient, multi-modal access. Promote the Wise Stewardship of Land, Space and Building Assets The stewardship of land, space and building assets is addressed in the Land Use, Space Needs, Academic Buildings and Sustainability Elements. The Land Use Element, for the first time in the history of the campus, formalizes land use boundaries and establishes a foundation for the future allocation, management and regulation of land. The Space Needs Element provides a quantitative and qualitative approximation of the long-range facility needs for academic and non-academic units, and provides a strategy for accommodating those needs in the context of the established Campus Core. The Sustainability Element includes an overview of the sustainability initiatives underway at Auburn in the areas of energy management, water resource management, infrastructure systems, transportation, the natural environment and the campus landscape. It provides an overview of Auburn’s Climate Action Plan and summarizes proposed greenhouse emissions reduction targets as part of the American College and University Presidents’ Climate Commitment.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

E Magnolia Ave

W Magnolia Ave

E Thach Ave

k Dr

Mell St

W Thach Ave

Hemloc

N Gay St

N College St

N Donahue Dr

AUBURN UNIVERSITY CAMPUS CORE

Hei

sma

Roosevelt

Miller Ave

Biggio Dr

E Samford Ave

Reese Ave Garden Dr P O Davis Ave

S Gay St

Duncan Ave

S Donahue Dr

W ire

W Samford Ave

so rri

S Co

lleg e St

m Le

Figure 2. Existing Conditions - 2013

Executive Summary

ES-03

OVERA LL MA ST ER P L A N U P DAT E H IG H L IG H TS 1. Aligned the Campus Master Plan with the 2013 Strategic Plan.

LAND USE PLANNI NG H I GHLI GH TS 1. Adjusted campus growth boundaries.

2. Established Executive Facilities Committee as the principal Auburn University facilities and land use governance body.

2. Reserved land for new facilities required to replace older academic buildings in the core of campus.

3. Implemented an open, transparent and inclusive Master Plan update process that engaged the entire University community.

3. Reserved land for future student housing facilities.

4. Developed first-ever space planning model to enable Auburn University to determine facility space requirements. 5. Identified facility requirements and priorities for all Colleges and Schools, as well as Auxiliaries, Athletics, and other major non-academic divisions. 6. Established a long-term facility development capacity of over 2 million gross square feet for expansion within the core of campus.

4. Reserved land for locating the Health Sciences Sector on South Donahue Drive. 5. Reserved land for expanded research park to accommodate the new Via College of Osteopathic Medicine. 6. Reserved land for and established field labs in support of the academic/research mission. 7. Reserved land for additional recreation fields. 8. Reserved land for Athletic Department expansion.

7. Identified campus parking needs and developed short and long-term parking recommendations.

9. Reserved land for a performing arts complex and welcome center on South College.

8. Developed the first-ever Landscape Master Plan for the Auburn University main campus.

10. Reserved land for Game-Day activities in the South Campus Area.

9. Developed first-ever post-construction stormwater plan for the Auburn University main campus to ensure new projects do not negatively affect water quality and downstream flooding for Parkerson Mill Creek.

11. Reserved land to consolidate service functions in the Services Sector.

10. Developed a preservation and enhancement framework for Parkerson Mill Creek.

13. Recommended a process to manage land assignments and resultant land use.

11. Developed Master Plan recommendations for the following Board of Trustees Planning Elements:

14. Created a natural resource protection and enhancement area around Parkerson Mill Creek.

12. Proposed to increase the utilization of Ag Heritage Park and other campus parks.

-- Space Needs -- Academic Buildings -- Land Use -- Campus Landscape -- Health Science Sector -- Student Housing -- Campus Quality of Life -- Transportation -- Campus Security -- Athletics -- Sustainability

ES-04

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

Shug Jordan Pkwy

NEAR-TERM ILLUSTRATIVE PLAN W Magnolia Ave N3

A11 A13

N10 A10 A2

N11 N8

S Co

lleg e St

A6 N1

Rd N2 A12

S Donahue Dr

ire W

Figure 3. The Proposed Illustrative Plan indicates the new academic and non-academic facilities that could be completed in the next decade

LEGEND Existing Building Proposed Building PROPOSED ACADEMIC FACILITIES A1. Academic Success Complex Mell Commons A2. Academic Success Complex Roosevelt Commons A3. STEM Lab Facility A4. School of Nursing Facility A5. School of Pharmacy Facility A6. Via College of Osteopathic Medicine Facility A7. College of Education Facility

Executive Summary

PROPOSED NON-ACADEMIC FACILITIES A8. College of Agriculture Facilities A9. College of Sciences and Mathematics Facilities A10. College of Human Sciences Facility A11. College of Liberal Arts Facility (renovation) A12. Equestrian Science Facility A13. Haley Center Renovation or Replacement

N1. Performing Arts Center Site N2. Visitor Center Site N3. Lowder Lounge N4. Terrell Dinning Hall Replacement N5. North East Quadrant Parking Deck N6. Library Parking Deck Replacement

N7. Ag Hill Parking Deck N8. Athletic Expansion Facility N9. Recreation Field Expansion N10. Replace CDV Resident Hall Facility with Interim Surface Parking/Future Building Site N11. Replace Coliseum with Interim Surface Parking/Future Building Site

ES-05

Space Needs The Space Needs assessment for the campus commenced in 2010 and was completed in 2013 under the direction of AU Facilities Management. The assessment process focused on identifying the facility needs for academic and non-academic units through the application of two primary tools created for the Master Plan: 1) a planning considerations survey for both academic and non-academic units; and, 2) a space planning model. The planning considerations survey links the strategic direction of academic and non-academic units to future facility needs. The space planning model allows AU Facilities Management to continually evaluate the University’s space needs at a macro scale. Overall, Auburn University has a space deficit of over 840,000 square feet. The following is a summary of the space need findings for each major space use category. Classrooms. Auburn University’s challenge with classroom space is not one of quantity, but rather one of quality. Quantitatively, the University has a relatively minor overall classroom space deficit of approximately 7,000 net assignable square feet (NASF). Qualitatively, most classrooms do not support current or emerging pedagogies for course delivery. The problematic classroom issues that negatively impact instruction on campus are as follows: 1. Poor quality space. 2. Too many small classrooms. 3. Insufficient large classrooms/lecture halls (250+). 4. Lack of diversity in types of classrooms.

5. Insufficient project or team learning space. 6. Non-flexible/non-configurable classroom space. 7. Lack of technology. 8. Lack of space for informal faculty-student interactions.

In response to these issues and given the critical importance of high quality instruction facilities needed to support the University’s academic mission, as stated in Strategic Plan Priority 1: “Enhance Student Success”, it is recommended that the University build new classroom facilities that provide student-centered, state-of-the-art learning spaces. Laboratory Facilities. The University has a current instructional laboratory space deficit of approximately 176,000 NASF, which is the largest space deficit on campus by type. Although most Colleges have shortages of lab space, the largest deficits occur within the College of Sciences and Mathematics, which has a deficit of science-technology-engineeringmathematics (STEM) laboratories; the College of Liberal Arts, which has a deficit of music recital space; and, the College of Architecture Design and Construction, which has a deficit of studio space. Of these, the College of Sciences and Mathematics (COSAM) has the most critical space deficit of approximately 59,000 NASF. This COSAM STEM laboratory space deficit is consistent with information indicating that the inability of students to schedule required laboratory classes is negatively impacting graduation rates. Elimination of this laboratory space deficit should be a top University priority.

The programs or offices with the largest office space deficits are Liberal Arts, COSAM, Veterinary Medicine, Provost and Academic Affairs, Enrollment Services, Executive Vice President, and Athletics. Study Facilities. The space model estimates the University as having a library and study space deficit of approximately 129,000 NASF. The majority of this space deficit is in student study space, and as such, represents a significant issue since student success is closely related to the availability of quality study space. Planning considerations provided by Library administration, indicate that 15,000- 20,000 NASF in library storage space is needed. This requirement may be resolved by utilizing higher efficiency storage methods. With the implementation of higher efficiency storage systems, the opportunity will exist to provide more study, academic and research space in the library. Special Use Facilities. The space needs analysis reveals the following special use space deficiencies: • The space model calculates a deficit in indoor campus recreation space as of the Fall 2012 semester. With the completion of the new Recreation and Wellness Center, this need has been satisfied. • The analysis reveals a need for additional clinical space in various Colleges and Schools, including the Colleges of Liberal Arts and Human Sciences, and the Schools of Nursing and Pharmacy. General Use Facilities. The University has a general use space deficit of approximately 85,000 NASF, as highlighted by the following: • Assembly space is a need within several academic units. However, the greatest need may be tied to the planning consideration goals of providing more Theater Department performance space and service space for a multi-purpose theater. The aspirational goal of developing a Performing Arts Center is also a consideration. • There is a small deficit of exhibition space, with the Art, Architecture, and Animal Sciences departments, along with the Museum and Library, having the greatest estimated needs. • An estimated 22,500 NASF of lounge space is needed to support academic and student life. • There is significant demand for meeting area, which is booked on a continuous basis. A large meeting space for supporting major non-athletic events, such as graduation, is needed. Health Care Facilities. The space planning model shows a health care space deficit of approximately 25,000 NASF, much of which is generated by the need for additional nursing stations in the Student Health Clinic and Veterinary Medicine. Examination rooms are the second largest need. While the College of Veterinary Medicine has the greatest need for Health Care space, the opening of the Small Animal Teaching Hospital will satisfy much of this need.

Office Facilities. The University has a small overall office space surplus, although some academic and administrative departments have deficits.

ES-06

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

PROPOSED PRIMARY BUILDING USE BY COLLEGE AND SCHOOL

W Thach Ave

CO LLEG E O F V E T E R INA RY M E DIC INE

W Samford A ve

ire

400

800 ft

S Co llege

Lem Morrison

S Donahue Dr

Duncan Dr

Figure 4. Proposed Primary Building Use by College and School College of Liberal Arts

Office of the Provost

College of Agriculture

College of Sciences and Mathematics

Ginn College of Engineering

College of Architecture, Design and Construction

College of Veterinary Medicine (insert)

School of Forestry and Wildlife Science

College of Education

Harbert College of Business

School of Nursing

College of Human Sciences

Harrison School of Pharmacy

LEGEND

Executive Summary

ES-07

Academic Buildings The Academic Buildings Planning Element seeks to (1) identify key Capital Projects resulting from the AU Strategic Plan, the space needs of Colleges and Schools, and previously identified University project requirements, and (2) estimate new construction facility capacity and identify appropriate facility sites for new buildings in the core of campus that could be completed in the next decade. The potential building sites identified in this element were originally developed as part of the Academic Capital Projects Plan (2010-2020) planning process. Based on the outcomes of the 2013 Strategic Plan and the analysis conducted during the Master Plan Update, the list of potential Capital Projects for 2014-2020 has been revised and a strategy created to align these projects in response to the specific programmatic requirements of Colleges and Schools, as well as non-academic units. The Auburn University Office of the Provost will lead a separate Capital Project prioritization process to identify which academic building and renovation projects are most critical to the implementation of the Strategic Plan. This process will also take into account current fiscal conditions such as the University bond capacity as well as funding opportunities resulting from the Universityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s upcoming development campaign. The proposed new academic building projects are depicted in Figure 5 and are as follows: New Classroom Facilities. Using the space requirements developed by the Master Plan space planning model, the allocation of space by type was determined by a Provost appointed Program Requirements Committee which assembled in the fall of 2011 and spring of 2012. The future classroom facilities, to be known as the Academic Success Complex, are envisioned as student focused learning hubs and collaboration spaces located at the heart of the academic core. The Academic Success Complex will be built in two proposed locations: 1. The Academic Success Complex-Roosevelt Commons will be constructed south of the Campus Green. It will include stateof-the-art classrooms and group study and collaboration spaces. The facility will define the south side of Campus Green, further contributing to the quality of this open space. The proposed site is conveniently located for pedestrian access from all points of the central core. 2. The Academic Success Complex-Mell Commons will be constructed as an addition to the west faĂ§ade of the Library and will provide the opportunity to incorporate new classroom and collaboration spaces that complement recent investments in the Library Learning Commons. New STEM Laboratory Facility. Addressing the large space deficit in COSAM instructional laboratory space is a top University priority for several reasons: 1. The heavy utilization of existing laboratories. 2. The difficulty students have in scheduling required laboratory classes.

The STEM Laboratory Facility is proposed for the site currently occupied by Parker Hall and the area to the immediate south. The new building will define the south and east sides of a new quadrangle formed with the adjacent Academic Success Complex-Roosevelt Commons. New College of Education Facilities. The proposed College of Education Building is envisioned as the headquarters for the College. It will be located on PO Davis Drive in the emerging South Quad area of the campus. The new facility will consolidate all College of Education facilities, with the exception of Kinesiology, in an area of the campus with convenient access, parking, and transit services. A peripheral location is desirable given that the enrollment of the College is upper division and that student engagement will occur entirely within the new facility or off-campus in local schools. This new facility will define the north and west sides of the South Quad, with the Office of Information Technology Building (OIT) and Poultry Science defining the south and east sides respectively. New School of Nursing Facilities. The School of Nursing currently operates with only 29% of the space that the University space model estimates is required to support their mission. The large space deficit, coupled with the high demand for Nursing School enrollment makes this new facility a University priority. The proposed site for a new School of Nursing is in the planned Health Science Sector that is envisioned as a new district dedicated to health-related programs at Auburn. New College of Human Sciences. The replacement for the College of Human Sciences (CHS) functions, currently located in Spidle Hall, is proposed at the corner of Mell and Roosevelt. This pivotal corner will provide CHS with a more visible presence and will position its new headquarters adjacent to the Library Garage and the Roosevelt Transit Hub. In conjunction with the proposed College of Agriculture buildings, the new CHS building will contribute to the transformation of the Roosevelt gateway to the campus. New College of Sciences and Mathematics Facilities. The proposed College of Sciences and Mathematics (COSAM) buildings on Ag Hill and an addition to Leach Hall are intended to replace COSAM functions from Allison, Parker, Funchess and Upchurch Halls. The proposed sites for the new buildings on Ag Hill are located to the east, west, and southwest of the current Funchess Hall site. The new facilities Ag Hill are intended to complement the College of Agriculture facilities also planned for this area. New College of Agriculture Facilities. The proposed College of Agriculture buildings are located to the southeast and southwest of Comer Hall. The new facilities are intended to consolidate College of Agriculture functions from Upchurch and Funchess and will be designed to complement the character of Comer Hall. The proposed configuration of buildings will create a new identity and image for the College at the Roosevelt entrance to the campus. Comer Hall will be renovated as part of the overall Ag Hill redevelopment strategy.

3. The negative impact scheduling has on University graduation rates.

ES-08

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

PROPOSED ACADEMIC CAPITAL PROJECTS

W Magnolia Ave

LEGEND Existing Building Proposed Building

Academic Success Complex - Mell Commons

Academic Success Complex - Roosevelt Commons

Academic Success Laboratory

Complex

12 11

STEM

4. College of Education 5.

6 2

School of Nursing

6. College of Human Sciences 7.

S College St

12 8

College of Sciences and Mathematics

8. College of Agriculture 6

9. College of Liberal Arts

W Samford Ave

10. School of Pharmacy 11. Haley Renovation or Replacement

S Donahue Dr

12. Academic Building Renovations 4

Lem Morrison Dr

5 10

Figure 5. Proposed Academic Capital Projects

New College of Liberal Arts Facilties. Two options exist for the College of Liberal Arts facility and staff currently in Haley Center. The first may be a major renovation to Haley Center which could include demolition of the tower along with one or two Quads and complete reconfiguration of the remaining Quads. The second may be to relocate from Liberal Arts space from Haley to Walker and Miller Halls following the completion of the new Nursing and Pharmacy facilities in the Health Science Sector. Walker and Miller are centrally located on Thach Concourse in close proximity to other Liberal Arts facilities.

Executive Summary

New School of Pharmacy Facilities. Considerable study has been given to relocating the Pharmacy to the Health Science Sector so that the College of Liberal Arts could utilize the Walker and Miller Halls for faculty and staff in the event Haley Center is demolished in the future. To ensure viability for this plan, a site for a new School of Pharmacy building has been planned in the new Health Science Sector. It is located west of the new School of Nursing facility at the Southwest corner of South Donahue Drive and Lem Morrison Drive.

ES-09

Land Use The Campus Land Use Plan is based on an extensive consultation process carried out with key stakeholders from the College of Agriculture, the School of Forestry and Wildlife Sciences, the College of Veterinary Medicine, the School of Pharmacy, the School of Nursing, the College of Liberal Arts, the College of Sciences and Mathematics, the Auburn Research Park, AAES, Auburn Athletics, Student Affairs, and Facilities Management, among others. The consultation process confirmed the land use needs for a majority of the ongoing academic, research, and extension activities. The process also confirmed emerging land use requirements. These requirements, as well as the evolving nature of existing land use activities, are placing pressure on long-standing land use arrangements. The result: several land use areas of the campus are of interest to multiple stakeholders. The potential for disagreement and conflict over land requires a more formal and regulated approach. In response, the Master Plan Update takes the initial step toward this regulated approach by: mapping the existing and proposed land use; analyzing future building capacity; and, proposing future permitted land uses.

College is intended to create a memorable gateway to Auburn and the campus.

The Proposed Land Use Plan (Figure 6) identifies the following land use categories:

Athletics. Land is designated for future Athletics expansion in three locations: 1) W. Samford near the intersection with Shug Jordan for future field requirements; 2) the southwest corner of S. Donahue and W. Samford for future office and administrative facilities; and, 3) north of Woodfield Drive for Game-Day activities and parking.

Academic. The Master Plan Update concentrates future academic facilities in the Campus Core where an estimated two million (2,000,000) square feet of additional space is possible on available building sites utilizing an infill strategy and assuming three-to-four story construction. Site locations have been identified for numerous new academic buildings identified by the Colleges and Schools and validated by the Master Plan space model. Field Labs. Field labs are defined as outdoor fields, pastures and wooded areas utilized to support the instructional, research and outreach activities of the University. These Field Labs contribute directly to the Universityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s academic mission. The land use boundaries for Field Labs are formally established in the Master Plan Update, a necessary step toward the development of land utilization agreements. Facilities Management will work with academic and administrative units to establish agreements for all Field Labs. These agreements will document the primary management authority for the land and the duration of the Field Lab assignments; include an assignment priority system for allocating land or plots as needed to instructors, primary investigators, and others; and, address ongoing maintenance and natural resource management area requirements. The Proposed Land Use Plan identifies 13 Field Labs. Health Science Sector. Land is reserved for the proposed Health Science Sector, including the Edward Via College of Osteopathic Medicine (VCOM) at the southwest corner of S. Donahue and Lem Morrison. Research. The boundaries of the Auburn Research Park are formalized and defined to accommodate future expansion. Cultural/Public. Land is reserved for two public functions along S. College directly across from the Jule Collins Smith Art Museum: 1) a Performing Arts Center at the southwest corner of S. College and Woodfield Drive; and, 2) a Welcome Center at the northwest corner of S. College and S. Donahue. This concentration of cultural and public facilities along S.

ES-10

Services. The existing Facilities Management Service Sector on W. Samford is expanded in the Master Plan Update to enable the consolidation of outlying service functions in one area including all Facilities Management functions, housing maintenance, athletics maintenance, Risk Management and Safety, Hazardous Waste Storage, and the AAES Agricultural Land/Resource Management functions. Other Service areas are indicated to accommodate existing sub-stations, heating plants and support functions. Parks. Existing and proposed Park land is designated to protect important amenities such as Samford Park, Campus Green, and the Arboretum. Parking. Surface parking zones are identified as a land use along with areas for future parking garages. Leased to Third Parties. Land designated for University research and business partners is identified. Natural Resource Management Area. Land located on either side of Parkerson Mill Creek and Town Creek is designated as a Natural Resource Management Area. This designation includes land in the FEMA 100-year floodplain and wetland areas that have been confirmed. It includes land that is not suitable for development. LAND USE GOVE R NANCE The Land Use Categories are designated in the Land Use Plan with the understanding that land is a University resource, not the resource of the colleges, units or divisions permitted to use the land. Based on these designations, AU Facilities Management will work with the various colleges and administrative units to establish Land Use Agreements for permitted uses.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

Shug Jordan Pkwy

PROPOSED LAND USE PLAN

W Magnolia Ave

S Co

lleg e St

LAN

S Donahue Dr

ire W

800

1600 ft

Figure 6. The Proposed Land Use Plan defines the long-term land use categories and general land use areas for the campus. Detailed information on specific uses in each category is provided in the Land Use Zone descriptions.

LEGEND Academic

Athletics

Natural Resource Management Area

Housing

Recreation

Water

Fraternity

Field Lab

100-Year Floodplain

Research

Cultural/Public

Leased to Third Parties

Health Science Sector

Park

Service

Surface Parking

Executive Summary

ES-11

Campus Landscape The vision for the enhancement of the Auburn University landscape is to provide a landscape structure which will shape a beautiful, memorable, and enduring pedestrian-oriented campus while reintegrating cultural and natural systems.

Quadrangles Defined by Buildings. Open spaces defined by buildings, walks, trees and shrubs. They should be characterized by lawns with trees and shrubs along the edges, near building entrances and in gathering areas.

The Proposed Landscape Framework Plan outlines a prescribed pattern of landscape types intended to bring order and consistency to campus landscape development. It identifies the relationships between landscape types, provides recommendations for their general treatment and provides conceptual design guidance for selected landscape improvement areas.

Plazas and Courtyards. Spaces designed for outdoor activities and for pedestrian movement. The design of these spaces should be compatible with surrounding architecture and provide places for sitting and gathering.

It serves as an overlay to the Land Use Plan by providing guidance for the landscape treatments that apply to each land use category and land use zone. The forthcoming Landscape Master Plan will provide additional detail and conceptual design recommendations. The goal of the Landscape Framework Plan is to facilitate landscape design decisions that: 1) achieve design continuity in which the individual parts of the campus landscape contribute to a unified whole; 2) achieve design consistency and harmony throughout the multiple landscape types of the campus; and, 3) achieve the benefits of economy, functionality, natural resource conservation and beautification. LANDSCA PE T Y PO LO G IE S The following landscape typologies are depicted in Figure 7 and defined in the Landscape Framework Plan: Creek Corridors. Areas associated with Parkerson Mill Creek and other creeks which perform habitat functions, air and water cleansing, and hydrologic regulation. Management activities are proposed to increase the environmental and educational value of these corridors. Managed Forested Areas. Areas including naturally occurring regional plant communities, modified by varying degrees by management activities. They offer value for passive recreation and contribute to the naturalistic character of the campus. These areas are to be protected, especially if areas are adjacent to water resources, along steep slopes and in existing woodlands.

Interstitial or Connective Spaces. Landscapes associated with circulation routes and spaces between buildings that accommodate a range of pedestrian, vehicular and service uses. The landscape design of these spaces should be coordinated with the character of adjacent areas. Sports Landscapes. Areas associated with sports and athletics fields. These spaces should be framed by trees and shrubs. Agricultural Landscapes. Landscapes characterized by open pasture or turf grass surrounded by woods or roads. They should feature orderly fence lines, neat hedgerows, woodland edges, mowed fields and well maintained buildings. Arboretum and Garden of Memory. Unique landscape areas for contemplation and reflection with the Arboretum representing a living collection of plants and serving educational objectives. Both are to be maintained and protected. Exterior Field Lab. Field areas that support academic, research and outreach activities. They should be managed and protected in accordance with the policies of the Land Use Plan. Parking and Service Landscapes. Areas associated with parking and vehicular movement. Trees and plants are suggested to offset the visual effects of paving, parking, utilities and service functions. Heritage Trees. Large trees that contribute to the quality of the campus which are to be protected and preserved. Gateways. Markers indicating vehicular and pedestrian entrances to the campus.

Civic Spaces. Spaces that by virtue of their size, location, history and association with buildings are of campus-wide significance (Ross Square, for example). These spaces should be characterized by design simplicity and featuring open lawns proportional to surrounding buildings and populated with trees. Pedestrian Concourses. Major pedestrian routes with a consistent and coordinated landscape treatment. These corridors should be lined with large trees to provide shade and improve the spatial order of the campus. Front Yards along Vehicular Streets. Landscape areas between streets and buildings that function as visual spaces (not heavy use areas). These spaces should be defined by large canopy trees and lawns. Signs, bollards, lighting, sidewalks and curbs should be designed to present a unified image.

ES-12

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

PROPOSED LANDSCAPE FRAMEWORK PLAN

AUB

W Magnolia Ave

PROPO Progre

W Samford Ave

H H

S Co

llege

n rda

g Jo

Shu y

Pkw

ire W

Figure 7. Proposed Landscape Framework Plan Typologies

LEGEND Managed Forested Areas

Arboretum / Garden of Memory

Civic Spaces

Agriculture Field

Pedestrian Concourses

Parking and Services

Front Yards

Heritage Trees

Quadrangle

Heritage Tree Grove

Plazas and Courts

Gateways

Interstitial Spaces

Water Bodies

Sports Landscapes

Creek Corridors

Executive Summary

ES-13

400

Health Science Sector The Master Plan Update establishes a Health Science Sector for the possible relocation of the School of Nursing, the School of Pharmacy, Auburn clinical facilities, private sector health-related partners, and health care related research facilities. The goal is to create a new district dedicated to instructional, research, and private partnerships that will support the current and evolving mission of health-related programs at Auburn. The desired outcome is an environment that fosters collaboration amongst the above noted programs as well as the College of Veterinary Medicine. By concentrating a critical mass of activities, the goal is to facilitate the creation of new programs, research activities, and partnership opportunities. In addition to Auburn programs, the Health Science Sector is also designed to accommodate the Edward Via College of Osteopathic Medicine (VCOM), a private medical school.

ACADE MI C AND R E SE ARCH ZONE The proposed layout for the academic and research zone includes adequate capacity to accommodate Nursing and Pharmacy as well as expansion space for future health-related programs and functions. It also includes a clinical facility that will consolidate clinical functions currently scattered in the campus core. These include speech and hearing clinics, and other counseling services that draw members of the public to the campus. Relocating these facilities to the Health Science Sector will reduce parking demand in the campus core, and will relocate them to an area where convenient and accessible parking is possible. Future research facilities are proposed to serve both the needs of Auburn and VCOM including a building with shared equipment and social amenities. The intent is to concentrate expensive specialized equipment in one location where it can be accessed and utilized by a number of users.

The overall layout and design of the Health Science Sector connects it to the Auburn Research Park to the south where a range of complementary research activities are underway. Proximity to the Research Park is envisioned to foster collaboration and to encourage future partnership opportunities.

The parking strategy for this zone includes surface parking in the initial phases of development transitioning to structured parking as the land area is needed for development of additional research and other healthrelated facilities.

The proposed land use pattern of the Health Science Sector is defined by the road network which includes a north / south road on the west side of the site and an extension of Woodfield Drive to define the south side of the site. The plan is based on an understanding of topographic and wetland conditions.

VCOM ZONE The VCOM site is located on the south end of the Health Science Sector. It includes a 70,000 GSF academic building, and approximately 500 surface parking spaces. VCOM will function as a private institution but will collaborate with the College of Pharmacy and others on educational and research initiatives. Research, in particular, is seen as a major opportunity for collaboration. The VCOM site will be leased from the Auburn Research Trust Foundation, the overseers of the Auburn University Research Park.

HEALT H SC I EN C E SECTO R R ECO M M E NDAT IO N S The Health Science Sector is expected to take several years to implement; however, the partners in the VCOM facility are prepared to move forward in the near-term. The site plan as depicted in Figure 8 is designed to allow for flexibility and incremental implementation as demand warrants. The site plan is divided into two land use areas: â&#x20AC;˘ The academic and research zone on the north â&#x20AC;˘ The Edward Via College of Osteopathic Medicine (VCOM) on the south.

ES-14

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

HEALTH SCIENCE SECTOR NEAR-TERM PLAN

Lem Morris

on Dr

EXPA NSI O N A R EA

H EA LT H SC I EN C E S ECTO R -ACA D EM I C A N D RES EA RC H ZO NE

a re

e ag Man

A nt

ce Natural Resour

H EA LT H SC IE NC E S ECTO R VCO M ZONE

E X PA N S I O N A RE A

3 Woodfield Dr

S Donahue Dr

R E S E A RC H PA R K

Figure 8. Near-term Health Science Sector proposed plan

LEGEND

Executive Summary

School of Nursing/ Clinics

School of Pharmacy

VCOM

ES-15

Student Housing The Master Plan Update includes recommendations for future housing developed in consultation with representatives from Student Affairs, Auxiliaries, AU Facilities Management, the Master Plan Update Committee, and the Student Government Association (SGA). Currently, Auburn has the capacity to house 4,657 students in campus residence halls (2013-2014 academic year). This capacity is adequate to accommodate the existing first year class. Looking forward, the goal is to continue housing the first year class plus approximately 1,600 students in the following categories: Upper Division Students, Greek Women, Honors, and Athletes. Table 1 summarizes the estimated on-campus housing demand at an enrollment of 25,000 students, the planning target established for the Master Plan Update. The estimated demand, assuming 4,000 first year students, is 5,600 beds resulting in shortfall of 943 beds (see Table 2). To ensure that the University has the flexibility to provide housing for all first year students as well as Greek Women, Honors students, Athletes and Upper Division students who desire to live on campus, two sites are identified for future residence halls: 1) North of the Village (existing parking area) with an estimated capacity of 675 beds; and, 2) the CDV site with an estimated capacity of 1,100 beds. The North Village residence halls would displace in the range of 700 surface parking spaces. Utilization of the CDV site for housing would result in the need for remote parking or a garage to accommodate the parking demand.

Table 1. Existing On-Campus Housing Supply ASSUMING 25,000 AUBURN-WIDE ENROLLMENT

BEDS

Village Resident Hall Complex

1,672

Quad Resident Hall Complex

967

S. Donahue Residence Hall Complex

418

Hill Resident Hall Complex

1,600

TOTAL SUPPY

4,657

Table 2. Estimated On-Campus Housing Demand ASSUMING 25,000 AUBURN-WIDE ENROLLMENT

BEDS

First Year

4,000

Upper Division Greek Men

Greek Women

750

Honors

450

Athletes

200

Other Upper Division

200

TOTAL DEMAND

5,600

TOTAL ON-CAMPUS HOUSING NEED (ASSUMING 25,000 ENROLLMENT)

943

The popularity of the Greek organizations is driving the need for additional fraternity house sites and sorority chapter rooms. The Pan-Hellenic organizations also need dedicated space. A suggested location is the lower level of the renovated Hill complex where two chapter / meeting rooms are possible. Additional Fraternity housing sites are identified to accommodate anticipated demand including up to four sites in the W. Magnolia area and two sites in the Lem Morrison area. See Figure 9.

Figure 9. Proposed Housing and Fraternity Expansion Legend: 1.

Existing Village Resident Hall Complex

Existing Quad Resident Hall Complex

Existing S. Donahue Resident Hall Complex

4. Eisting Hill Resident Hall Complex 5.

Existing W. Magnolia / Thach Fraternities

6. Existing Lem Morrison / Biggio Fraternities 7.

Proposed Fraternities Expansion at W. Magnolia / Thach

8. Proposed Fraternities Expansion at Lem Morrison / Biggio 9. Proposed Village Resident Hall Complex Expansion 10. Proposed CDV Resident Hall Complex

ES-16

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

PROPOSED HOUSING AND FRATERNITY EXPANSION

W Thach Ave 1

10 2

W Samford A ve

ire

Duncan Dr

400

800 ft

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

Figure 9. Two resident hall sites are reserved in the Master Plan to provide housing for all first year students: 9) north of theVillage Resident Hall Complex; and, 10) the CDV site. Sites are also reserved for the expansion of Fraternity housing as shown. A new dining hall and open space are shown in the Hill Complex.

LEGEND Existing Campus Housing

Existing Fraternity House

Proposed Campus Housing

Proposed Fraternity House

Executive Summary

ES-17

Campus Quality of Life Quality of life is defined in the Master Plan Update as the overall experience of studying, working, and living on the Auburn campus--an experience enhanced by the quality and safety of the academic environment, housing, dining, and recreation as well as the connections between these uses. To that end, the facilities, amenities, outdoor spaces, and mobility improvements that in combination contribute to the perceived quality and enjoyment of the campus environment are addressed. Given the physical emphasis of the Master Plan, the recommendations focus on housing, dining, cafés, convenience stores, and recreation facilities. Housing is addressed in the Student Housing planning element. VIS IO N The vision for the overall quality of life on the Auburn campus is to provide: 1) social, academic, and study environments that support student success; 2) a collaborative workplace for faculty and staff; 3) high quality housing to meet university engagement and retention objectives; 4) a variety of well-distributed dining venues that offer healthy eating options; 5) convenient retail facilities; 6) expanded recreation facilities to promote the health and well-being of the Auburn community; and, 7) a campus landscape defined by passive recreation opportunities and pleasant outdoor gathering spaces. DININ G , CA F É, A N D CO NV E NIE NC E STO R E RECO MM EN DAT IO NS Dining facilities serve an important function in the overall campus experience, providing social venues as much as food service locations. Existing dining services are provided in several locations: Foy Hall, the Student Center, Village Dining, Terrell Dining Hall, and Lupton Hall. New dining facilities include the Wellness Kitchen in the athletics and recreation sector and a replacement facility for Terrell Hall. Existing convenience stores and cafes provide retail services, snacks, and beverages at several locations including: Village Dining, Student Center, Haley, Terrell, and the S. Donahue Residence Hall. Cafes are located at the Library, Dudley Hall, and Lowder Lounge. It is anticipated that additional dining, cafe and convenience store locations will be required to meet current and future demand. In response to projected demand, recommendations are as follows: 1) Auburn should conduct a detailed dining study to evaluate the capacity of existing dining facilities and to determine future locations; 2) existing dining facilities are well-positioned relative to the population at lunchtime; future expansion should be positioned to serve the lunchtime population; 3) the proposed replacement of Terrell Dining Hall should be located in the Hill complex, which has a high population of resident students; and, 4) Auburn University should continue expanding its network of cafes and convenience stores to provide more informal gathering spaces.

CAMPUS R ECR E AT I ON R ECOMME NDAT I ONS Recreation is defined to include both active and passive facilities. Active facilities include the Recreation and Wellness Center, the Student Activities Center, the Aquatics Center, the tennis courts and old Hutsell Track. Outdoor facilities include the Recreation Field Complex and the rugby field on W. Thach. A comparative analysis of recreation space revealed that Auburn University has less recreational space than several of its peer institutions. Student Affairs would like to construct additional recreation fields to meet current and projected demand. Table 1 provides a summary of the recreation field demand assessment. Table 1. Recreational Field Requirements RECREATIONAL FIELD REQUIREMENTS

AREA

Existing Intramural Field Complex

13.6 acres

Campus Recreation Expansion • Two Softball Fields • One Soccer/Lacrosse sized field • One Soccer/Rugby/Lacrosse sized field • Fieldhouse/Restrooms/Parking

14.2 acres

TOTAL

27.8 ACRES*

*Based on consultation with Auburn University Recreation representatives the above fields were identified in response to known requirements. Passive recreation includes the major open spaces, natural areas and trails of the campus such as Campus Green, the Memorial Gardens, and the Arboretum, among others. Passive recreation is viewed comprehensively with the goal of creating a connected system of campus recreation. The Master Plan Update includes the following recommendations for active and passive recreation facilities: • Expand campus recreation fields at the corner of Lem Morrison and S. Donahue to address existing and future demand to include one soccer / lacrosse field, one slightly larger multipurpose field for soccer / lacrosse / rugby and two softball fields. • Develop walking and bike paths between the intramural fields and the Recreation and Wellness Center along the Parkerson Mill Creek Corridor. • Develop a trail network in the Campus Forest for walking, hiking, and jogging. • Provide a trail connecting the Arboretum to Woodland Drive. • Encourage better utilization of campus parks through promotional and programming activities. • Enhance the landscape quality of the campus to improve outdoor gathering and social areas and enhance passive recreation opportunities.

ES-18

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

PASSIVE AND ACTIVE RECREATION: EXISTING AND PROPOSED

15 W Thach Ave

W Samford Ave

10 8

E Samford Ave

7 14

13 5

6 Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

S Co

d eR

3 ordan

S Donahue Dr

Shug J Pkwy

800

1600 ft

Figure 10. Passive and active recreation map shows existing and proposed facilities, fields, and trails.

LEGEND Existing Passive Recreation Spaces

Proposed Passive Recreation Spaces 2.

Hutsell Track

Campus Forest

8. Aquatics

14. Memorial Garden

Parkerson Mill Creek Corridor

9. Recreation Center

15. Samford Park

Existing Active Recreation Facilities

Existing Active Recreation Fields

4. Intramural Field Expansion

10. Tennis Courts

Proposed Active Recreation Fields

11. Rugby Field

Ag Heritage Park

6. Intramural Complex

Executive Summary

13. Arboretum

Proposed Bike Trail

12. W. Samford Park

ES-19

Transportation The Transportation Planning Element addresses: existing parking conditions; existing faculty and staff parking; potential garage locations; future parking conditions; student, and commuter and resident parking. It also provides an overview of pedestrian circulation; bicycle circulation and parking; transit corridors; and, emergency and service access in the central core of the campus. P EDEST RI A N I MPROV E M E NTS Over the past ten years, the core of the Auburn campus has transitioned to a more pedestrian focused environment. The result is a pleasant and attractive campus core with fewer conflicts between pedestrians and automobiles. Additional improvements are proposed to enhance the existing network of pedestrian routes including: 1) extending Thach Concourse from Haley to S. Donahue; 2) enhancing Quad Drive to link the Student Center to Mell Street and the Library; 3) creating a new connection from Roosevelt to Duggar Concourse; 4) extending a pedestrian/ bike route along Parkerson Mill Creek from the core of the campus to the Recreation Complex field house; 5) improving sidewalks along Wire Road extending to W. Samford Avenue; 6) improving sidewalks along Lem Morrison between S. Donahue Drive and Duncan Drive; and, 7) creating a multi-use trail along Lem Morrison Drive between S. Donahue Drive and Biggio Drive. In conjunction with the pedestrian improvements, the Master Plan Update also includes recommendations for service and emergency access in the pedestrian core. BICYC LE C I RC ULAT IO N A ND PA R K ING An increase in bicycle use on the campus, coupled with projected future increases, requires a more deliberate approach to planning bicycle routes and parking facilities. To that end, the Master Plan Update includes the following recommendations: 1) complete the campus bicycle route system, filling in gaps where needed; 2) designate bicycle lanes and implement road markings where needed to accommodate on-street bicycle circulation; and, 3) coordinate the campus bicycle route network with that envisioned by the city of Auburn. It is recommended that bicycle parking be concentrated in well designed and landscaped corrals accommodating 150-175 bikes. The corrals are to be carefully sited between buildings with the goal of avoiding bike parking at building entrances. TR ANS I T Auburn has developed exceptional transit services over the past ten years and now has one of the best campus systems in the country. The positive outcomes of the system include a decrease in traffic on the campus and a reduction in parking demand. The system is supported by conveniently located bus stops in the central core including the main transit hub at the Student Center and the Roosevelt Avenue transit hub. Today, the system handles in excess of 11,000 riders per day. Looking ahead, it is recommended that transit services be extended to the new development areas proposed in the master plan including the Health Sciences Sector, the Research Park, and peripheral areas along Woodfield. (Over the long-term, sites for a performing arts center and welcome center are proposed on S. College between Woodfield and S. Donahue). It is also recommended that Mell Street remain open to transit in order to

ES-20

provide service to the east side of the central core. The goal is to avoid bus routes on S. College where traffic and lights would delay bus headways. PAR KI NG & ST R E E T NE T WOR K Auburn provides 9,689 parking spaces for commuters (faculty, staff and students) as well as resident students. Campus-wide, the parking supply is sufficient to meet current demand; however, the demand for faculty and staff parking, especially in the central core, significantly exceeds the supply. The area north of W. Thach Avenue, where the Business and Engineering buildings are located, is particularly problematic. In response to the demand for faculty and staff parking, a number of potential garage sites were analyzed during the planning process. Based on this analysis, four garage sites are reserved in the Master Plan Update (see Figure 11). It is recommended that the University: 1) construct a garage at the NorthEast Quadrant of the campus on the site of the existing “L” buildings,. The rationale for this location is as follows: • provide parking spaces for north central core; • the site is currently occupied by obsolete engineering facilities slated for demolition; • the site is well situated relative to the street system, with direct access to W. Magnolia but screened from the street by the Textile Engineering Building; and, • the site has been the subject of an acceptable traffic analysis. Additional priority garage sites are identified in the master plan to address faculty and staff parking demand in the central core. It is recommended that after the north east quadrant deck: 2) replace existing Library garage structure to provide more parking for Mid Central Core; and, 3) build a garage at the center of the reconfigured Ag Hill area following the proposed replacement of Funchess and Upchurch Halls; and, 4) construct a East Village deck. Parking demand beyond the core is also examined in light of potential future conditions in the core when Education is relocated to the South Quad and Nursing and Pharmacy are relocated to the Health Science Sector. These moves will redistribute parking demand to areas outside the core. To improve event parking, priorities include a new surface parking in the following locations: 1) the existing Beard Eaves Memorial Coliseum site (following the demolition of the Coliseum); 2) CDV site where an estimated 900 spaces can be provided to serve commuter, resident student and special events parking needs; and, 3) Build a parking deck at the Coliseum site. No major changes are proposed to existing streets other than the extension of Duncan Drive from Lem Morrison to Woodfield Drive. This extension will connect the Campus Green parking garage with the proposed Performing Arts Center site located at the corner of Woodfield Drive and S. College.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

PARKING IMPROVEMENT PRIORITIES FOR FACULTY/STAFF AND EVENT PARKING

F B

400

800 ft

Figure 11. Ten potential parking garage sites were assessed to determine feasibility and the degree to which they address demand. Four sites are recommended for future investment. In order of priority, they are as follows: 1) Site A - North East Quadrant; 2) Site B - Library Garage reconstruction; 3) Site C - Comer Hall / Ag Hill; and, Site D - The East Village deck. Recommended surface parking sites include: Site E - The Coliseum Lot; and, Site F - CDV site.

LEGEND Recommended Structured Parking Recommended Surface Parking

Executive Summary

ES-21

Campus Security The Master Plan Update provides recommendations for promoting a safe and secure campus environment for students, staff, and faculty. The goal is to plan and design campus buildings, landscapes, and infrastructure projects to facilitate security operations and the optimal function of security technology. This is to be done in a manner that supports the collaboration and engagement objectives of Auburnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s academic, research, and community outreach mission and in a manner that results in an open, inviting campus environment. The Master Plan Update focuses on site-level recommendations, which in turn support the operational and technological initiatives of Public Safety and Security. The following site level best practices are recommended: CAMPUS PERI MET E R Delineate the campus perimeter with physical design elements that characterize the Auburn campus and landscape so as to signal entrance to the campus environment. DES IG N AT ED N I G H T T IM E WA L KS Develop a system of designated nighttime pedestrian routes as part of operational procedures and safety education programs (see Figure 12). Safe walks facilitate safety in numbers by concentrating nighttime pedestrian activity along a few key routes. Security patrols, lighting, emergency phones, and other safety measures can be redoubled along safe walks to maximise security and safety.

MAI NT E NANCE Plan and maintain landscapes so as not to obstruct lighting and physical observation. Maintain plants around security cameras so as not to interfere with their operation. An annual assessment of campus lighting is recommended. B LUE LI GHT E ME RGE NCY PHONE S It is recommended that Auburn conduct an internal review of the existing emergency phone system to determine whether the technology still makes sense, considering utilization, deterrence, and cost, among other metrics. If they are maintained, the siting of emergency phones is a field determination, but as a rule of thumb, each phone should be placed within view of the next phone, especially along major pedestrian routes, in open spaces, at transit stops, in parking lots, and in garages. SECUR I T Y CAME R AS Auburn University has had an aggressive program for security camera installation in recent years. Further development of the system will be determined by AU Public Safety. In closing, it is recommended that Auburn conduct an in-depth integrated security plan for its buildings and grounds to address video cameras, emergency phones, and lighting to provide additional detail and rigor.

LIGH T I N G Employ the standards of the latest edition of the Illuminating Engineering Society (IES) as a guideline for establishing illumination levels for the campus grounds including streets, parking lots, walkways, bus stops, crosswalks, plazas, gathering spaces, and other open spaces. (The IES standards should be understood as guidelines rather than absolute standards, and should not take the place of experienced and thoughtful professional design based on an understanding of the specific nighttime site context and user needs). VIS IB I LI T Y Select, organize, and maintain vegetation to promote a general feeling of openness and good visibility within the campus academic, residential, recreation, athletics, and parking areas, and at transit areas and along major pathways. The goal should be to maintain reasonable levels of visibility while retaining the attractive space-defining qualities and environmental benefits that plants can bring to the campus.

ES-22

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

PROPOSED DESIGNATED NIGHTTIME WALKS

W Thach Ave

10-

ire

m in

ute

w alk

5-m

in ut

e w al

W Samford A ve

400

800 ft

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

Duncan Dr

Figure 12. Proposed Nighttime Walks - recommended walks or routes where nighttime pedestrian movement can be concentrated and elevated security measures can be applied

LEGEND Active Nighttime Use Street Lamp Nighttime Pedestrian Desire Lines Proposed Designated Nighttime Walks

Executive Summary

ES-23

Athletics The Athletics Planning Element focuses on accommodating the fields and facilities required by the Athletics Department. It also addresses two ancillary issues: 1) providing adequate parking for basketball and other large scale events in the Auburn Arena and at Plainsman Park; and, 2) identifying opportunities for better utilizing facilities and grounds on Game-Day.

• Create a women’s volleyball facility within the Student Activities Center. • Reserve land for constructing facilities and fields for potential new sports teams. Site options to study further include W. Samford area (across from Facilities sector), Old Hutsell Track, CDV, and Beard-Eaves Memorial Coliseum. • Better utilize all campus lands for Game-Day activities.

ATHL ET I C S RECO M M E NDAT IO NS The Master Plan Update identifies locations for new facilities and fields in two general areas of the campus: 1) the athletics and recreation sector; and, 2) outlying areas of the campus. The development sites examined within the athletics and recreation sector include the athletics complex site, the old Hutsell Track, the site adjacent to the Biggio Drive parking deck, the Beard-Eaves Memorial Coliseum site, the southwest corner of the W. Samford and S. Donahue intersection, the substation site east of Plainsman Park (assuming the substation can be relocated in the future), the Jordan-Hare Stadium area, the West Stadium parking lot and the parking lot east of Beard-Eaves Memorial Coliseum. Of these, the best opportunities for major infill and redevelopment are the athletics complex site and the Old Hutsell Track. The Beard-Eaves Memorial Coliseum site, Plainsman Park substation site and W. Samford and S. Donahue lot are also potential expansion areas, although parking or other non-athletics uses are also viable infill options. The West Stadium and Coliseum parking lots are needed for day-to-day campus parking and special events and are viewed as improvement areas rather than development sites. The Shug-Jordan Stadium area should be reserved for stadium and related concourse expansion as needed. The outlying areas examined in the master plan include the southern portion of The Hayfield along Woodfield Drive, the open land at the northeast corner W. Samford and Shug Jordan and the Caroline Draughon Village (CDV) site on Wire Road. The Woodfield Drive and W. Samford sites are the least encumbered by existing uses and more readily available for athletics. Development of the CDV site requires the demolition of the former residential buildings located on the site and may best be utilized as parking in the near term. The recommendations for the proposed Athletics Department fields and facilities are summarized as follows: • Reserve land for expansion of athletics complex. Site options to study further include Athletics Complex parking lot and/or the site at the southwest corner of W. Samford and S. Donahue. • Plan for enhancements to Plainsman Park, soccer complex, and softball complex. • Reserve land for a future practice infield; study the area around the substation adjacent to Plainsman Park and assess against other uses. • Plan for the construction of a new equestrian competition and support facility. • Reserve land for a new Sports Medicine facility. Site options to study further include: site adjacent to the Biggio Drive parking deck and/or the site at the southwest corner of W. Samford and S. Donahue.

ES-24

• Reserve land for stadium expansion, as needed. • Consider landscape improvements in the W. Stadium lots (future design studies are recommended). SPECI AL E VE NT PAR KI NG SUPPLY R ECOMM ENDATIONS The Master Plan Update includes proposals for additional surface parking in the athletics and recreation sector at two locations: Caroline Draughon Village (CDV), and on the site of the Beard-Eaves Memorial Coliseum. These additional parking areas would increase the amount of parking available for special events by 1,116 spaces for a total of 3,979 spaces. In order to ensure that parking is available for special events during peak hours, it is recommended that management policies be introduced to better coordinate: 1) commuter parking at the proposed CDV lot prior to special events and 2) visitor parking adjacent to the arena. It is also recommended that 240 parking spaces be reserved for Recreation and Wellness Center patrons. GAME - DAY R ECOMME NDAT I ONS Based on consultation with the Athletics Department and a review of how the campus is used on Game-Day, recommendations are provided for better utilizing campus land and parking resources. The update identifies tailgating and parking areas across the campus. Tailgating is loosely defined to include picnicking activities that occur adjacent to vehicles, in tents located in the campus core or in open spaces throughout the campus. In general, tailgating is proposed in the major open space and landscape areas of the core, and within parking areas located in the core or on the periphery. Expansion areas for Game-Day activities are proposed in three locations as these sites become available: 1) the CDV site (current state or when redeveloped for parking); 2) Coliseum site, following the demolition of Coliseum; and, 3) Woodfield Drive south of The Hayfield and Plant Sciences area. AU Facilities Management will assist the Athletics Department in developing a comprehensive plan for Game-Day activities with the goal of enhancing the Game-Day experience. To this end, the following recommendations are provided: 1) organize Game-Day functions to best utilize campus lands, facilities, and infrastructure without negatively impacting each, while remaining compatible with the long-term land use plan; 2) designate and assign authority for all parking and tailgate areas; 3) expand the number of reserved and free parking areas; 4) enhance the parking reservation system by making it easier to use; 5) develop a comprehensive parking/tailgate fee structure for all lots and areas; 6) refine traffic patterns to improve access to and egress from Game-Day areas.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

W Magnolia Ave

N Colleg

N Donahue Dr

PROPOSED ATHLETICS DEPARTMENT FIELDS AND FACILITIES

W Thach Ave 4

W Samford Ave

4 5 2

7 3 1 6

ire

S Co llege

Lem Morrison

Figure 13. Potential Areas for Athletics Department Facilities and Fields: 1) athletics complex; 2) old Hutsell Track; 3) site adjacent to the Biggio parking deck, 4) Jordan-Hare Staium area; 5) Beard-Eaves Memorial Coliseum site; 6) SW corner of the Samford & Donahue intersection; 7) substation site east of Plainsman Park; 8) W Samford site; and 9) southern portion of the Hayfield at Woodfield Drive

LEGEND Existing Athletics Facilities

Proposed Game-Day Improvement Areas

Existing Athletics Fields

Proposed Expansion Areas

Existing Athletics Track

Possible Expansion Areas TBD

Outdoor Pool

Proposed Facility Improvement Areas

ord

Shug J

Executive Summary

ahue Dr

Shared Athletics Facilities

ES-25

Sustainability The Master Plan Update builds upon the sustainability initiatives first introduced in the 2007 Master Plan Update. Interwoven throughout the plan are ideas and goals that advance these sustainability concepts while tying them directly to every Planning Element and the overall planning process. Included in the Sustainability Element is a summary of the initiatives introduced between the 2007 Update and now, and recommendations for advancing the sustainability goals established by the Master Plan and other sustainability initiatives. INITIAT I VES Since the 2007 Master Plan Update, the following have been established by the University to promote sustainable concepts and actions at Auburn University: 1. Creation of the Office of Sustainability – The Sustainability Office works actively to promote sustainable practices at Auburn with an emphasis on operations, instruction, research and outreach. This Office also manages the climate action planning process and works with Campus constituents to develop strategies for implementing sustainable practices 2. Development of the Facilities Management Energy Reduction Plan – The Energy Reduction Plan provides strategies and establishes goals for reducing energy consumption and carbon emissions on the Auburn Campus. 3. Creation of the Auburn University Climate Action Plan – The Climate Action Plan, which resulted from President Gouge’s signing of the American College and University President’s Climate Commitment (ACUPCC), establishes targets and strategies for reducing greenhouse emissions associated with University-related activities and promotes a sustainable mindset for decision-making, especially concerning energy and emissions planning. R ECOMM EN DAT I O NS The Master Plan Update sustainability recommendations focus on the goals of the University Sustainability Policy and the emissions targets established in the Auburn’s Climate Action Plan (CAP). The recommendations target the following areas: 1) natural systems, 2) land use, 3) landscape, 4) water resources, 5) energy and emissions, 6) mobility and 7) quality of life. The Master Plan also acknowledges that there is a host of associated management, operational and administrative considerations that are better addressed by the Office of Sustainability and other administrative units. Duly noted, the Master Plan Update recommends the following: Natural Systems. The natural systems on campus play an important role in creating an attractive and livable campus, enhancing ecological value, improving water and air quality, and supporting the academic mission of the University. The Master Plan Update works to improve these natural areas through the protection and improvement of stream corridors and wetland areas, the avoidance of developing on steep slope areas, the reforestation of wooded areas, and the restoration and improvement of areas valued for their ecology and habitat.

ES-26

Land Use. Much of the Auburn Campus consists of stream corridors and forested areas that support natural systems, as well as agricultural pasture and working areas, both of which serve as living field laboratories for learning and research in close proximity to and within the campus core. The Master Plan Update has established long-term Natural Resource Management Land Use Areas (see Figure 14), Field Lab Land Use Areas and growth and development boundary guidelines with the purpose of protecting the University’s natural and agricultural resources by containing sprawl, minimizing costly infrastructure expansion and following a “village” concept originally established by the 2002 Master Plan. Landscape. Landscape can play an important role in providing shade and wind protection and contributing to rainwater management. The Master Plan encourages landscape strategies that reduce heat islands (horizontal surfaces, such as parking lots, that absorb solar radiation), shade buildings and assist in reducing the overall cooling load on the campus. To this end, a tree planting strategy is proposed to shield the east and west facades of buildings and provide shade along pedestrian routes. Water Resources. The Master Plan recommends the protection and improvement of stream and drainage corridors of the campus including Parkerson Mill Creek, the central spine of the campus hydrologic system. This strategy incorporates the Natural Resource Management Land Use Areas that prohibit inappropriate development in the 100-year floodplain, wetlands and critical buffer areas. In addition, a post-construction stormwater plan has been develop as part of the University’s NPDES Phase II stormwater permit to not only promote safe stormwater conveyance and flood protection, but also improve runoff water quality and reduced runoff volume through the implementation of stormwater best management practices (BMPs) for all projects on the main campus. Energy and Emissions. Much of the prior sustainability implementation focus has been on reducing energy consumption, as outlined in the Energy Reduction Policy, and achieving the energy use targets established by the Climate Action Plan. Looking forward, Auburn is planning for energy efficiency and comprehensive emissions reductions with the understanding that campus square footage and population are both likely to increase. The Master Plan Update illustrates a potential increase in square footage in the academic core which could result in a significant increase in emissions. If Auburn is to reduce total campus core emissions, the challenge will be to reduce energy use and the emissions associated with both existing and proposed facilities. The majority of Auburn’s greenhouse gas emissions are linked to purchased electricity (61%), transportation (22%), and on-campus generation for heating (11%). As a result, the CAP mitigation recommendations are focused on these three areas. Simultaneously, the relative contributions of different mitigation projects for reducing the campus emissions are still being analyzed. Auburn has recommended an approach that focuses on the implementation of a range of projects through 2015, with an increased emphasis on quantification and analysis. Based on the pilot projects that result from implementing the campus CAP, interim and final emissions reductions goals will be finalized.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

W Magnolia Ave

S Co

lleg e St

Shug Jordan Pkwy

PARKERSON MILL CREEK NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AREA

S Donahue Dr

ire W

Figure 14. Parkerson Mill Creek Natural Resource Management Area

Mobility. With the goals of emphasizing pedestrian connectivity, improving bicycle circulation and parking, providing greater access to mass transit and minimizing the impact of the automobile on campus, the Master Plan has positively affected campus mobility since it was first introduced in 2002. Continued improvements to the aforementioned focus areas will contribute greatly to campus sustainability measures. The Master Plan recommends continued support of the current plan and promoting the continuing development a pedestrian-, bicycle- and transit-friendly environment for all members of the campus community.

Executive Summary

Quality of Life. The Master Plan Update includes a combination of recommendations that are intended to collectively improve the overall quality of life on the campus. The recommendations are based on the understanding that livable communities are sustainable communities. To that end, improvements to the academic environment, campus housing, dining, recreation, and the pedestrian, bicycle and transit networks will positively impact the broader sustainability objectives of the University and create high quality campus experience are connected.

ES-27

CHAPTER CONTENTS GUIDI N G PREC EPTS

MAST ER PLA N PUR P OS E

MAST ER PLA N N I N G P RO C E SS

P RO C ESS G OVERN ANC E

GLOSSA RY O F MA ST E R P L A N T E R M S

1. Planning Background

GUIDING PRECEPTS The Guiding Precepts section includes an overview of the background information relevant to the development of the Auburn University Comprehensive Campus Master Plan Update (the Master Plan Update). The topics covered in this chapter include: 1) background information addressed in the development of the Master Plan Update such as the history of the campus and planning history; 2) a review of Auburnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s 2013 Strategic Plan and how it is aligned with the recommendations of the Master Plan Update; 3) the goals and core values established for the Master Plan; 4) Capital Projects Plan; and, 5) a glossary of terms utilized in the document. The chapter also includes a summary of the 12 Planning Elements endorsed by the Auburn University Board of Trusteesâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;elements that form the content of the Master Plan Update. The campus objectives identified by the Board of Trustees are also reviewed.

Planning Background

W Magnolia Ave

S Co

lleg e St

Shug Jordan Pkwy

AUBURN UNIVERSITY CURRENT CAMPUS

S Donahue Dr

ire W

Figure 1-1. Auburn University campus

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

CAMP US MA ST ER PLAN BAC KG RO U ND

Campus Master Plan Definition A campus master plan is a physical plan and a comprehensive set of policy directives that together provide long-range strategies for the growth and transformation of a campus. A master plan coordinates decisions relative to buildings, infrastructure, open spaces, landscape, circulation, transit, site ecology, and stormwater management in support of the academic, research, student life and outreach missions of an institution. Auburn University’s Comprehensive Campus Master Plan Auburn University’s Comprehensive Campus Master Plan (the Master Plan or the Update) was initiated by the Auburn University Board of Trustees and adopted in 2002 as an ongoing process, with the objective of revisiting the plan at least once every five years. Following the scheduled Master Plan Update in 2007, the Office of Campus Planning and Space Management (AU Facilities Management) began the current plan update process in Fall 2010. The frequency of major revisions to the Master Plan has been driven by changes in the University’s Strategic and Academic plans and changes in the development requirements of the University. Minor revisions to and ongoing implementation of the Master Plan have been overseen by AU Facilities Management with guidance from the University Master Plan Committee (MPC), which is advisory to the President. As Auburn’s academic and non-academic units change, grow, and multiply, AU Facilities Management has continued to refine the Master Plan Update process to ensure long range facilities plans are driven by, integrated within, and respond to the priorities of the institution’s academic and non-academic units and ultimately re-inform the University’s strategic planning process. The current Master Plan Update identifies the long range facility needs of Auburn University’s academic and non-academic units, and aligns those requirements within an urban design framework consistent with Auburn’s image and character. The entire update process was planned over three years, with approximately half of that time dedicated to evaluating the space needs of the different academic and non-academic units on campus. The second half of the process focused on re-evaluating the core principles and various Planning Elements that comprise the Comprehensive Campus Master Plan Update.

Planning Background

STR AT EG I C PLA N AL IG NM E NT This section summarizes Auburn’s vision and mission as well as the priorities, goals and commitments of the 2013-2018 Strategic Plan that are most relevant to the development of a physical master plan. Auburn’s most recent strategic planning process was initiated by President Gogue and led by the Provost during the 2012-2013 year. The 2013-2018 Strategic Plan reaffirms the core values articulated in University’s official statement of vision and mission, first approved by the Board of Trustees in 1997, and reaffirmed in 2013. It also identifies five strategic priorities, as

well as several broad ranging strategic goals and strategic commitments. The Strategic Plan is reviewed in this section with a focus on how the priorities, goals and commitments align with, or can be supported by, the Master Plan Update. It should be noted that priorities, goals and commitments of the Strategic Plan are wide ranging and many, while informative, are not addressed in a physical master plan. The Strategic Plan statement of vision and mission, and institutional values are noted below.

M I SS I O N “Auburn University’s mission is defined by its land-grant tradi-

will strive to attract a faculty that will bring distinction and stature

tions of service and access. The University will serve the citizens

to the undergraduate, graduate and professional programs offered

of the State through its instructional, research and outreach

by the University.

programs and prepare Alabamians to respond successfully to the challenges of a global economy. The University will

Because research is essential to the mission of a land-grant univer-

provide traditional and non-traditional students broad access

sity, Auburn University will continue development of its research

to the institution’s educational resources. In the delivery of

programs. The primary focus of this research will be directed to

educational programs on campus and beyond, the University

the solution of problems and the development of knowledge and

will draw heavily upon the new instructional and outreach

technology important to the state and nation and to the quality of

technologies available in the emerging information age.

life of Alabama citizens. The University’s research programs will

As a comprehensive university, Auburn University is committed to

the involvement of graduate and undergraduate students and the

offering high-quality undergraduate, graduate, and professional

renewal of the faculty. Research will also provide the knowledge

education to its students. The University will give highest priority

base for outreach programs.

make important contributions to instructional programs through

for resource allocation for the future development of those areas

that represent the traditional strengths, quality, reputation, and

In carrying out its research mission, the University will emphasize

uniqueness of the institution and that continue to effectively

established areas of strength and will focus available resources

respond to the needs of students and other constituents. Consis-

in those areas of research and doctoral study that are, or have

tent with this commitment, the University will emphasize a broad

the potential to develop into nationally and internationally recog-

and superior undergraduate education that imparts the knowledge,

nized centers of excellence. Extension and outreach programs are

skills, and values so essential to educated and responsible citizens.

fundamental to the land-grant mission because these programs

At the same time, the University will provide high-quality gradu-

directly affect the lives of all citizens in the state. The University will

ate and professional programs in areas of need and importance

maintain the strengths of its traditional outreach programs and will

to the state and beyond. To accomplish these educational goals,

increasingly involve the broader University in outreach programs

Auburn University will continue to compete nationally to attract

that respond to the changing needs of the society in which we live.

a faculty distinguished by its commitment to teaching and by its

The University will continue to seek new and innovative ways to

achievements in research, both pure and applied. The University

reach out to the people it serves.”

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

VIS I O N “Auburn University will emerge as one of the nation’s preeminent

effectiveness of its research and outreach programs and the broad

comprehensive land-grant universities in the 21st century. Central

access to the University provided through the innovative use of

to all its functions will be the University’s historic commitment of

information technology. The University will ensure the quality of

service to all Alabamians as the State becomes a part of a global

its programs through the careful focusing of its resources in areas

society with all of its challenges and opportunities. The Univer-

of institutional strengths. One constant will remain unchanged at

sity will be widely recognized for the quality of its undergraduate,

the University—that intangible quality Auburn men and women

graduate and professional educational programs, the

call the ‘Auburn Spirit.’”

INST I T U T I O N A L VA LU E S “As made clear in this statement of Vision and Mission, Auburn University aims to provide students with an unparalleled academic experience in the company of a distinguished faculty, many of

the core institutional values expressed in the Auburn Creed. In the academic realm, those practical values include:

whom are national and international leaders in their fields of

• a commitment to offering high-quality academic programs;

study. Auburn recognizes and values the breadth of knowledge

• recruiting and retaining first-rate, hard-working faculty and students;

and experience necessary for the engagement, leadership, and success of our faculty, staff, and students. Auburn’s core values are consistently demonstrated by our continued efforts to develop new

• providing students with unique professional development opportunities;

partnerships and collaborations that address the changing needs

• preparing graduates who expect to excel in their careers;

of the individuals, communities, and industries we serve. Even as

• maintaining strong and relevant research programs; and

the 2013-2018 Strategic Plan identifies new strategic priorities

• serving as a resource for the citizens of Alabama.”

and goals, Auburn University remains committed to

Planning Background

2013-2 018 ST RAT EG IC P L A N P R IO R IT IE S As noted, the Strategic Plan identifies five strategic priorities for the University for the period 2013-2018. The priorities and the strategic goals and commitments most relevant to the physical design and plan-

ning issues addressed in the Master Plan Update are summarized in this section.

ST RAT EG I C P R IO R IT Y 1 : E NH A NC E ST U DE NT SUCCE SS AND DI VE R SI F Y E NROLLME NT “We will make student success a priority, recruiting able, hardworking students from Alabama and beyond, keeping them on track for timely

Strategic Commitments relevant to the Master Plan Update include:

graduation, and providing them with a powerful learning experience.”

A. Enhance academic support services and student development programs.

Strategic Goals relevant to the Master Plan Update include:

B. Develop on-campus housing strategies to accommodate all interested first-year students.

The strategic goals focus on retention, diversity and eLearning:

C. Strengthen professional and career preparedness.

1. The University will emphasize student retention and achievement by encouraging and expecting timely degree completion and by clearing pathways to student success. 2. The University will strengthen the student experience and broaden its influence by serving new groups of students and emphasizing the academic importance of diversity. Auburn will support the talents of all qualified students and prepare them to thrive in an increasingly global environment. 3. The University will redefine its role in the development of eLearning programs (including distance education), meeting the needs of current and new Auburn students in ways that are consistent with the University’s academic standards.

The intent of Strategic Priority 1 is to enhance the academic, social, professional and personal success of students by integrating academic and student life programs through integrated curricular and co-curricular experiences. For the Master Plan Update this requires a coordinated and comprehensive view of the academic and campus life. To that end, the Academic Buildings, Housing and Quality of Life Planning Elements

D. Enhance graduate student programming and support. E. Develop state-of-the-art academic facilities. F. Develop a state-of-the art classroom facility and technologyenhanced laboratories to support innovative teaching and research. Identify resources to improve existing academic spaces and develop necessary funding for new facilities that will support our mission of providing outstanding teaching and learning. Raise the funds required to build a Performing Arts Center to support student learning and enhance community life.

include recommendations to support Strategic Priority 1 and indirectly support the strategic goals. It specifically addresses the strategic commitment to develop on-campus housing to accommodate all first-year students, the need for a state-of-the-art classroom facility (the Academic Success Complex) and reserves land for a future Performing Arts Center.

ST RAT EG I C P R IO R IT Y 2 : S U P P O RT FAC U LT Y E XCE LLE NCE AND ST R E NGT H E N AUB UR N’S R E PUTATION “We will strengthen faculty vitality and achieve high levels of productivity, engagement and satisfaction, leading to the attainment of professional and institutional goals.”

A. Recruit and retain the best faculty to become an institution of first choice for academic work.

Strategic Goals relevant to the Master Plan Update include:

B. Strengthen University-wide professional development programs for faculty.

The University will increase productivity by supporting faculty vitality and ongoing faculty development. We will create an even

C. Cultivate an exciting intellectual environment by increasing opportunities for greater faculty dialogue.

stronger environment for academic work and will expect that work

D. Enhance faculty diversity.

to flourish in teaching, discovery, application, and public service.

E. Improve support for non-tenure track faculty.

Strategic Priority 2 places emphasis on the importance of faculty expertise, engagement and success in support of academic achievements. The aim is to build a strong intellectual community; to attract, retain, and develop a diverse faculty; and, to encourage collaboration and multidisciplinary activity. In physical design terms, the Master Plan Update supports this priority by establishing the foundation and strategies for providing the

Strategic Commitments relevant to the Master Plan Update

space required to support the academic and research mission: 1) by setting out a strategy for constructing new academic buildings; and, 2) by focusing on the quality of the campus life experience.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

ST RAT EG I C PRI O R IT Y 3 : E NH A NC E R E S E A RCH, SCH OLAR SH I P, AND CR E AT I VE WOR K

research experiences.”

B. Designate the Office for the Vice President for Research as the Office of the Vice President for Research and Economic Development.

Strategic Goals relevant to the Master Plan Update include:

C. Strengthen interdisciplinary research and scholarship.

“We will conduct innovative research and offer more and better student

D. Support core research facilities and infrastructure:

The University will make significant increases in its scholarly and

E. Analyze laboratory and research space utilization to determine appropriate allocation metrics and identify opportunities to make fuller use of research facilities.

creative contributions by 2018. We will measure our results and increase our share of the nation’s academic research and development.

F. Enhance research administration to facilitate the needs and growth of the Auburn research enterprise (including technology transfer and the research foundation).

We will build upon institutional strengths to reflect national research priorities in the areas of cyber security, energy and the

G. Develop processes that will optimize the utilization of research facilities and promote the sharing of research equipment.

environment, health sciences, food systems and security, STEM education and transportation.

H. Secure resources to bolster research infrastructure and encourage collaborative and interdisciplinary programs.

Strategic Commitments relevant to the Master Plan Update A. Increase student opportunities for and participation in research and creative scholarship.

Strategic Priority 3 focuses on Auburn’s competitiveness in research and creative scholarship by building upon existing strengths and developing programs that will translate innovation into practical solutions. This will require a strengthening of the research culture and increased research expectations. It also will require programs to support scholarly activities that enhance the intellectual vitality of faculty; that engage students and that facilitate outreach; and, that encourage public service engagement.

The Master Plan Update supports Strategic Priority 3 by means of the proposed Health Sciences Sector where pharmaceutical and medicalrelated research activities are envisioned and by means of the various field labs where agricultural, forestry, veterinary medicine and other research activities are proposed. Continued development of the Auburn Research Park will further support the University in addressing this priority.

ST RAT EG I C PRI O R IT Y 4 : E NH A NC E P U B L IC E NGAGE ME NT “We will become a national model of public engagement by elevating Alabama’s economy and quality of life.” Strategic Goals relevant to the Master Plan Update include: The University will increase its educational programs for Alabama residents across their lifespan, honoring its land-grant role as a campus without borders. We will enlarge our programs for the state’s young people and extend our services to communities and working adults.

Strategic Priority 4 addresses the ways in which the University connects with the public through its programs and activities. The potential for increased engagement is covered in the Master Plan Update by means

Planning Background

Strategic Commitments relevant to the Master Plan Update A. Enhance local economic and leadership development in communities across the state and beyond. B. Enhance the quality of life for Alabama’s citizens by delivering programs to improve health and wellness. C. Develop stronger connections between the health sciences initiatives and the academic units to improve the health and wellness of citizens throughout Alabama, particularly in underserved communities. D. Increase recognition for Outreach and Extension scholarship in Auburn’s promotion and tenure process and academic culture.

of the Auburn Research Park and the proposed Health Sciences Sector, not to mention, the other sporting, artistic, and educational activities offered on the campus.

ST RAT EG I C P R IO R IT Y 5 : FO C U S R E SO U RCE S ON I NST I T UT I ONAL MI SSI ON AND PR I OR I T I E S

with strategic priorities and investing in our people.”

D. Continue to develop campus facilities in accordance with the Campus Master Plan and the Land Use Management Plan.

Strategic Goals relevant to the Master Plan Update include:

E. Continue to develop and implement economic and environmentally sustainable strategies to reduce institutional energy use.

The University will achieve excellence in organizational stewardship

F. Reduce the University’s energy intensity index (energy use per square foot) by 20 percent by 2020 from the 2006 baseline.

“We will achieve institutional excellence by aligning our resources

by aligning investments with instructional priorities. Strategic Commitments relevant to the Master Plan Update

H. Enhance marketing and communication to strengthen the University’s reputation.

A. Maintain institutional access through careful management of enrollment and cost of attendance.

I. Increase philanthropic support of Auburn’s mission and plan for excellence through the next comprehensive campaign.

B. Achieve excellence in support staffing and performance.

J. Continue to support competitive athletic programs in keeping with the University’s vision, mission and values.

C. Elevate the campus environment and facilities to support institutional programs.

Strategic Priority 5 focuses on the financial challenges of the University and the need for efficient and effective stewardship of resources. It is noted that the University will support a new resource allocation process defined by practical planning, budgeting, assessment, and accountability.

MAST ER PLA N G OAL S As part of the planning process, Facilities Management worked with University stakeholders to articulate the guiding goals for the development of the Master Plan Update. The following overarching goals emerged from the discussions held with members of the Executive Facilities Committee (EFC), the Master Plan Update Committee (MPUC) and with the broader University community. The goals informed the development of the overall policy and physical planning recommendations that are reflected in the Master Plan Update. Mission Success – To support the instructional, research and outreach mission of the University by including improvements to the campus environment that will contribute to the overall success of Auburn. Student Success – To support the educational success of Auburn students by focusing on improvements to the learning environment of the campus, capitalizing on the opportunities associated with replacing key academic buildings in the core. Campus and Community Life – To focus on the enhancement of campus life by fostering a positive and safe experience for students, faculty, staff and visitors, while comprehensively addressing quality of life issues on the campus and in the broader community, including the quality of campus instruction, research and collaboration space, housing, dining, recreation and transportation. Sense of Place – To reinforce the village-like qualities of the existing academic core, including the scale, land-use pattern, and mix of activities to serve as a guide for campus improvements, which preserve the existing human-scale, traditional materials, buildings forms, massing

G. Invest in the development of Auburn’s workforce

The Master Plan Update in its entirety is intended to support University efforts for efficient and effective decision-making. The Planning Elements with particular relevance to the stewardship of resources include: Land Use, Space Needs, Transportation and Sustainability.

and building-to-site ratios; to extend the quality and character of the campus core landscape into peripheral areas by means of a well-defined framework of open spaces and linkages; and to implement appropriate comprehensive guidelines. Land Use – To achieve and maintain a compact land-use pattern to preserve land for future needs; reinforce the pedestrian qualities of the campus core; maintain operational and infrastructure efficiencies; protect natural resources; and, enhance campus vitality by placing a variety of activities in close proximity to one another; and to address important land use needs including those of instruction, research, agriculture, forestry, veterinary medicine, health sciences, student life, athletics, and recreation. Sustainability – To support the sustainability initiatives of the University is an overarching goal of the Master Plan; to coordinate strategies relative to energy management, water resource management, infrastructure systems, transportation, the natural environment and landscape; and to assist in the achievement of the goals of its Climate Action Plan and the American College and University Presidents’ Climate Commitment Mobility – To focus on transportation comprehensively on a campuswide basis as an accessibility and mobility strategy, which integrates and coordinates all forms of movement – pedestrian, bicycle, transit and vehicular / parking – to create a unified system and provide a range of options for accessing and moving through the campus; and to emphasize the improvement of safety, convenience, and accessibility of each of these modes, while ensuring that the mobility needs of all members of the campus are met.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

Infrastructure – To establish an infrastructure framework for the campus designed for efficiency and sustainability; and to ensure that appropriately located sites are reserved for future infrastructure requirements. Communication – To establish and maintain a campus master planning process that will be open and collaborative in nature with communication and dialog between the master planning team and the campus community. MASTER PLA N CO RE VA LU E S Master Plan Core Value statements were also developed during the planning process with the intent of further informing planning decisions and development on the campus. The core values also provided guidance in developing the master plan policy and physical planning recommendations. The values are as follows: •

•

The campus will be planned to achieve a thoughtful balance among the various mission areas and campus elements that make Auburn University a special and unique place including: Instruction, Research, Outreach, Campus Quality of Life, Athletics, Recreation and the Natural Environment. The history, traditions, image and character of the Auburn campus will be respected to ensure that the valued village-like qualities of the campus are maintained in accordance with the Image and Character guidelines.

•

Auburn will endeavor to utilize space and land efficiently to best support the mission of the University, to ensure student success and, to foster collaboration among students, staff and faculty.

•

As a land grant institution, Auburn will plan the campus with a focus on the stewardship of natural resources and develop the campus in harmony with its natural environment.

•

Auburn will encourage coordination and collaboration with the local community to the mutual benefit of the City and the University relative to social, cultural, environmental, educational and economic goals.

BOAR D O F T RUST EES P R IO R IT Y P L A NNING E L E ME NTS The Master Plan Update is comprised of 12 Planning Elements adopted by the Board of Trustees on April 12, 2012. They encompass the most relevant issues and topics of importance to the University and, as such, provide focus to the content of the Master Plan Update report. The Planning Elements are summarized as follows, and are discussed in detail in the subsequent chapters of this document. Academic Buildings in the Core of Campus – Development of a plan to: 1) replace older deteriorating academic buildings in the core of campus to include: Haley Center, Parker Hall, Allison Hall, Funchess Hall, Upchurch Hall, and Spidle Hall: and 2) renovate and preserve the historic buildings on campus, including, but not limited to Comer, Mary Martin, Textile, Petrie and Ramsay Halls.

Planning Background

Campus Landscape – Development of a landscape master plan to address the landscape of Auburn University and guide future landscape changes, building site and green space designs, low impact development, as well as, the restoration and protection of Parkerson Mill Creek. Campus Quality of Life – Development of a plan to address the quality of life on campus for students, faculty, staff, and visitors, to include but not be limited to dining, recreational, and entertainment opportunities. Campus Security – Development of a plan to address campus security, to ensure a safe environment for students, faculty, staff and visitors. Campus Transportation – Development of a plan to address campus traffic flow, the pedestrian nature of the campus, transit capability, nonmotorized modes of transportation, and parking in a coordinated and comprehensive manner. Health Science Sector at the Auburn University Main Campus – Development of a Health Science Sector, within the Auburn University Main Campus, that would consist of health science-related academic and research facilities, including but not limited to the School of Pharmacy, the School of Nursing, AU clinical spaces, and other health related, instructional, research or outreach activities. Long Range Land Use – Development of a long-range plan for land use on campus, including, but not limited to: agricultural, forestry, research, recreational, athletic, service, student life, and revenue producing opportunities, as well as issues relative to the University-City of Auburn interface at the “edge” of campus. Research Capability – Development of a plan for research space to address the University’s Strategic Goal to “build a stronger and larger research enterprise.” Space Needs of Colleges and Schools – Development of a plan to address the space requirements of the University’s Colleges and Schools resulting from potential future program and enrollment changes, as well as, the impact of new instructional approaches and technologies. Sports and Athletics Facilities – Development of a plan to address future requirements of the Athletics Department and its teams, as well as, a plan that improves the football “Game-Day” and athletic events experience for the campus community and fans. Student Housing – Identification of potential sites for future on-campus student housing. Sustainable Practices – Incorporation of sustainable practices into the Comprehensive Campus Master Plan Update and the Landscape Master Plan to build on the sustainability concepts of the Comprehensive Master Plan 2007 Update.

MASTER PLAN PURPOSE The previous section summarized the key guiding precepts in the development of the Master Plan Update. This section defines the purpose of the Master Plan in response to Auburn’s specific needs. The Master Plan Update sets out recommendations for aligning improvements to the campus environment with the vision, mission, values and strategic priorities of the University. It establishes a framework for the stewardship of campus land and facility resources as well as a framework for coordinating incremental decisions relative to the physical environment. It is designed as a “living document” that will be revised, as needed, by AU Facilities Management in response to the evolution of strategic priorities over time. The stated purposes of the Master Plan Update, as articulated by Facilities Management, are discussed in this section relative to each of the Board of Trustee endorsed Planning Elements that comprise the Update. P RO M OT E T H E S UCC E SS O F T H E INSTIT U T I O N A L M ISS IO N The Master Plan Update includes specific recommendations for improving the campus environment in support of the historic land grant mission as well as the emerging mission expressed in the 2013 Strategic Plan. While the recommendations of all Planning Elements are intended to support the mission, some have a more direct impact on the instructional, research and outreach mission. These include the Space Needs and Academic Buildings Elements which outline recommendations and strategies for facility renovation and construction. The Health Science Sector Planning Element sets out a vision for health-related programs and activities centered on the Schools of Nursing and Pharmacy, the Edward Via College of Osteopathic Medicine (VCOM) as well as Auburn clinical activities and future research opportunities. Collectively, these Elements align key facility requirements with the institutional mission and are informed by the input of the academic deans, faculty, professional staff and others responsible for advancing the mission of the University. P RO M OT E T H E S UCC E SS O F ST U DE NTS A ND FACULT Y The 2013 Strategic Plan sets out two strategic priorities in support of student and faculty success. Strategic Priority 1 focuses on the enhancement of student success and enrollment diversity. Strategic Priority 2 centers on supporting faculty excellence and strengthening Auburn’s reputation. While there are many considerations relative to promoting student and faculty success, the Master Plan Update describes facilities and amenities that offer opportunities to support students and faculty. The proposed improvements are detailed in the Quality of Campus Life, Housing, and Security Elements. They include, but are not limited to, new state-of-the-art academic buildings, library enhancements, new dining, recreation and housing facilities envisioned to enhance campus life, and recommendations for addressing issues of security and safety on the campus.

E STAB LI SH A F R AME WOR K FOR CAMPUS DE VE LOPME NT AND MANAGE ME NT OF OR DE R LY CAMPUS CHANGE Several Planning Elements in the Master Plan Update address the campus environment at a framework level including the Land Use, Landscape and Transportation Elements. The Land Use Element sets out procedures for allocating, managing and enhancing campus land resources in response to land-based instructional, research and outreach activities as well as other operational and mission-related purposes such as Athletics and parking. The Athletics Element details the field and facilities requirements of Athletics as well as the land-intensive uses associated with Game-Day activities (parking and tailgating). The Landscape Element includes a landscape framework, the intent of which is to promote a high quality and connected system of open spaces and landscapes designed to improve the appearance of the campus and provide for a pleasant context for campus life. The Transportation Element highlights recommendations for coordinating the pedestrian, bicycle, transit and vehicular circulation and parking systems of the campus with the goal of promoting safe, convenient, multi-modal access. PROMOT E T H E W I SE ST E WAR DSH I P OF LAND, SPACE AND B UI LDI NG ASSE TS The stewardship of land, space and building assets is addressed in the Land Use, Space Needs, Academic Buildings and Sustainability Elements of the Master Plan Update. The Land Use Element, for the first time in the history of the campus, formalizes land use boundaries and establishes a foundation for the future allocation, management and regulation of land. The Space Needs Element provides a quantitative and qualitative approximation of the long-range facility needs for academic and non-academic units, and provides a strategy for accommodating those needs in the context of the established Campus Core. The Sustainability Element includes an overview of the sustainability initiatives underway at Auburn in the areas of energy management, water resource management, infrastructure systems, transportation, the natural environment and the campus landscape. It provides an overview of Auburn’s Climate Action Plan and summarizes proposed greenhouse emissions reduction targets as part of the American College and University Presidents’ Climate Commitment.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

MASTER PLANNING PROCESS The Master Plan Update is the result of an extensive two-year long planning process designed to engage the campus administration, faculty, staff, and students in open and participatory consultation. The details of the process, as organized and led by AU Facilities Management, are summarized in this section. The ultimate goal of the process is to establish the baseline data, mapping and other materials required for Facilities Management to continuously update and monitor progress toward implementation of the Master Plan Update. MASTER PLA N U PDAT E ACT IO N P L A N AU Facilities Management initiated the Comprehensive Campus Master Plan Update planning process in 2010. The process was carried out in accordance with the Action Plan developed by AU Facilities Management. The Action Plan consists of the following four phases:

•

Phase 1: Pre-Planning – the development of a consensusbuilding process for the plan, and confirmation of the overall planning process;

•

Phase 2: Space Analysis – a comprehensive investigation of current and future facility needs for Auburn’s academic and student life programs, as we as administrative units;

•

Phase 3: Campus Design – an update of the overall Campus Master Plan, which is the principal focus of this report;

•

Phase 4: Implementation – articulation of an implementation for moving forward with the Master Plan recommendations.

The Master Plan Update Action Plan is illustrated graphically in Figure 1-2.

MASTER PLAN UPDATE ACTION PLAN

Figure 1-2. Master Plan Update Action Plan

Planning Background

Phase 1: Pre-Planning The Pre-Planning phase of work was completed in the Fall of 2010. During this phase, AU Facilities Management worked with Auburn University leadership and Advisory Groups – including officers of the University Senate, Administrative and Professional Assembly, Staff Council, Student Government Association, and Graduate Student Council – to develop an inclusive consensus-building process for updating the Master Plan. In support of the process, the University’s Master Plan Committee was expanded to form an ad hoc Master Plan Update Committee (MPUC) composed of a broader representation of University constituents, and charged with providing input to the process, reviewing products of the planning team, and recommending appropriate Master Plan accommodations. In addition, a comprehensive engagement strategy was developed to solicit input from the campus community. The engagement strategy involved: •

A regular series of meetings with University stakeholders that provided opportunities to identify and discuss issues of interest to individual stakeholders, as well as campus-wide issues;

•

Creation of a Master Plan Update website hosted by AU Facilities Management, which contained a comments page to provide stakeholders an opportunity to voice their opinions;

•

Six on-campus planning sessions with the Master Plan consultant team, where progress on the various Planning Elements of the Master Plan Update was reviewed with the University’s Advisory Groups, Master Plan Update Committee and Executive Facilities Committee;

•

A series of sessions that were held on specific Master Plan topics, such as the location of a new academic buildings, campus mobility, land use, and other topics;

•

A web survey that canvassed the campus community on specific Master Plan issues;

•

Six campus-wide open forums to which all members of the campus community were invited;

•

A workshop with the Board of Trustees to review the progress on the central Master Planning Elements (see Phase 3 below) prior to preparation of the draft Master Plan Update document.

planning model that measures space needs based on a range of different planning scenarios. Descriptions of each tool follow: Planning Considerations AU Facilities Management created a matrix that outlines major planning considerations for each academic and non-academic unit. The matrix was developed through a series of work sessions that were held to review current unit plans, current operating methodologies, planning trends and future aspirations, and potential demographic and pedagogical changes. The program considerations were employed by the Master Plan consultant team when studying physical development options for the campus. Space Planning Model AU Facilities Management also created a space planning model to evaluate the space needs of each academic and non-academic unit. The model applies a range of variables to compare each unit’s existing space to ‘guideline space’ in order to determine the assignable area a unit requires to function effectively. The model was employed during the current Master Plan update process, and will be used to manage University space proactively moving forward. Capital Planning Process A product of the space planning phase of work was the creation of an overall capital planning process that was integral to the Master Plan Update, and will continue to be used by AU Facilities Management moving forward. The capital planning process involves the following steps: •

Creation of a comprehensive space database that documents the space the University has today. The database was initially created in 2005, and updated in 2012 to reflect some adjustments to the inventory, including the addition and removal of space across the campus. Space in the inventory is classified using categories established by the U.S Department of Education National Center for Educational Statistics in a document titled the Postsecondary Education Facilities Inventory and Classification Manual (FICM).

•

Using the space planning model, assessment of space needs by academic and non-academic unit. The model calculates the space requirements for each unit, which are then compared to the existing space inventory. The result is a numerical value for the net surplus or deficit of space across the various units.

•

Integration of the model finding with the Master Plan. The findings of the space needs analysis are used to develop an overall facilities program to address current and future space deficits, and are a key driver of the Master Plan strategies and recommendations.

•

Creation of a Capital Projects Plan. The facilities program forms the basis of a Capital Projects Plan that will be implemented over time. The addition and removal of space will be documented in the University’s space database to facilitate the ongoing evaluation of space needs through the space planning model.

Phase 2: Space Analysis The space analysis phase of work was initiated in the Fall of 2011 and initial findings were presented by the summer of 2012. The analysis was updated with 2012 student enrollment and faculty and staff counts in the Fall of 2012, and the findings were finalized in early 2013. The space analysis identifies the University’s program needs for the Master Plan Update. The specific findings are discussed in the Space Needs chapter of this document. Two new tools were created during the space analysis phase to ensure the Master Plan is both programmatically driven and aligned with the University’s Strategic Plan. The first tool is a database of major program considerations for each academic and non-academic unit and the related facilities impact on the Master Plan. The second tool is a new space

The capital planning process is summarized in Figure 1-3.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

COMPONENTS OF THE CAPITAL PLANNING PROCESS

Figure 1-3. Components of Capital Planning Process Phase 3: Campus Design Campus Design phase of the overall planning process focused on re-evaluating the principles and components that make up the Master Plan, the refinement of existing planning parameters, and the creation of a design framework for future campus development. The campus design phase of work also involved the creation of a master planning system that the University will employ to keep the Master Plan current moving forward. The steps in this system are as follows: Step 1: Request for Qualifications and Request for Proposals (RFQ & RFP) The University initiated the current Master Plan Update process with an RFQ and RFP process to select a qualified consultant team to prepare the update. Future updates will begin with an RFQ and RFP process for consultant selection. Step 2: Create a List of Planning Elements The current Master Plan is based on twelve central “planning elements” or focus areas for planning endorsed by the Board of Trustees. The process for selecting and approving future planning elements will include: •

AU Facilities Management will develop an initial list of planning elements for the Master Plan;

•

The University’s Master Plan Committee will review and edit the proposed planning elements;

•

AU Facilities Management will solicit feedback on the focus areas. During the current Master Plan update, AU Facilities Management issued an online survey to solicit feedback from University stakeholders on the relative importance of the Planning Elements;

•

The Executive Facilities Committee and Board of Trustees may provide direction on the Planning Elements.

The 2012 Planning Elements approved by the University’s Board of Trustees include are previously summarized above in this chapter.

Planning Background

Step 3: Develop Draft Analysis and Recommendations for Each Planning Element For each planning element or focus area, the Master Plan team will organize meetings with key stakeholders to gather information, guidance and feedback. After meeting with stakeholders, the team will document existing conditions, analyze relevant stakeholder needs and emerging trends, and develop improvement strategies and recommendations. The Master Plan Team will review draft documentation, analysis, improvement strategies and frameworks with stakeholder groups. Step 4: Solicit Feedback from Campus Community on Documentation, Analysis and Proposed Strategies and Frameworks The Master Plan team will solicit feedback from the campus community on the draft documentation, analysis, improvement strategies and frameworks. During the Master Plan Update, this process involved the following steps: •

The Master Plan team facilitated a series of Provost Open Forums for each planning element. The forums were public workshops conducted in Langdon Hall and all campus stakeholders were invited to attend.

•

The presentations delivered at the forums, as well as videos of the forums were posted on the Facilities Management website with a comment box.

•

During this process the team worked with the Master Plan Update Committee to review and revise the initial drafts of the Power Point presentations for each planning element.

•

The Executive Facilities Committee also reviewed, provided input and ultimately approved recommendations for each planning element.

•

In April 2013, AU Facilities Management led a workshop with the Board of Trustees to provide them an opportunity to review and provide input on the emerging major planning element recommendations approved by the Executive Facilities Committee.

Step 5: Request Approval of Master Plan Update by the Board of Trustees The final Master Plan Update will be submitted to Auburnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Board of Trustees for approval. Phase 4: Implementation Following the completion of the Master Plan Update, AU Facilities Management will move into the implementation phase, utilizing the plan as the reference guide for decision-making. Decisions will be informed by the Master Plan itself as well as priorities, funding and capital planning considerations. The Master Plan Update is intended to be a living document and to provide the flexibility that may be required to respond to circumstances and issues that cannot always be anticipated in the development of a Master Plan. This may require district studies for specific areas of the campus as the recommendations of the Master Plan are implemented. As noted, the final deliverables and products of the Master Plan Update have been developed to ensure that AU Facilities Management has the baseline data and graphics necessary to continuously update the Master Plan during the Implementation Phase.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

PROCESS GOVERNANCE The creation of a formal Master Plan Governance Structure was a significant outcome of the Master Plan Update. The Governance Structure is summarized in Figure 1-4, and described in further detail in this section. The Governance Structure is designed to assist AU Facilities Management during the process of developing a campus Master Plan. The organizational structure ensures that the plan is informed by campus leadership and the broader community with the goal of ensuring that it reflects the key goals, objectives and priorities of the University. The following groups and committees are inherent to the structure: MASTER PLA N N I N G T E A M The Master Planning Team consists of the Assistant Vice President of Facilities Management and the Office of the University Architect, along with assistance from a professional planning consultant. As with the current update, consultant selection will occur through a rigorous RFQ, RFP and interview process. The selection process is designed to ensure that the selected consultants bring the skills, point of view and experience necessary to address the key planning elements identified for future planning efforts.

MAST E R PLAN UPDAT E COMMI T T E E The Master Plan Update Committee (MPUC) is an advisory committee that reviews and provides input on draft elements of the plan as it evolves. The MPUC includes faculty representatives, the University Planner as Chair, the University Architect as Vice-Chair, the Associate Provost, the University Engineer, one Administrative and Professional Assembly member. Master Plan Update Committee included representatives of: •

Facilities Management

•

Office of the Provost

•

Office of Sustainability

•

Administrative and Professional Assembly

•

Faculty

PROCESS GOVERNANCE

Figure 1-4. Process Governance

Planning Background

Additional Ad Hoc Representation included:

•

Assistant Vice President for Auxiliary Services

•

AVP Facilities

•

Two deans

•

AVP Research

•

SGA members

•

AVP Auxiliary Services

•

Deans for Land Use

•

AVP Student Affairs

•

Director OIRA

Two Dean’s Representative Committee Members

•

Director of Real Estate

•

AAES

Dean Representatives serve a two-year staggered term with appointments made by the Provost.

•

Associate Director Athletics

•

Director Athletics

•

University Senate

•

A&P Assembly

•

Staff Council

•

Graduate School Council

•

Student Government Association

•

Division Multicultural Affairs

•

Alumni Association

•

City of Auburn

EXEC UT I VE FAC I LIT IE S CO M M IT T E E The Executive Facilities Committee (EFC) which has existed in an ad hoc form for about three years was formalized during the current Master Plan Update process. The Committee consists of twelve senior University leaders who are charged with making recommendations to the President on facilities and grounds issues. The EFC has proved essential in guiding decisions concerning facilities and grounds.

Student Government Association Representative Committee Members The President of the Student Government Association serves on the Committee.

AUB UR N UNI VE R SI T Y PR E SI DE NT Auburn University’s President serves as the formal leader of the Master Plan, and provides input and direction at key milestones during the process, as required. AUB UR N UNI VE R SI T Y B OAR D OF T R UST EES The University’s Board of Trustees approves the Master Plan, and provides input at key milestones during the process, as required. During the current Master Plan Update process, the Board of Trustees approved the initial planning elements, and participated in a work session in April 2013 to review the emerging planning elements recommendations. The Board will approve the final Master Plan Update, which is documented in this report.

The purpose of the Executive Facilities Committee is to represent major facility stakeholders and to consider and formulate recommendations for the President regarding major campus facility plans and programs. Committee Members include the following: Continuing/Ex Officio Members

•

Provost – Chair and University Officer designated as the official responsible for the Committee

•

Assistant Vice President for Facilities – Cochair

•

Executive Vice President

•

University Senate Leadership Representative

•

Associate Provost

•

Vice President for Research or designee

•

Vice President of Student Affairs

•

Athletics Director

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

GLOSSARY OF MASTER PLAN TERMS Academic Capital Project Plan – the strategy for replacing and renovating key academic buildings in the core of the Auburn Campus. Active Recreation – facilities or field space associated with formalized sports activities. ACUPCC – American College and University Presidents’ Climate Commitment – high-visibility effort to address global climate disruption undertaken by a network of colleges and universities that have made institutional commitments to eliminate net greenhouse gas emissions from specified campus operations, and to promote the research and educational efforts of higher education to equip society to re-stabilize the earth’s climate. Auburn is a signatory of the ACUPCC. ASC – Academic Success Complex, the building(s) proposed in the Master Plan Update to replace classroom space displaced from the Haley and Parker buildings. Best Management Practice (BMP) – a method or technique that has consistently shown results superior to those achieved with other means, and that is used as a benchmark. Bike Lane – a striped lane on the right side of a street designated for bicycles and with a minimum width of five feet. Bike Path – a paved path, separate from roadways and from pedestrian paths or sidewalks, designated for bicycles. CADC – College of Architecture, Design and Construction. Climate Action Plan (CAP) – the set of strategies intended to guide Auburn’s efforts for reducing greenhouse gas emissions. Campus Master Plan – A campus master plan is a physical plan and a comprehensive set of policy directives that together provide long-range strategies for the growth and transformation of a campus. A campus master plan coordinates decisions relative to buildings, infrastructure, open spaces, landscape, circulation, transit, site ecology, and stormwater management in support of the academic research and outreach missions of the University.

Civic Spaces – an area by virtue of size, location, history or association with buildings possess campus-wide significance. CPSM – Campus Planning and Space Management (AU Facilities Management) CVM – College of Veterinary Medicine. Development Capacity – the total amount of building gross square footage that can be accommodated within the Auburn campus assuming building footprints that are in scale with the adjacent context and building heights of three to four stories. Energy Usage Intensity (EUI) – is a unit of measurement that describes a building’s energy use. EUI represents the energy consumed by a building relative to its size. EFC – Executive Facilities Committee. Field Lab – the fields or forested areas that support the academic, research and outreach mission of Auburn by accommodating land based horticultural, agricultural, animal husbandry and forestry activities. Floor Area Ratio (FAR) – a measure of building density defined as the ratio of total building square footage to land area. For example, a twostory building that occupies the total land area of a site would have an FAR of 2.0; a two-story building that occupies half of the total area of a site would have an FAR of 1.0. Framework Plan – the basic, conceptual structure of a physical plan around which program elements are organized. Typically, the framework plan represents the “big idea” in the master plan. Front Yards – the landscape areas between the edges of vehicular streets and the face of buildings along campus and public streets. FTE – Full Time Equivalent of students is a single value providing a meaningful combination of full-time and part-time students. Game-Day – the term used at Auburn to refer to the days when football games occur on the campus. Gateway – a ceremonial entrance.

CDV – Caroline Draughon Village, a former housing complex on the Auburn Campus located west of Wire Road.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions (GHG) – the gases that trap heat in the atmosphere including:

Character and Image Study – a 2001 Board of Trustee’s commissioned study that examined the defining qualities of the Auburn campus including architecture and landscape features.

Carbon dioxide (CO2) - Carbon dioxide enters the atmosphere through the combustion of fossil fuels (coal, natural gas and oil), solid waste, trees and wood products, and also as a result of certain chemical reactions (e.g., the manufacture of cement). Carbon dioxide is removed from the atmosphere (or “sequestered”) when it is absorbed by plants as part of the biological carbon cycle.

Charrette – a collaborative work session in which a group of people work together to develop a solution to a design or planning problem. CLA – College of Liberal Arts. COSAM – College of Science and Mathematics.

Planning Background

Methane (CH4) - Methane is emitted during the production and transport of coal, natural gas, and oil. Methane emissions also result from livestock and other agricultural practices and by the decay of organic waste in municipal solid waste landfills.

Nitrous oxide (N2O) - Nitrous oxide is emitted during agricultural and industrial activities, and during combustion of fossil fuels and solid waste. Fluorinated gases - Hydrofluorocarbons, perfluorocarbons, and sulfur hexafluoride are synthetic, powerful greenhouse gases that are emitted from a variety of industrial processes. Fluorinated gases are sometimes used as substitutes for stratospheric ozone-depleting substances (e.g., chlorofluorocarbons, hydrochlorofluorocarbons, and halons). These gases are typically emitted in smaller quantities, but because they are potent greenhouse gases, they are sometimes referred to as High Global Warming Potential gases (“High GWP gases”). Growth Boundary – the growth boundaries proposed for the Auburn campus circumscribe established development areas such as the core campus, the research park, the College of Veterinary Medicine campus, etc. The purpose of the boundaries is twofold: 1) to protect outlying natural, agricultural and forested areas of the campus from development that would be detrimental to the mission of colleges and administrative units using these land areas; and, 2) to locate development in established areas with the goal of encouraging the best use of existing investments in infrastructure and in areas where pedestrian, bicycle and transit movement can be facilitated. Heat Island – a developed area with consistently higher temperatures than surrounding landscape or open areas due to a greater retention of heat by buildings, concrete, and asphalt. Health Science Sector – a proposed campus district dedicated to academic, research and private partnerships that will support the current and evolving mission of health related programs at Auburn, including Pharmacy and Nursing. Heritage Tree – significant, exceptionally large trees that strongly influence the quality and character of the campus. Human scale – a physical environment, including buildings and open space, compatible with human dimension often characterized through measures of walkability (i.e. how conducive an area is to walking), size, and proportion relative to a human figure. Hydrology – the study of the movement, distribution and quality of water. Infill development – opportunities for new construction that occur within established developed areas such as the core campus. Land Use – land use refers to the human use of land. Land use involves the management and modification of the natural environment or wilderness into the built environment such as fields, pastures, and settlements. Landscape Master Plan – a plan focusing on landscape design and treatment strategies for the various types of open space, landscape and natural environments found on the Auburn campus.

Mission Statement – a statement that defines the fundamental purpose of Auburn, succinctly describing why it exists and what it does to achieve its vision. Mobility – a term used to broadly describe a coordinated system of circulation on the campus inclusive of pedestrian, bicycle, transit, and vehicular movement. Modal Split – the varying proportions of different transportation modes which may be used at any one time (walking, bicycling, transit, single occupancy vehicle). Multimodal transportation – a connected transportation system that supports cars, bicycles, pedestrians, and public transit. OUA – Office of the University Architect Passive Recreation – activities that are informal in nature and that take place in the public open spaces of the campus. Physiographic – the physical features of the surface of the earth. Pedestrianization – the conversion of a street into a mall or pedestrian walkway. Pedestrian Concourse – major pedestrian corridors, often converted vehicular streets, with significant utilities and service requirements. Placemaking – a term used to describe the process of creating squares, plazas, parks, streets and waterfronts that will attract people because they are pleasurable or interesting. Planning Elements – the key topics addressed in the Campus Master Plan Update approved by the Auburn Board of Trustees. Programmatic – of or relating to the program of facilities and land required to support the mission and activities of Auburn. Quadrangles – open landscape areas defined by surrounding buildings, walks, lawns, trees and shrubs. Quality of Life – defined in the Master Plan Update as the overall experience of studying, working and living on the Auburn campus. Rainwater Garden – planted depression or a hole that allows rainwater runoff from impervious surface areas, like roofs, driveways, walkways, parking lots, and compacted lawn areas, the opportunity to be absorbed. Safe Walks – pedestrian routes encouraged for use at night that feature higher lighting levels, blue light emergency phones, security surveillance and a higher level of activity. Scope 1 Emissions – direct greenhouse emissions that occur from sources that are owned or controlled by an institution.

Managed Natural Areas – areas that include several types of naturally occurring regional plant communities, modified to differing degrees by management activities.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

Scope 2 Emissions – indirect greenhouse gas emissions that are a consequence of activities that take place within the organizational boundaries of an institution, but that occur at sources owned or controlled by another entity. Scope 3 Emissions – all indirect emissions not covered in Scope 2. Sense of Place – the scale, quality, and character associated with the natural features, landscape, architecture, circulation systems and infrastructure of the campus environment that, in combination, contribute to the overall experience and ambiance. Sharrow – a shared lane marking in the travel lane of a paved road indicating that bicyclists may use any portion of the full width of the lane. Stormwater Management – anything associated with the planning, maintenance, and regulation of facilities which collect, store, or convey stormwater. Sustainability – at Auburn, sustainability is defined as meeting human needs in a fair, just and equitable way that enables future generations to meet their own needs, while protecting and maintaining healthy ecosystems in perpetuity. Traffic Calming – a physical design strategy intended to encourage motorists to drive slower in order to allow for safer pedestrian and bicycle circulation. Typology – a systematic classification or study of types, typically buildings or landscapes, present or proposed on the campus. Urban Design – the process of designing groups of buildings, streets and public spaces, whole neighborhoods and districts, and entire cities, to make areas functional, attractive, and sustainable. Values Statement – the beliefs that are shared among the stakeholders of the University. Values drive Auburn’s culture and priorities and provide a framework in which decisions are made. VCOM – Edward Via College of Osteopathic Medicine Vision Statement – the statement of what Auburn wants to be. It is a long-term view and concentrates on the future. It is intended to be emotive and is a source of inspiration. Watershed – the region or area draining into a river system, or other body of water.

Planning Background

CHAPTER CONTENTS LO CAT I O N 21 HISTORY 21 CAMP U S D EVELO PM E NT C H RO NO LO GY

R EGIST ERED H I STOR IC B U IL DING S A ND S IT E S

MAST ER PLA N H I STO RY

EXIST I N G CA M PU S S E T T ING A ND CO NDIT IO N S

LAND, B U I LD I N G AND INFR A ST R U CT U R E A SS E TS

2. The Auburn Campus

LOCATION

HISTORY

Auburn University is located in the city of Auburn, Alabama, a small university town with a population over 40,000. Auburn is situated on the plains of eastern Alabama, about 50 miles east of Montgomery, the state capital, and 115 miles southwest of Atlanta, Georgia. Other nearby cities include Birmingham (100 miles northwest) and Columbus, Georgia (35 miles east).

Auburn University has a long history of change and evolution held together by a rich connection with its locale. Founded as the East Alabama Male College in 1856, the institution commenced instruction in 1859 with 80 students. The college operated for thirteen years under Methodist sponsorship (although it was shuttered for five of those years during the Civil War). The Methodist Church, lacking the resources to sustain the institution, offered the college and its facilities to the State of Alabama. The federal government made funds available for the state to purchase the college under the terms of the Morrill Act of 1862, creating land grant institutions across the country. In 1872, the college become the first public land grant university in the south to be established separate from a state institution and was known as the Agricultural and Mechanical College of Alabama. The college was renamed the Alabama Polytechnic Institute in 1899 and finally Auburn University in 1960.

Atlanta Birmingham

Auburn University Montgomery

Columbus

Auburn experienced explosive growth after World War II, first to serve returning GIs and then the “baby boom” generation as it reached college age. The collection of 35 buildings that housed Auburn after the war has grown to over 400 today. The main campus has expanded to over 1,870 acres, while Auburn’s Agricultural Experiment Station occupies nearly 20,700 acres throughout Alabama. Auburn’s Montgomery campus was established in 1969 and has grown to over 5,500 students, with an additional 10,000 enrolled in continuing education programs.

Figure 2-1. Regional map locating Auburn University in the context of neighboring cities and states.

Auburn University Campus

CAMPUS D EM O G RA P H IC S Another key consideration in the development of the Master Plan Update involved existing and future student enrollment and faculty and staff population assumptions. The enrollment and faculty and staff figures are based on Fall 2012 data and were utilized to calculate future space, housing, recreation and parking facility needs. A ten percent growth rate was applied to the total current full time equivalent (FTE) enrollment, faculty and staff counts to generate future FTE for general space planning purposes. Student Enrollment Nearly 23,000 FTE students were enrolled in Auburn’s fourteen colleges and schools in Fall 2012, including approximately 19,000 FTE undergraduate students, 1,000 FTE students in Veterinary and Pharmacy professional programs, and 2,600 FTE students in graduate programs (see Table 2-1). In 2002, Auburn’s Board of Trustees established an overall student enrollment cap of 25,000 FTE. Auburn will reach the 25,000 FTE enrollment cap with ten percent growth. The following tables contain a breakdown of current headcount and FTE enrollment by status and level, and by College or School. Auburn’s fourteen colleges and schools are as follows:

Table 2-1. Auburn University Current and Projected Future Enrollment

UNDERGRADUATE

CURRENT

FUTURE

ENROLLMENT

(FTE)

(Headcount)

(FTE)

Agriculture

1,143

1,096

Architecture, Design and Construction

1,075

1,025

Business

3,255

3,149

Education

1,705

1,663

Engineering

4,025

3,703

286

272

Forestry and Wildlife Sciences Human Sciences

1,174

1,127

Liberal Arts

3,718

3,568

661

638

3,022

2,921

Nursing Sciences and Mathematics Transients + Auditors Interdepartmental Total Undergraduate

20,175

19,235

•

College of Agriculture

•

College of Architecture, Design & Construction

FIRST PROFESSIONAL

•

College of Business

Pharmacy

596

582

•

College of Education

Veterinary Medicine

446

418

•

Samuel Ginn College of Engineering

Total First Professional

1,042

1,000

•

School of Forestry and Wildlife Sciences

GRADUATE

•

Graduate School

Agriculture

287

180

•

Honors College

132

107

•

College of Human Sciences

Architecture, Design and Construction

•

College of Liberal Arts

Business

549

388

Education

874

566

Engineering

830

549 30

•

School of Nursing

•

Harrison School of Pharmacy

•

College of Sciences and Mathematics

Forestry and Wildlife Sciences

•

College of Veterinary Medicine

Human Sciences

108

The future enrollment projection was only applied to total FTE and is based on data provided by the Office of Institutional Research and Assessment.

Liberal Arts

491

334

Nursing

Pharmacy

Faculty and Staff Counts

Sciences and Mathematics

362

220

In Fall 2012, Auburn had over 4,600 full time faculty and staff, plus another 1,350 part-time employees. The University also employed over 4,400 graduate teaching assistants, graduate research assistants and hourly students. A breakdown of employees by position is provided in Table 2-2.

Veterinary Medicine

1,100

Transients + Auditors

Interdepartmental

3,917

2,589

2,848

25,134

22,824

25,106

Total Graduate TOTAL ENROLLMENT

21,159

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

Table 2-2. Faculty and Staff Counts by Type EMPLOYEE TYPE Executive/Administrative and Managerial

HEADCOUNT (FALL 2012)

FULL-TIME (FALL 2012)

PART-TIME (FALL 2012)

FTE (FALL 2012)

361

352

355

Faculty

1,377

1,195

182

1,275

Other Professionals

1,802

1,515

287

1,642

662

162

500

376

Clerical and Secretarial

918

564

354

706

Skilled Crafts

228

213

219

Service/Maintenance

723

266

457

472

Instruction/Research Assistant

1,987

1,981

744

Other

3,044

3,015

999

11,122

4,302

6,820

6,797

Technical and Paraprofessional

Other Administrative

TOTAL

Auburn University Campus

CAMPUS DEVELOPMENT CHRONOLOGY Over Auburn Universityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s one hundred and fifty years the land use pattern has gradually spread from the highest points of the campus land to include the entire 1,870 acre land area controlled by the University today. The evolution of the campus is illustrated in the chronology diagrams in Figure 2-2.

1910

1920

1940

1930

1950

Figure 2-2. Campus development over time

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

1960

1980

2000

Auburn University Campus

1970

1990

2013

Shug Jordan Pkwy

AUBURN UNIVERSITY CURRENT CAMPUS

S Co

lleg e St

W Magnolia Ave

S Donahue Dr

ire W

Figure 2-3. Over the past decade, the University has added over a million square feet in the core of the campus.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

REGISTERED HISTORIC BUILDINGS AND SITES Auburn has a rich architectural history as evidenced by the number of nationally and locally significant buildings on the campus including buildings on the National Register of Historic Places. Several buildings and outdoor spaces are also distinguished by historic markers and plaques.

Music Building (Hargis Hall) - Originally built to house the Chemistry Department, Hargis Hall was constructed in 1888. It was gutted by a fire in 1979. It is named for Estes Hargis, a 1917 graduate of Auburn. Broun Engineering Hall (Demolished) - recitation hall constructed in 1906 and named for William Leroy Broun. It was demolished in the 1980’s.

NATIO NA L REG I ST ER O F H ISTO R IC P L AC E S The National Register is a list maintained by the National Park Service of preservation-worthy historic places across the United States. To be considered eligible for the National Register, a property or district must pass a rigorous evaluation of its age, integrity, and significance. Nominations are submitted by individual property owners or preservation advocates to the State Historic Preservation Office, which notifies affected property owners, solicits public comment, and makes a recommendation to the National Park Service for final review and determination. Listing on the National Register not only provides formal recognition of a property and/or district’s historic and cultural significance, it also provides access to a number of incentives, including federal and state tax benefits. The following is a summary of Auburn’s listings on the National Register.

Mary Martin Hall – Mary Martin Hall was originally the main library of the University. It was financed by Andrew Carnegie and named for Mary Eugenia Martin who served as Auburn’s Librarian from 1918-1949.

Auburn University Historic Sector (1978) - Subset of National Register of Historic Places

University Chapel (Auburn Players Theater) (Marker) - Constructed in 1850, the Chapel is the oldest campus building located on its original site. The Chapel was donated to the University in 1900 by the First Presbyterian Church. Over the years the building has served as a Civil War hospital, a civic center, a YMCA headquarters, and a temporary classroom space prior to serving as the playhouse for the University’s Department of Theater for forty years.

The Auburn University Historic Sector, designated in 1978, includes a collection of buildings dating from the 1850’s to the early 1900’s centered on Samford Hall. These include the oldest buildings on the campus: The Auburn University Chapel (Auburn, Alabama’s oldest public building), Samford Hall, and Langdon Hall which are all on the National Register of Historic Places. Buildings in the district include several that, in combination with a notable landscape, form Samford Park: Samford Hall - Samford Hall was constructed in 1888, utilizing bricks salvaged from the ruins of Old Main, the original campus building which was destroyed by fire in 1887. The design of Samford Hall is based on Old Main and features two towers, one of which includes a clock and bell. It is named for William J. Samford, the 31st governor of Alabama 1900-1901. The Lathe (Plaque) – The Lathe was donated to the University in 1936. It was built near Selma during the Civil War and was used to bore gun barrels for the Confederate Army. Langdon Hall – Constructed in 1846, Langdon Hall was the chapel for the Auburn Female College (later Auburn High School); it was moved to the Auburn campus in 1883. Before the Civil War, Langdon Hall served as the location for a series of debates on the question of Southern secession. Langdon Hall is named for Charles Carter Langdon, a former mayor of Mobile, Alabama, Alabama Secretary of State, and a trustee of Auburn University. Langdon Annex (Music Annex) – Adjacent to Langdon Hall and recently renovated for the Office of Sustainability.

Biggin Hall (Non-contributing Building) – Biggin Hall, constructed in 1951, originally housed the School of Architecture and was named in honor of its first dean, Fredric Biggin. It is one of the few buildings on the campus built in the International Style. Individual Recognition In addition to the buildings in the Auburn University Historic Sector, the campus includes several buildings and outdoor spaces of notable individual recognition. These include:

The Old Rotation (Marker) - The Old Rotation, located on Lem Morrison Drive, is a soil fertility experiment that began in 1896. It is the third oldest ongoing field crop experiment in the United States and the oldest continuous cotton experiment in the world. It was listed February 14, 1988. The Cullars Rotation (Marker) - In 1911, the Alabama Agricultural and Experiment Station at Alabama Polytechnic Institute (now Auburn University) received state funding to conduct fertilizer experiments on fields throughout Alabama. One of those fields was near Auburn on the farm of J.A. Cullars. Today, the “Cullars Rotation”, located east of the Jule Smith Collins Art Museum, is the only one of more than 200 original on-farm experiments that have been maintained. The Rotation was listed on April 18, 2003. Old President’s Mansion (Cater Hall) (Plaque) - Known today as Cater Hall, the building was erected in 1915 and served as the home of the University President until 1938. The Old President’s Mansion was listed August 29, 2003. Scott-Yarbrough House at Pebble Hill (Marker) - The Scott-Yarbrough House is an 1847 antebellum cottage named for the Scott family, who helped build the town of Auburn and the house itself, and the Yarbrough family, who owned Pebble Hill from 1912 until 1982.

Langdon Shops (Demolished) – addition to Langdon Hall, now demolished

Auburn University Campus

HISTORIC BUILDINGS

1 2 7 4

6 10

Figure 2-4. Auburn has several buildings listed on the National Register of Historic Places, as well as two fields: the Old Rotation and Cullars Rotation (located off the map at Duncan and Lem Morrison, and at the Art Museum, respectively)

LEG EN D 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Biggin Hall HD Non-Contributing Hargis Hall HD Langdon Hall HD Langdon Annex HD Samford Hall HD

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Mary Martin Hall HD 11. Comer Hill (poSamford Park tential nominee) O.D. Smith (potential nominee) 12. Max Morris Drill Field University Chapel HD M 13. Cary Hall M Old Presidentâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s House (Carter Hall) HD P

National Register Historic District = HD Historic Marker = M Historic Plaque = P

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

Cary Hall (Marker) - Cary Hall, named for Auburn’s first veterinary dean, Charles Allen Cary. It served as the veterinary building from 1939 to 1970. Dean Cary came to Auburn in 1892 as a professor of veterinary science, and, in 1907, he established the College of Veterinary Medicine as the first one in the South. He served as dean until his death in 1935.

Lee County sawmills. The tractor was moved to the Auburn University campus in 1974 and was restored by the Student Branch of the American Society of Agricultural Engineers. The historic piece of machinery was listed April 14, 1978.

Halliday-Cary-Pick House – Built in 1852, the Halliday-Cary-Pick house is the second oldest home in Auburn. It is named for Dr. Charles Allen Cary, founder of the College of Veterinary Medicine, and his daughter, Alice Cary Pick Gibson, who lived in the house until her death in 2006. Max Morris Drill Field (Marker) – Auburn University dedicated the Max Adams Morris ROTC Drill Field and historic marker on May 25, 2012. The marker is placed in front of Nichols Center, as close as possible to the old Max Morris Field, which was located on the current site of the Village Residence Halls and adjacent parking lots. It is named in honor of Max Adams Morris, a 1942 graduate of Alabama Polytechnic Institute (Auburn University). Morris was an honor military student and a varsity football player. He received the Carnegie Medal for Heroism. Possible Nominees Two buildings are identified on the campus for potential recognition for their historic value. These include: O.D. Smith Hall - The O.D. Smith Dormitory for boys was built in 1908. It is a two story brick building of Flemish style architecture built by architects Warren and Walton, with J. A. Cullers of Auburn as the contractor. In the summer of 1921 the building was converted into a women’s dormitory and damaged by fire in 1933. In the spring of 1934, Smith Hall was rebuilt within its existing walls and remodeled to accommodate the Home Economics Department in 1934. Comer Hall – Built in 1909 and designed by N.C. Curtis, Comer Hall is named for Braxton Bragg Comer, the 33rd Governor of Alabama 1907-1911. Today, it is home to the College of Agriculture. Alabama Historic Preservation Office The State of Alabama’s Historic Preservation Office, the Alabama Historical Commission (AHC), operates a number of statewide preservation programs, including the Alabama Register of Landmarks and Heritage. The Alabama Register, like its counterpart at the national level, recognizes buildings, sites, structures, and districts of historic value. The Alabama Register also includes many properties that may not be eligible for the National Register, including cemeteries, churches, and moved and reconstructed buildings. The Alabama Register is an additional means of bringing recognition to an historic site or structure. The following properties in Auburn are on the Alabama Register: “Old Nancy” - “Old Nancy” was the affectionate nickname J.W. Dupree gave to the steam-powered tractor he purchased in 1905 for use at his

Auburn University Campus

2002 MASTER PLAN

Figure 2-5. 2002 Master Plan

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

MASTER PLAN HISTORY In the first decade of the 21st century, the Auburn community came together in support of two major planning initiatives with the goal of ensuring the renewal and enhancement of the unique character of the campus. That goal was first addressed in the Image and Character Study commissioned by the Board of Trustees and completed in 2001. The Image and Character Study represented a quality control measure to ensure that future planning and design efforts would enhance the visual “brand” and identity of Auburn University. The purpose of the Study was to inform the design of new campus buildings and districts. The second initiative involved the development of the Comprehensive Campus Master Plan, the first version of which was completed in 2002. The 2002 Master Plan established a guide for developing the campus in a manner that would preserve and enhance the sense of beauty and community essential to the Auburn Spirit. The following is an overview of the 2002 plan. 2002 CAM PU S MA ST E R P L A N The principles contained in the 2002 Campus Master Plan were established to direct university growth and change in order to make the campus more cohesive, efficiently organized, and supportive of a pedestrian-scaled learning community. Many of those principles were put into practice in the five years following adoption of the Master Plan, dramatically transforming the character of the campus. Major changes to the campus included an ambitious “pedestrianization” program consisting of street closures, landscape enhancements, transit system expansion, and removal of surface parking from key areas of the historic core. New projects were sited to enhance academic, social and residential interaction, and animate the open spaces around them. Institutional initiatives, such as the Auburn Research Park, have become an important regional economic resource, creating a new gateway to the University for visitors approaching the campus on South College Street from Interstate 85 (2004).

Table 2-3. Implemented Major Projects Following the 2002 Plan MAJOR PROJECTS INCORPORATED FOLLOWING THE 2002 PLAN YEAR PROJECT NAME

GSF

COMPLETED

43,817

2003

Vaughan Large Animal Hospital (CVM)

83,818

2003

Hot Water Plants 1 and 2

12,000

2003

ALFA Agricultural Services and Research Building (COAG)

22,307

2003

Lambert-Powell Meat Laboratory (COAG)

18,055

2003

Wilson Beef Teaching Laboratory (COAG)

22,997

2003

Jule Collins Smith Museum of Art

Plainsman Park – Phase IA

17,500

2003

Auburn University Medical Clinic

42,861

2004

Poultry Science Building (COAG)

89,143

2004

Sciences Center Auditorium Building (COSAM)

10,809

2004

Sciences Center Classroom Building (COSAM)

34,242

2004

Sciences Center Laboratory Building (COSAM)

106,609

2004

Forestry and Wildlife Sciences Building (SFWS)

112,067

2004

11,151

2004

Walker Building – Alteration & Addition (HSOP)

41,000

2005

Miller Gorrie Center (CADC)

37,278

2005

Lowder Student Athlete Development Center

56,307

2005

N/A

2006

248,818

2006

Parking Structure - South Quad

218,135

2007

Shelby Engineering Center – Phase 1

198,764

2007

Swine Teaching & Research Facility (COAG)

Hutsell-Rosen Track and Field Parking Structure – Campus Green

PLAN ADDENDA INCORPORATED None REMOVED FROM INVENTORY Drake Student Medical Clinic

Projects completed following the adoption of the 2002 Master Plan are summarized in Table 2-3.

Noble Residence Hall

The Thach Concourse from Mell Street to Duncan Drive was also completed in accordance with the recommendations of the 2002 Master Plan.

Auburn University Campus

N/A -26,050

2005

-34,510

2005

-286,280

2005

Central Steam Plant

-10,833

2008

Physical Plant Building

-14,082

2008

Caroline Draughon Village

2007 MASTER PLAN

Figure 2-6. 2007 Master Plan

LEGEND Existing Facilities Proposed Facilities

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

2 007 CA MPUS M A ST E R P L A N U P DAT E The 2002 Comprehensive Campus Master Plan was first updated in 2007. The 2007 Update represented both a refinement and an expansion of the ideas embodied in the 2002 Plan. It addressed ideas of campus character and spatial organization in greater detail, based on the changes that occurred since 2002. Moreover, the 2007 Update encompassed an expanded vision for the comprehensive stewardship of the entire 1,870 acre Auburn Campus, including both development and preservation. It acknowledged that the natural environment and the agricultural lands are as important to Auburn’s character and image as are its buildings. It also introduced the concept of sustainability into the planning process. The recommendations of the 2007 Master Plan guided significant changes in the central campus. Between 2008 and 2013, the University transformed the heart of the campus with the completion of the Student Center and Campus Green projects and reinvigorated the campus residential experience with the completion of the Village Housing. The Auburn Arena was also constructed in accordance with 2007 Plan. Table 2-4 summarizes the projects completed following the adoption of the 2007 Plan. The strength of these planning initiatives focus on providing the framework by which Auburn can achieve its goal of remaining America’s “Loveliest Village,” while further developing the academic, athletic, and technological environment which has enabled Auburn to prosper and rise in the rankings of public institutions of higher education.

Table 2-4. Implemented Major Projects Following the 2007 Plan MAJOR PROJECTS FOLLOWING THE 2007 UPDATE YEAR COMPLETED

PROJECT NAME

GSF

Student Center

209,391

2007

Sector Energy Plant

51,274

2008

Village Dining Facility

40,245

2009

"Village Residential Complex (8 Residence Halls + Support Facilities)"

677,758

2009

Auburn Arena

276,568

2010

Research Park Building 1

43,793

2010

Soccer & Track Facility

27,146

2010

MRI Research Facility

48,236

2010

N/A

2010

Regional Airport Terminal

26,442

2010

Shelby Engineering Center: Advanced Engineering Research Laboratory

84,315

2011

Shelby Engineering Center: Wiggins Hall

75,695

2011

Band Field Pavilion

5,502

2011

Equine Research Laboratory

5,810

2011

Indoor Practice Facility

90,305

2011

Information Technology Building

63,948

2011

Parking Deck, South Quad

Campus Green

218,135

2011

Facilities Management Complex - Building 6

14,661

2012

Facilities Management Complex - Building 7

12,140

2012

Soil & Plant Samples Building

5,843

2012

Hubbard Center for Advanced Science Innovation & Commerce (CASIC)

81,736

2013

Kinesiology Building

63,556

2013

Parking Deck, South Donahue

210,641

2013

Recreation & Wellness Center

355,003

2013

South Donahue Residence Hall

256,843

2013

14,735

2013

208,000

2014

Wellness Kitchen Bailey Small Animal Hospital

MAJOR BUILDINGS REMOVED FROM INVENTORY SINCE 2007 PROJECT NAME Mell Hall Sewell Residence Hall

Auburn University Campus

GSF

YEAR DEMOLISHED

(9,515)

2011

(54,389)

2011

Fisheries Annex

(10,441)

2011

McAdory Hall

(27,716)

2012

Physiology Building

(17,733)

2013

EXISTING CAMPUS SETTING AND CONDITIONS The Auburn campus development pattern is informed by underlying physiographic conditions including topography, soil, and hydrologic conditions, and by patterns of forested and agricultural land. This section summarizes key points that have informed the existing conditions of the campus and includes an overview of environmental considerations for future development. The following diagrams summarize the following key conditions: Topography and slopes - topographic conditions such as steep slopes limit or complicate development in a few areas on the campus. Steep slope conditions are generally found in the Parkerson Mill Creek corridor (see Figure 2-7 and 2-8). Ecology wooded areas and urban forest - existing forested areas provide habitats for wildlife, mitigate stormwater, prevent erosion, and play an important role in air quality (see Figure 2-9). Existing Soils - soil conditions are important for agricultural land uses and erosion control. Soils on the campus range from urban land to ManvynUrban in the central core to Manvyn loamy sand and Pacolet sandy loam in the outlying agricultural areas (see Figure 2-10) Existing hydrology and flood plains - hydrological conditions such as the Parkerson Mill Creek 100-year floodplain and wetlands limit development potential. Development in the floodplain and wetland areas has been limited (see Figure 2-11). Other considerations relative to campus development include solar access for existing and future buildings and the urban heat island effect. Solar access as illustrated in the sun path diagram (see Figure 2-13) is an important consideration relative to building orientation and energy efficiency. The optimal orientation for campus buildings is elongated on the east-west axis. Where this orientation is not possible, mitigation strategies including architectural shading and shade trees should be considered. The urban heat island occurs when horizontal surfaces absorb solar radiation (see Figure 2-12). Mitigation strategies include a reduction in un-shaded paved areas and the introduction of additional shade trees.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

CAMPUS PHYSIOGRAPHIC CONDITIONS TO P O GR A PH Y

ST E E P SLOPE S

Figure 2-7. Topography - the high ground of the campus is located near Samford Hall, falling some 200 feet to the low point in the extreme southern portion of the campus.

Figure 2-8. Steep slopes - steep slopes, with limited development potential, are primarily located along the Parkerson Mill Creek corridor.

WO O DE D A REA S A N D U R BA N FO R E ST

SOI LS

Figure 2-9. Forested areas of the campus are concentrated along the Parkerson Mill Creek corridor and in areas of steep slopes. Forested areas assist with stormwater management and erosion control, and provide habitat areas. Total existing coverage is approximately 480 acres.

Figure 2-10. Soils on the campus range from urban land to Manvyn-Urban in the central core to Manvyn loamy sand and Pacolet sandy loam in the outlying agricultural areas. Soil conditions as reported from Auburn GIS.

Auburn University Campus

CAMPUS PHYSIOGRAPHIC CONDITIONS EXIST I N G H Y D RO LO GY A ND FLO O D P L A INS

HE AT I SLAND

Figure 2-11. The 100-year floodplain associated with Parkerson Mill Creek limits facility development. Only uses compatible with a floodplain should be designated in these areas, such as recreation fields. (Source: FEMA)

Figure 2-12. Parking lots and other horizontal paved services contribute to the heat island effect in the core of the campus.

S UN PAT H

T E N MI NUT E WALK CI RCLE

Figure 2-13. Building orientation is an important consideration relative to energy consumption. Optimal orientation - building elongated on the eastwest axis.

Figure 2-14. A majority of the academic buildings of the campus are located within a 10-minute walk of the student center.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

CO MMU N I T Y CO N T EXT The established core of Auburn campus is located in the northeast corner of the University’s land holdings immediately adjacent to downtown Auburn. The core is bounded by W. Magnolia Avenue to the north, S. College Street to the east, W. Samford Avenue to the south, and, Wire Road to the west. The interface between the campus and traditional downtown and townscape occurs along W. Magnolia and S. College north of Roosevelt Street. The Campus Core is well integrated with the downtown and neighborhoods located to the north and east where a sizeable population of Auburn students reside. The proximity of the campus to downtown provides an important amenity for campus students, staff and faculty as well as a market for businesses and services. This close relationship between downtown Auburn and the University contributes to the small town feel and character of the University. The field labs and open natural areas of the southern end of the campus stand apart from the surrounding suburban land use patterns. The agrarian and wooded character of the south campus provides an important visual amenity in the community and serves as a symbol of Auburn’s land grant heritage. The piecemeal commercial development at the edges of the campus stands in stark contrast to the powerful and positive image of the south campus character. W. Magnolia Corridor

Between W. Samford and the S. Donahue intersection, S. College is residential in character including a series of apartment complexes, private residences, and churches. To the south of the S. Donahue intersection, the street is defined on the east side by apartment complexes and strip commercial centers. In contrast, the west side of the street features the natural open spaces, forested and agricultural areas of the Auburn Campus, a reflection of the University’s land grant legacy. The Jule Smith Collins Art Museum signals the University’s presence as one travels northward toward the main vehicular entrance to the campus at W. Thach Avenue. It serves as a gateway to the City and the Campus. Shug Jordan and Wire Road Corridors The west side of the campus is defined by Wire Road and Shug Jordan Parkway. Land uses and conditions along these corridors are characterized by forested areas, the College of Veterinary Medicine campus, and agricultural field labs. Surrounding and interspersed development includes apartment complexes and residential uses. The University also owns parcels of land in an industrial zone abutting Shug Jordan north of W. Samford. Wire Road is expected to become a more important gateway to the campus following the completion of a new interchange on Interstate 85. This new interchange will provide more convenient access to the campus for visitors arriving from points west including Montgomery.

W. Magnolia, extending from S. College to Wire Road, serves as the northern boundary between the campus and the community. W. Magnolia is characterized by University facilities on the south and, on the north, by a range of commercial and apartment land uses typical of many college towns. In recent years, streetscape improvements jointly carried out by the University and the City of Auburn focused on the aesthetic quality and pedestrian safety along this important campus edge. S. College Corridor Toomer’s Corner, located at the intersection of W. Magnolia and S. College serves as the traditional gateway from downtown Auburn to the campus. It is the “100 percent” corner in the City. Characterized by brick gateways and the Auburn’s Oaks, this area is the subject of renewal and redesign (please see the Landscape Master Plan for details). The Auburn’s Oaks feature heavily in Auburn sport culture with each being toilet-papered following athletic victories. At this writing, the Oaks are in a state of decay to an act of vandalism; a replacement strategy is being planned. South of Toomer’s Corner, College Street is characterized by the positive landscape qualities of the campus, with University landholdings generally flanking both sides of the street to the north of Roosevelt. Samford Park, includes some of the most iconic and historic buildings of the campus, notably, Samford Hall and Hargis Hall. On the east side of the street, historic buildings include Smith Hall and the University Chapel. Samford Park is distinguished by its combination of buildings and landscapes, resulting in a memorable and positive public image for the University. The Hotel at Auburn University and the Dixon Conference Center is located east of S. College along with the Auburn Alumni Center. The hotel, in combination with the Ralph B. Draughon Library, defines the edge conditions from the W. Thach Avenue gateway to Roosevelt Drive.

Auburn University Campus

AUBURN UNIVERSITY CAMPUS MAP

W Magnolia Ave

147

112

111

110

113

114

115

108

109

116 117

118

120

131

130

144

139

S Donahue Dr

135 140

142

136

41 93

63 65

97 98

81 80

67 66 70 71 68 W Samford Ave 83 74 82 76

77 134

129 137

45 58

54 55

128

127

126

132

W ire

39 35

122

123

7 8

124 125

141

119

121 133

5 4

145

138

23 22

107

146

18 20 25

S College St

106

100 103

101 102

104 143

105

Lem Morrison Dr

Figure 2-15. Auburn University Campus Map

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

AUBUR N U N I VERS I T Y CA M P U S M A P L EG E ND Samford Park & College Ave 1. Samford Hall 2. Langdon Hall 3. Langdon Annex 4. Hargis Hall 5. Biggin Hall 6. Ingram Hall 7. Smith Hall, O.D. 8. University Chapel 9. Martin Hall North Core 10. Harbert Center 11. Davis Hall 12. Ramsay Hall 13. Wilmore Laboratories 14. Ross Hall 15. Foy Hall 16. Tichenor Hall 17. L Building 18. Dunstan Hall 19. Textile Engineering Building 20. Engineering Shops 21. Thach Hall 22. Broun Hall 23. Advanced Engineering Research Laboratory 24. Shelby Center 25. Wiggins Hall 26. Walker Building 27. Miller Hall 28. Lowder Hall 29. Food Service Building 30. Cary Hall Central Core 31. Cater Hall 32. Harper Residence Hall 33. Broun Residence Hall 34. Quad Center 35. Teague Residence Hall 36. Little Residence Hall 37. Early Learning Center 38. Marriage & Family Therapy Center 39. Center For Children, Youth & Families 40. Dowdell Residence Hall 41. Glenn Residence Hall 42. Lane Residence Hall 43. Lupton Residence Hall 44. Keller Residence Hall

Auburn University Campus

45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50.

Owen Residence Hall Haley Center Student Center Petrie Hall Dawson Building Jordan-Hare Stadium

South Core 51. Parking Deck (Campus Green) 52. Plainsman Park Strength/Rehab 53. Plainsman Park 54. Chilled Water Plant II 55. Leach Science Center 56. Allison Laboratory 57. Parker Hall 58. Sciences Center Auditorium Building 59. Sciences Center Laboratory Building 60. Sciences Center Classroom Building 61. Extension Hall 62. Duncan Hall 63. Corley Building 64. Chemistry Building 65. Biological Research Facility 66. Swingle Hall 67. Gorrie Hall 68. Dudley Hall 69. Dudley Commons 70. Goodwin Hall 71. Peet Theatre 72. South Donahue Residence Hall The Hill Area 73. The Paterson Greenhouse 74. Dobbs Residence Hall 75. Toomer Residence Hall 76. Graves Residence Hall 77. Dunn Residence Hall 78. Leischuck Residence Hall 79. Sasnett Residence Hall 80. Dowell Residence Hall 81. Terrell Dining Hall 82. Burton Hall 83. Hollifield Residence Hall 84. Duncan Residence Hall 85. M Residence Hall 86. Knapp Residence Hall 87. Boyd Residence Hall

88. Presidentâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s House Library/Hotel Area 89. Draughon Library 90. Hotel & Dixon Conference Center 91. Spidle Hall 92. Parking Deck (Library) AG Hill 93. Alumni Center 94. Comer Hall 95. Funchess Hall 96. Upchurch Hall 97. Rouse Life Sciences Building 98. Smith Hall, M.W. 99. Donald E. Davis Arboretum South Quad Area 100. Poultry Science Building 101. Information Technology Building 102. Parking Deck (South Quad) 103. Forestry & Wildlife Sciences Building 104. Hot Water Plant 1 105. Medical Clinic The Village Area 106. Public Safety & Security Building 107. Village Mailroom and Community Room 108. Nichols Center 109. Aubie Residence Hall 110. Eagle Residence Hall 111. Tiger Residence Hall 112. Talon Residence Hall 113. Plainsman Residence Hall 114. Willow Residence Hall 115. Oak Residence Hall 116. Village Dining Facility 117. Wallace Center 118. Magnolia Residence Hall 119. Auburn Arena

123. Student Activities Center 124. Martin Aquatics Center 125. Beard Court 126. Beard-Eaves-Memorial Coliseum 127. Watson Field House 128. Wellness Kitchen 129. Parking Deck (South Donahue) 130. Athletics Complex 131. Indoor Practice Facility 132. Hutsell Track (Old) 133. Student Tennis Courts Fraternities, Recreation, & AG Heritage Park Area 134. Intramural Field House 135. Soccer Complex 136. Hutsell-Rosen Track 137. McWhorter Center 138. Softball Complex 139. Recreation Fields 140. Soccer & Track Facility 141. Fraternities (Lem Morrison) 142. Ag Heritage Park 143. WIlson Arena 144. Telecommunications Building West Campus Area 145. Draughon Village Extension 146. District Energy Plant 147. Fraternities (West Magnolia)

Athletics Area 120. Outdoor Pool 121. Kinesiology Building 122. Recreation & Wellness Center

LAND, BUILDING AND INFRASTRUCTURE ASSETS LAND A N D CA MPU S O RG A NIZ AT IO N The main Auburn Campus consists of 1,870 acres which can be divided into several general areas: the Campus Core including academic, support, residential and parking facilities concentrated in the northeast corner of the campus; the Auburn Research Park located on S. College Street; extensive areas of agricultural uses (Field Labs), natural open space, and recreation fields; the Jule Collins Smith Art Museum on S. College and the College of Veterinary Medicine Campus on Wire Road.

ACADE MI C, R E SE ARCH AND SUPPORT FACILITIES The main campus today includes 439 buildings, 203 of which are academic or research buildings. Combined, all buildings on the main Auburn campus encompassing approximately 10.5 million gross square feet (GSF) of academic, administrative, athletic, research and residential space. Academic building space in the established core of the campus totals approximately 3.2 million GSF. Administrative and support facilities within the core include approximately 2.2 million GSF of space. Athletics encompasses 2.2 million GSF. In total, the residential facilities of the campus include approximately 1.4 million GSF.

A majority of the academic and support functions of the University are clustered in the Campus Core, including key common facilities, such as the Draughon Library, the Student Center, and the Recreation and Wellness Center. Other uses include Jordan-Hare Stadium, the Auburn Arena and Plainsman Park as well as the centrally located Quad residence halls. This mix of uses at the heart of the campus contributes to a vibrant context with a majority of the academic buildings located within a ten minute walk of Student Center. The compactness of the core, even though walking distances are somewhat extended, results in a pedestrian friendly campus environment. The compact core reinforces the collegial character and functional links between and among academic units. The proximity of downtown Auburn, with it shops, restaurants and large off-campus resident population, effectively extends campus life beyond the University boundaries. Over the past ten years, the core has been transformed into a more pedestrian oriented environment. This was achieved by removing vehicles, intrusive roadways and parking areas. The outlying natural, agricultural and athletic / recreation field areas south and west of the Campus Core constitute a unique legacy. The wooded areas and stream corridors bring nature into the campus. The agricultural lands support the land grant heritage of Auburn including numerous field labs related to teaching, research and outreach mission. Growth boundaries established in the 2007 Master Plan Update serve to protect the outlying areas from development in favor of locating new facilities in areas where infrastructure is available and where pedestrianoriented environments are possible.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

EXISTING BUILDING USE BY COLLEGE

W Thach Ave

W Samford A ve

ire

400

800 ft

S Co llege

Lem Morrison

S Donahue Dr

Duncan Dr

Figure 2-16. Existing building use by college.

LEGEND College of Agriculture

College of Liberal Arts

Harrison School of Pharmacy

College of Architecture, Design and Construction

College of Sciences and Mathematics

Samuel Ginn College of Engineering

College of Education

College of Veterinary Medicine (insert)

School of Forestry and Wildlife Science

College of Human Sciences

Harbert College of Business

School of Nursing

Auburn University Campus

CHAPTER CONTENTS INTRO D U CT I O N 43 S PAC E N EEDS D EVE LO PM E NT P RO C E SS

S PAC E U S E CAT EG OR IE S

OVER A LL CA MPUS S PAC E NE E DS

CO LL EG E O F AG RI C U LT U R E

CO LL EG E O F A RC HIT ECT U R E , DE S IG N & CO NST R UCT I ON (CADC ) 5 2 HAR B ERT CO LLEG E O F B U S INE SS

CO LL EG E O F ED UCAT IO N

CO LL EG E O F H UM A N SC IE NC E S

CO LL EG E O F LI B ER A L A RTS (C L A)

CO LL EG E O F SC I ENC E S A ND

MATH EMAT I C S (COSA M )

CO LL EG E O F VET ER INA RY M E DIC INE

SAMU EL G I N N CO L L EG E O F E NG INE E R ING

SCHO O L O F FO REST RY A ND WILD LI F E SC I EN C E S

SCHO O L O F N URS I NG

HAR RI SO N SC H O O L O F P H A R M ACY

LIBR A RY 74 P ROVOST A N D VI C E P R E S IDE NT FO R ACA DE MI C AF FAI R S

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

3. Space Needs

INTRODUCTION The Space Needs assessment of the planning process commenced in 2010 and was completed in 2013 under the direction of AU Facilities Management. JBA 1 Incorporated, space planning consultants based in Fort Collins, Colorado, worked with AU Facilities Management to develop the space needs assessment summarized in this chapter. The Space Needs assessment process focused on identifying the facility needs for academic and non-academic units through the application of two primary tools created for the assessment: 1) a survey for both academic and non-academic units; and, 2) a space planning model. The planning considerations survey links the strategic direction of academic and non-academic units to future facility needs. The space planning model allows AU Facilities Management to continually evaluate the Universityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s space needs at a macro scale. The summary of the space needs documented in this chapter is based on Fall 2012 data. It is supplemented by the priorities identified for each College or School through a process of consultation and discussion carried out during the Master Plan Update planning process in 2012 and 2013. It should be noted that the analysis of space needs for non-academic space remains in progress, and is not included in this report.

SPACE NEEDS DEVELOPMENT PROCESS SPACE MODE L DE VE LOPME NT PROCE SS The space planning model was created as a tool for assessing Auburn Universityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s space conditions. Its basic functions are to calculate theoretical space requirements at the University, College, and department levels, and to compare these requirements to the inventory of existing University space. The development process began in 2010 with the creation of the model and its population with the Universityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s space inventory as of Fall 2010. The process continued with the collection of data from departments within all Colleges and Schools, and contact hour and credit hour data from the Office of Institutional Research. This data included preferences for classroom and laboratory spaces across the various pedagogies, office space preferences for all faculty and staff, and specialized space preferences unique to specific departments. Once the model was populated with this data, along with parameters incorporating planning standards and consultant recommendations, the theoretical required space for each academic unit was calculated. The result was a comparison of required space to existing space, represented by a net surplus or deficit of space for each area. AU Facilities Management began work on a second iteration of the model in the spring of 2012, and met with the Associate Deans of Academics for each College and School over the summer. As a result of this effort, the percentage of academic departments contributing space preference data to the model increased from 47% to 90%, significantly improving the space needs estimates generated by the model. Subsequent to these meetings, the model findings were shared with each College and School, and the Master Plan Update team held interviews with the academic units to confirm overall space needs and qualitative space requirements. The results were presented to the Provost Council and Executive Facilities Committee.

Planning Elements: Space Needs

In the Fall of 2012, AU Facilities Management updated the University’s space inventory to include space added to the campus in new buildings, as well as space removed through building demolitions. The space planning model was updated with the new inventory, as well as 2012 enrollment data, and faculty and staff counts. The revised 2012 results were presented to each College and School in January 2013, and a presentation with the updated analysis findings was delivered to the Executive Facilities Committee in February, 2013.

In 2011 and in the summer of 2012, input was solicited from each department within the twelve Auburn University Colleges and Schools. This information is a valuable component of the space model, as it allows the user to tailor the model to address the specific needs of each department and, in turn, provide a quantitative summary of each department’s current space situation. The data requested primarily consists of space allocation recommendations for classrooms, laboratories, and offices. The detailed input from each department is documented in the individual College and School space reports.

DESC RI PT I O N O F S PAC E P L A NNING M O DE L The space planning model calculates the space requirements for each College, School or unit. These requirements are then compared with the existing space inventory. The result is a numerical value for the net surplus or deficit of space across the various Auburn academic and non-academic units.

The combined facts, policy, standards, and input are applied to a range of formulas that calculate the required space needs for the University overall, and for each College and School separately.

EXIST I N G S PAC E The inventory of existing University space is a database maintained by AU Facilities Management. Each room containing assignable space is assigned to a College, School or Unit and calsified as academic or non-academic and by use and type, reflecting the current function of the room. Space categories were created based upon standards set by the National Center for Educational Statistics in a document titled the U.S. Department of Education Postsecondary Education Facilities Inventory and Classification Manual (FICM). A summary of FICM space use categories is provided below. GUIDELI N E S PAC E Guideline space is the calculated space need based upon the following: • Facts (general University or College data) – student headcount, contact hour, and credit hour data, and employment data • Policy (as defined by the University) – weekly hours of use and utilization rates for each room • Standards (consultant provided) – recommended values for area per station, required service area, etc. • Input (from each College, School, department, or non-academic unit) – preferred space types and allocation for each (classroom, laboratory, office, etc). The facts utilized in the current version of the model were collected by AU Facilities Management staff in 2010, and updated in 2012. Facilities Management has established a goal to revise this data annually so that the understanding of issues involving University space can remain current. The student headcount, contact hour, and credit hour data, and employment data used in the space analysis are documented below. Policy information was gathered in 2011 and will be revised as major policy changes are made by University leadership. Standards were provided by the consultant for the model, but may be revised as teaching methods change to meet the needs of the University and its students. Policy and standards data, along with the formula for calculating classroom, laboratory, and office space needs, are provided in the appendices to the individual College and School space reports.

SPACE USE CATEGORIES The following are definitions of the space categories used in the space needs analysis. The definitions are derived from the National Center for Educational Statistics in a document titled the U.S. Department of Education Postsecondary Education Facilities Inventory and Classification Manual (FICM). 1 0 0 CLASSROOM FACI LI T I E S A classroom is a room or space used primarily for instruction classes and is not tied to a specific subject or discipline by equipment in the room or the configuration of the space. The term “classroom” includes not only general purpose classrooms, but also lecture halls, recitation rooms, seminar rooms, and other spaces used primarily for scheduled nonlaboratory instruction. 20 0 LAB OR ATORY FACI LI T I E S A laboratory is a facility characterized by special purpose equipment or a specific space configuration that limits instructional or research activities to a particular discipline or a closely related group of disciplines. These activities may be individual or group in nature, with or without supervision. Laboratories may be found in all fields of study including letters, humanities, natural sciences, social sciences, vocational and technical disciplines, etc. Laboratory facilities can be subdivided into three categories: class, open, and research/non-class laboratory. A class laboratory is used for scheduled instruction. An open laboratory supports instruction but is not formally scheduled. A research/nonclass laboratory is used for research, experimentation, observation, research training, or structured creative activity that supports the extension of a field of knowledge. 30 0 OF F I CE FACI LI T I E S Office facilities are individual, multi-person, or workstation spaces specifically assigned to academic, administrative, and service functions of a college or university. Offices are spaces housing faculty, staff, or students working at one or more desks, tables or workstations.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

400 STU DY FAC I LI T I E S Study space is classified into five categories: study room, stack, openstack study room, processing room, and study services. • A study room is a room or area used by individuals to study at their convenience, the space not being restricted to a particular subject or discipline by contained equipment. • Stack space is a space used to house arranged collections of educational materials for use as a study resource. • An open-stack study room is a combination study space and stack, generally without physical boundaries between the stack and study areas. • A processing room is a room or area devoted to processes and operations in support of library functions. • Study service is a space that directly services study spaces, stacks, open-stack study spaces, or processing rooms as a direct extension of the activities in those spaces. 500 S P EC I A L US E FAC IL IT IE S This category includes several space use categories that are sufficiently specialized in their primary activity or function to merit a unique space code. Areas and rooms for military training, athletic activity, media production, clinical activities (outside of separately organized health care facilities), demonstration, agricultural field activities, and animal and plant shelters are included in this category.

80 0 H E ALT H CAR E FACI LI T I E S Health care facilities include space for patient care areas that are located in separately organized and budgeted health care facilities: student infirmaries and centers, teaching hospitals, stand-alone clinics run by these hospitals, and veterinary and medical schools. Space codes and definitions apply to both human and animal health care areas; excluded are clinic facilities located outside of separately organized and budgeted health care facilities. 90 0 R E SI DE NT I AL FACI LI T I E S Residential facilities include housing for students, faculty, staff, and visitors to the institution. Hotel or motel and other guest facilities are included in this series if they are owned or controlled by the institution and used for purposes associated with defined institutional missions (i.e., excluding commercial investment). 0 0 0 UNCLASSI F I E D Unclassified facilities include those assignable areas that are inactive or unassigned; in the process of being altered, renovated, or converted; or in an unfinished state. NONASSI GNAB LE AR E A Non-assignable area includes circulation space and building services areas, mechanical areas and structural areas.

600 GENERA L U S E FAC IL IT IE S General use facilities are characterized by a broader availability to faculty, students, staff, or the public than are Special Use Facilities (500 series), which are typically limited to a small group or special population. General use facilities comprise a campus general service or functional support system (e.g., assembly, exhibition, dining, lounge, merchandising, recreation, general meetings, and day care) for the institutional and participant community populations. 700 S UPPO RT FAC I LIT IE S Support facilities, which provide centralized space for various auxiliary support systems and services of a campus, help keep all institutional programs and activities operational. While not as directly accessible to institutional and community members as General Use Facilities (600 series), these areas provide a continuous, indirect support system to faculty, staff, students, and the public. Support facilities are centralized in that they typically serve an area ranging from an entire building or organizational unit to the entire campus. Included are centralized areas for computer-based data processing and telecommunications, shop services, general storage and supply, vehicle storage, central services (e.g., printing and duplicating, mail, shipping and receiving, environmental testing or monitoring, laundry, or food stores), and hazardous materials areas.

Planning Elements: Space Needs

OVERALL CAMPUS SPACE NEEDS S UMM A RY O F ST U DE NT A ND STA FF CO U NTS The space needs analysis employed the student enrollment and faculty and staff count data summarized in Tables 3-1 and 3-2 to generate the overall University space needs projections. Data in the tables is presented as both headcount and full-time equivalent (FTE). Table 3-1. Fall 2012 Student Enrollment Data ENROLLMENT SUMMARY BY STUDENT TYPE Contact Hours Student Type Undergraduate

Lecture

Lab

Enrollment Other

Total

HC Total

FTE Total

245,110

67,718

14,139

326,967

20,175

19,235.3

First Professional

9,276

5,315

6,518

21,109

1,042

999.5

Graduate

18,812

TOTAL

273,198

1,127 74,160

1,981 22,638

21,920 369,996

3,917

2,588.8

25,134

22,823.6

FTE = “Full-Time Equivalent” HC= “Headcount”

FICM CATEGORY

EXISTING SPACE [SF]

Classroom

298,697

Laboratory

1,010,902

Office

1,260,396

Study

295,565

Special Use

822,364

General Use

424,992

Support

837,659

Health Care

109,726

Residential

945,014

Unclassified

141,630

Non-Assignable

2,973,986

TOTAL

9,120,931

• Bailey Small Animal Teaching Hospital (CVM)

FACULTY AND STAFF

Executive/Admin. & Managerial

Table 3-3. Fall 2012 Existing Main Campus Space by FICM Category

The following buildings, which were under construction as of Fall 2012, were not included in the current space inventory:

Table 3-2. Fall 2012 Faculty and Staff Data Employee Type

the total amount of usable space on campus is 9,120,931 square feet (sf). A breakdown of existing space by FICM category is documented in Table 3-3, and illustrated graphically in Figure 3-1.

HC Total

Full-Time Total

Part-Time Total

FTE Total

• Kinesiology Building (COE) • Center for Advanced Science Innovation and Commerce (CASIC)

361

352

354.9

Faculty

1,377

1,195

182

1,275.3

• Recreation & Wellness Center

Other Professionals

• Wellness Kitchen

1,802

1,515

287

1,641.6

Technical & Paraprofessional

662

162

500

376.4

Clerical and Secretarial

918

564

354

705.5

Skilled Crafts

228

213

219.8 471.7

Service/Maintenance Instruction/Research Assistant Other Other Administrative TOTAL

723

266

457

1,987

1,981

744.1

3,044

3,015

999.0

9.0

11,122

4,302

6,820

6,797.2

• South Donahue Residence Hall

EXIST I N G CA MPUS S PAC E The Auburn University space inventory contains a total of 6,146,945 assignable square feet (asf) across 362 building on the main campus. Including the additional 2,973,931 square feet (sf) of nonassignable space,

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

S UMMARY O F CA MPU S S PAC E NE E DS (FA L L 2 01 2 ) The overall Auburn University space needs generated by the space model are summarized by space category in Table 3-4, and the space needs for each College and School are summarized in Table 3-5. It should be noted that the analysis of non-academic space has not been advanced, so a breakdown is not included in this report. Instructional classroom space is allocated by the Office of the Registrar, under the jurisdiction of the Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs. Only departmental classroom space is under individual College control. The space planning model does not differentiate between Registrar and departmental classroom space, and therefore records required space as being under the jurisdiction of the Provost Office. For this reason, classroom space is analyzed on a University-wide basis only.

Table 3-4. Fall 2012 Auburn University Space Needs by Space Category MAIN CAMPUS SPACE SUMMARY: FALL 2012 Category

Surplus or (Deficit) [SF]

298,697

305,775

(7,078)

Laboratory

1,010,902

1,186,996

(176,094)

Office

1,260,396

1,247,899

12,497

Study

295,565

425,122

(129,557)

Special Use

822,364

680,098

142,266

General Use

424,992

510,536

(85,544)

Support

837,659

880,700

(43,041)

Health Care

109,726

135,045

(25,319)

Residential

945,014

1,101,650

(156,636)

141,630

2,973,986

3,191,067

(217,081)

TOTAL GSF

9,120,931

9,664,888

TOTAL ASF

6,146,945

Non-Assignable

11%

Guideline Space [SF]

Classroom

Unclassified

Existing Space [SF]

Total of Fall 2012 Deficits: (840,350) Total of Fall 2012 Surpluses: 296,393

33% 14%

Table 3-5. Fall 2012 Summary of Space Needs by College and School COLLEGE AND SCHOOL SPACE (EXCLUDES CLASSROOMS): FALL 2012 Division

3% 2%

9% 10% 1%

5% 9%

Classroom

Support

Laboratory

Health Care

Office

Residential

Study

Unclassified

Special Use

Non-Assignable

General Use

Table 3-6. Existing Main Campus Space by FICM Category (ASF)

College of Agriculture College of Business

Existing Space [SF]

Guideline Space [SF]

Surplus or (Deficit)

Percent Surplus or (Deficit)

509,935

538,496

(28,561)

(5.30%)

73,548

73,797

(249)

(0.34%)

College of Education

110,963

168,994

(58,031)

(34.34%)

Samuel Ginn College of Engineering

465,658

410,602

55,056

13.41%

College of Liberal Arts

228,357

316,384

(88,027)

(27.82%)

College of Sciences and Math

276,281

351,545

(75,264)

(21.41%)

College of Veterinary Medicine

317,491

368,932

(51,441)

(13.94%)

Architecture Design Construction

72,536

117,809

(45,273)

(38.43%)

School of Forestry and Wildlife Sciences

66,581

56,835

9,746

17.15%

College of Human Sciences

59,964

71,775

(11,811)

(16.46%)

School of Nursing School of Pharmacy TOTAL

11,176

39,675

(28,499)

(71.83%)

62,899

75,808

(12,909)

(17.03%)

2,366,624

2,686,264

Total of Fall 2012 Deficits Across Multiple Categories: (400,065) Total of Fall 2012 Surpluses Across Multiple Categories: 64,802

Further analysis of the surpluses and deficits generated by the model reveals the following:

Planning Elements: Space Needs

• The greatest need on campus is for instructional/open laboratory space. The instructional lab space shortage has been identified by the Provost Office as a factor that negatively impacts student graduation rates. • From an individual College and School perspective, COSAM has the majority of the space deficit in this category; however, the construction of a new building to replace Parker and Allison Halls, will not solve the lab space deficit. As a result, the University may want to give a higher priority to the COSAM “Expansion” building to eliminate the instructional lab shortage. • The University does not have a classroom quantity problem, but rather a quality problem. • Also from a College and School perspective, the School of Nursing has the greatest deficit as a percentage of requirement, so the University may want to raise the priority of the new School of Nursing project in the Capital Project Program. • With the construction of new facilities, Forestry, Business, Engineering, Education, and Veterinary Medicine will all have sufficient space by 2014, to meet their full space needs requirements. • Overall, space shortages limit academic program growth potential. Proposed building use by College and School is illustrated in Figure 3-2. THE FO LLOW I N G A R E H IG H L IG H TS O F T H E F IND I N G S FO R EAC H S PAC E U S E CAT EG O RY • Classrooms: The University has a relatively minor classroom space deficit of approximately 7,000 asf. While the overall square footage of classroom space is slightly less than adequate, of greater concern is the type and size of existing classrooms. Currently there is a lack of small seminar rooms and larger lecture spaces of over 250 seats. There is also a lack of group and collaborative learning spaces. The quality of classrooms is also a major concern. Many existing classrooms lack flexibility, technology connections and appropriate lighting. A significant number have limited potential for renovation given their size, configuration, and condition. Furthermore, most classrooms do not support the emerging pedagogy for course delivery. In response to these considerations, it is recommended that the University build new classroom facilities that provide student-centered state-of-the-art learning spaces. • Laboratory Facilities: The University has a current instructional laboratory space deficit of approximately 176,000 asf, which is the largest space deficit on campus. Although most Colleges have shortages of lab space, the largest deficits occur within the College of Science and Mathematics, which has a deficit of STEM laboratories; the College of Liberal Arts, which has a deficit of music recital space; and in the College of Architecture Design and Construction, which has a deficit of studio space. Of these, the College of Science and Mathematics has the most critical space deficit of approximately 59,000 asf. • Office Facilities: The University has a small overall office space surplus, although some academic and administrative departments have deficits. The programs with the largest office space deficits are Liberal Arts, Science and Math, Veterinary Medicine and Provost and Academic Affairs, Enrollment Services, Executive Vice President, and Athletics.

• Study Facilities: The space model shows the University as having a library and study space deficit of approximately 129,000 asf. Because the planning considerations, as provided by Library administration, show that approximately 15,000 20,000 asf in storage space is actually needed, it is believed the space model deficit can be resolved by utilizing higher efficiency storage methods. With the implementation of higher efficiency storage systems, the opportunity will exist to provide more study, academic and research space in the library. • Special Use Facilities: The space model reveals the following special use space deficiencies: -- The space model calculates a deficit in indoor campus recreation space as of the Fall 2012 semester. With the completion of the new Recreation and Wellness Center, this need has been satisfied. -- The analysis reveals a need for additional clinical space in various Colleges and Schools, including the Colleges of Education, Liberal Arts and Human Sciences, and the Schools of Nursing and Pharmacy. With the opening of the new Kinesiology Building, the College of Education clinic space deficit has been resolved. • General Use Facilities: The University has a space deficit of approximately 85,000 asf, as highlighted by the following: -- Assembly space is a need within several academic units. However, the greatest need may be tied to planning consideration goals of providing more Theater Department performance space and service space for a multi-purpose theater. The aspirational goal of developing a Performing Arts Center is also a consideration. -- There is a small deficit of exhibition space, with the Art, Architecture, and Animal Sciences departments along with the Museum and Library, having the greatest estimated needs. -- Additional space for food and dining venues on campus should be considered, particularly for the residences in central and south sectors of campus. Additional retail dining options are also needed. -- An estimated 22,500 asf of lounge space is needed to support academic and student life. -- There is sufficient merchandising space, most of which is located in the University Bookstore. However, Haley Center may not be viewed as a long-term location for the bookstore; alternative locations should be considered. -- There is a need for approximately 32,000 asf of additional recreation facilities, including active spaces such as playing courts, gymnasiums, running tracks, and associated service space such as locker rooms and storage. -- There is significant demand for meeting space, which is booked on a continuous basis. A large meeting space for supporting major non-athletic events, such as graduation, is needed. • Support Facilities: There is a support space deficit of approximately 43,000 asf across campus. The space model shows the greatest deficits to be in shop and central storage space, although the consolidation and centralization of service space could reduce these needs. • Health Care Facilities: The space model shows a health care space deficit of approximately 25,000 asf, much of which is

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

PROPOSED BUILDING USE BY COLLEGE AND SCHOOL

W Thach Ave

CO LLEG E O F V E T E R INA RY M E DIC INE

W Samford A ve

ire

0 400 800 ft Table 3-7. Proposed building use by college.

S Co llege

Lem Morrison

S Donahue Dr

Duncan Dr

College of Liberal Arts

Office of the Provost

College of Agriculture

College of Sciences and Mathematics

Samuel Ginn College of Engineering

College of Architecture, Design and Construction

College of Veterinary Medicine (insert)

School of Forestry and Wildlife Science

College of Education

Harbert College of Business

School of Nursing

College of Human Sciences

Harrison School of Pharmacy

LEGEND

Planning Elements: Space Needs

generated by the need for additional nursing stations in the Student Health Clinic and Veterinary Medicine. Examination rooms are the second largest need. While the College of Veterinary Medicine has the greatest need for Health Care space, the opening of the Small Animal Teaching Hospital will satisfy much of this need.

The College’s main offices are located in Comer Hall, and its academic and research programs are delivered from several buildings and sites, including Comer, Funchess and Upchurch Halls, and farm units located on Wire Road, Shug Jordan Parkway, and South Donahue Drive. The space currently occupied by the College is documented in Table 9 (opposite page) and illustrated on Figure 3-3.

• Residential Facilities: Residential space needs will be tied to the housing goals of the University. As of the Fall 2012 semester, the University did not have enough housing to accommodate the entire freshman class, and this was reflected in the space model. Future housing needs will be greatly affected by fluctuations in enrollment.

CUR R E NT SPACE NE E DS Table 3-8 summarizes the results of the second iteration of the space analysis for the College of Agriculture. Data is from the Fall 2012 semester. Table 3-10. Fall 2012 Agriculture Summary of Space Needs CATEGORY

SPACE NEEDS COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

Classroom*

BACKG RO U N D The College of Agriculture has eight academic departments: Agricultural Economics and Rural Sociology, Agronomy and Soils, Animal Sciences, Biosystems Engineering, Entomology and Plant Pathology, Fisheries and Allied Aquacultures, Horticulture, and Poultry Science. In addition, the college is affiliated with several initiatives and centers including the Auburn University Food Systems Initiative, and the National Poultry Technology Center and Center for Bioenergy and Bioproducts. The College also operates 14 Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station research centers across the state.

Study

Laboratory** Office

College of Agriculture current enrollment and faculty and staff counts are summarized in the following tables. Table 3-8. Fall 2012 Agriculture Student Enrollment Data ENROLLMENT SUMMARY BY STUDENT TYPE Contact Hours Student Type Undergraduate Graduate TOTAL

Lecture

Lab

Enrollment Other

Total

HC Total

FTE Total

5,639

3,112

8,842

1,143

1,095.9

777

400

1,212

287

179.7

6,416

3,512

126

10,054

1,430

1,275.6

FTE = “Full-Time Equivalent” HC= “Headcount”

FACULTY AND STAFF HC Total

Full-Time Total

Part-Time Total

GUIDELINE SPACE [SF]

SURPLUS OR (DEFICIT) [SF]

2,693

182,271

175,228

7,043

95,011

99,096

(4,085)

2,109

1,879

230

Special Use

175,351

192,964

(17,613)

General Use

14,958

20,389

(5,431)

Support

15,583

46,385

(30,802)

133

2,555

(2,422) 24,519

Health Care Unclassified

24,519

TOTAL

512,628

538,496

TOTAL EXCL. CLASSROOMS

509,935

538,496

Total of Fall 2012 Deficits excluding Classrooms: (60,353) Total of Fall 2012 Surpluses excluding Classrooms: 34,485 * Departmental classroom space is not calculated in ‘guideline’ space. All guideline classroom space is assigned to the Provost Office. ** Guideline research laboratory space was not calculated.

PLANNI NG CONSI DE R AT I ONS In discussions with the Dean and other representatives of the College, the following program considerations were identified: • Growth in undergraduate and graduate enrollment is anticipated. • Addressing the adjacency issues of College of Agriculture departments and related programs is a priority, as the College is currently very “spread out.” • Improving the quality of spaces is a higher priority than increasing quantity, as quality affects students and their decision to come to Auburn.

Table 3-9. Fall 2012 Agriculture Faculty and Staff Data Employee Type

EXISTING SPACE [SF]

FTE Total

Faculty

148

138

140.8

Staff

639

192

447

379.2

TOTAL

787

330

457

520.0

• Flexible meeting spaces are needed to provide desirable gathering areas for students and faculty, and to project a positive image to outside groups. • Some larger capacity classrooms are needed (>100 seats), along with a better conference facility. • Better and more consistent technology is needed from building to building.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

P LANNI N G PRI O RI T I E S Specific program priorities identified by the College include:

Table 3-11. Planned College of Agriculture Locations

• Replace Funchess and Upchurch Halls. • Renovate Comer Hall. • Construct a new research building. • Renovate or replace the existing Equine Complex with a new horse barn and covered riding arena. • Relocate the Poultry Research Unit. MASTER PLA N RECO M M E NDAT IO NS Based on the space needs identified in the space needs analysis and the program considerations identified through discussions with the Dean and other College representatives, the following are the master plan program recommendations for the College of Agriculture: • Replace Funchess and Upchurch Halls with a new facility directly west of Comer Hall, on Ag Hill. • Renovate Comer Hall. • Construct a new research building at an appropriate location, in support of the College’s mission. • Renovate or replace the existing Equine Complex.

Existing Building

• Develop and implement a plan for the relocation of the Poultry Research Unit in advance of land utilization within the Research Park.

Proposed Building Renovation

Proposed program and renovations are illustrated on Figure 3-3.

Table 3-12. Fall 2012 Existing Program Space by FICM Code BUILDING NAME

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

000

TOTAL

Agricultural Engineering Annex

18,015

Alfa Agricultural Services and Research Building

10,460

3,588

14,048

Bull Testing Facility (An & Dairy Sci)

11,341

605

2,116

16,822

347

946

20,836

Comer Hall Corley Building

4,428

6,253

318

10,999

Funchess Hall

37,330

18,056

376

55,762

Greenhouses

26,147

Lambert- Powell Meats Laboratory

9,821

862

582

11,265

Poultry Cage Houses 1 - 4

23,364

Poultry Floor Pens 1 - 4

23,391

Poultry Management Houses 1 - 4

24,000

Poultry Science Building

19,343

9,704

420

653

30,120

Seed Processing Plant

15,991

460

427

5,745

22,624

Swingle Hall

8,285

7,122

405

15,812

Upchurch Hall

24,583

16,441

244

41,268

1,180

14,086

462

1,283

1,432

797

19,240

Wilson Beef Teaching Center Auxiliary Buildings (<10,000 asf) TOTAL

Planning Elements: Space Needs

908

35,827

15,242

65,403

12,944

8,388

133

5,557

144,402

2,693

182,270

95,012

2,110

175,356

14,958

15,583

133

24,518

512,633

SPACE NEEDS COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE, DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION (CADC)

CUR R E NT SPACE NE E DS Table 12 summarizes the results of the second iteration of the space analysis for the College of Architecture, Design and Construction. Data is from the Fall 2012 semester.

BACKG RO U N D The College of Architecture, Design & Construction comprises three academic units: the School of Architecture, Planning and Landscape Architecture, the Department of Industrial and Graphic Design, and the McWhorter School of Building. CADC current enrollment and faculty and staff counts are summarized in the following tables. Table 3-13. Fall 2012 CADC Student Enrollment Data ENROLLMENT SUMMARY BY STUDENT TYPE Contact Hours Student Type Undergraduate Graduate TOTAL

Lecture

Lab

Enrollment Other

Total

HC Total

FTE Total

6,143

1,645

6,400

14,188

1,075

1,024.7

702

713

1,466

132

106.6

6,845

1,696

7,113

15,654

1,207

1,131.3

FTE = “Full-Time Equivalent” HC= “Headcount”

FACULTY AND STAFF HC Total

Full-Time Total

Part-Time Total

CATEGORY

PLANNI NG PR I OR I T I E S In discussions with the Dean and other representatives of the School, the following program priorities were identified:

Table 3-54. Fall 2012 Forestry and Wildlife Sciences Faculty and Staff Data Employee Type

Table 3-55. Fall 2012 Forestry and Wildlife Sciences Summary of Space Needs

• Increase graduate enrollment from 78 to 100, which is the maximum the School could accommodate with existing space. • Create a new major, Natural Resources Management, which would generate space needs. • Add additional greenhouse space, in proximity to the Forestry and Wildlife Sciences building. • Preserve forested land on the main campus for research.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

MASTER PLA N RECO M M E NDAT IO NS Based on the space needs identified in the space needs analysis and the program considerations identified through discussions with the Dean and other School representatives, the following are the master plan program recommendations for the School of Forestry and Wildlife Services:

Table 3-57. Planned School of Forestry and Wildlife Sciences Locations

• Accommodate research capacity in priority areas. • Accommodate graduate enrollment from 78 to 100 within existing space. • Accommodate space needs for the new Natural Resources Management major. • Add additional greenhouse space, in proximity to the Forestry and Wildlife Sciences Building. • Preserve forested land on the main campus for Field Laboratory research. Proposed program and renovations are illustrated on Figure 3-12.

Existing Building Proposed Building Renovation Table 3-56. Fall 2012 Existing Program Space by FICM Code BUILDING NAME

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

TOTAL

1,737

20,479

27,655

686

3,267

138

53,962

Laboratory, Forest Products

2,565

1,735

4,300

Storage, Forestry

3,415

Shed, Sawmill

1,658

Greenhouse (Forestry)

1,281

Greenhouse

1,198

Seedling Stress Lab

1,074

Pasco Building

751

Forestry and Wildlife Sciences Building

Laboratory, Pesticide Research TOTAL

Planning Elements: Space Needs

571

108

679

1,737

23,615

29,498

686

2,479

3,267

7,036

68,318

SPACE NEEDS SCHOOL OF NURSING

CUR R E NT SPACE NE E DS Table 3-48 summarizes the results of the second iteration of the space analysis for the School of Nursing. Data is from the Fall 2010 semester.

BACKG RO U N D The School of Nursing offers both Bachelor of Science in Nursing and Master of Science in Nursing programs. School of Nursing current enrollment and faculty and staff counts are summarized in the following tables.

Table 3-60. Fall 2012 Nursing Summary of Space Needs CATEGORY Classroom*

Table 3-58. Fall 2012 Nursing Student Enrollment Data ENROLLMENT SUMMARY BY STUDENT TYPE Contact Hours Student Type Undergraduate

Lecture

Lab

Other

Total

HC Total

FTE Total

1,494

2,229

3,723

661

637.7

182

270

31.1

1,676

2,229

3,993

715

668.8

Graduate TOTAL

Enrollment

FTE = “Full-Time Equivalent” HC= “Headcount”

FACULTY AND STAFF HC Total

Full-Time Total

GUIDELINE SPACE [SF]

SURPLUS OR (DEFICIT) [SF]

532

Laboratory**

2,702

11,910

(9,208)

Office

8,095

18,951

(10,856)

Study

1,031

(1,031)

Special Use

6,430

(6,430)

General Use

379

Health Care

1,353

(1,353)

11,708

39,675

11,176

39,675

TOTAL TOTAL EXCL. CLASSROOMS

Total of Fall 2012 Deficits excluding Classrooms: (28,878) Total of Fall 2012 Surpluses excluding Classrooms: 911 * Departmental classroom space is not calculated in ‘guideline’ space. All guideline classroom space is assigned to the Provost Office. ** Guideline research laboratory space was not calculated.

Table 3-59. Fall 2012 Nursing Faculty and Staff Data Employee Type

EXISTING SPACE [SF]

Part-Time Total

FTE Total

Faculty

17.0

Staff

30.1

TOTAL

112

47.1

School of Nursing programs delivered from Miller Hall. The space the School occupied in Miller Hall is summarized in Table 3-49 (opposite page) and illustrated on Figure 3-13.

PLANNI NG CONSI DE R AT I ONS In discussions with the Dean and other representatives of the School, the following program considerations were identified: • There is an overall lack of space in the School of Nursing. • Undergraduate and graduate enrollment is expected to increase to 200 and 100 students per year, respectively. • An small increase in staff is expected, especially if program offerings increase. • An increase in lab and instructional spaces (especially interchangeable lab/lecture space) could lead to even greater growth. • Technologically advanced working and learning spaces are needed to meet the teaching needs of the future. • There is a need for more simulated environments such as emergency rooms, nursing stations, clinics, etc. Convenient access is needed for visitors and patients. • The Center for Healthy Aging is a new interdisciplinary program initiative with Pharmacy, Social Work, Health and Human Sciences, Engineering and a variety of other disciplines. Space is required for collaboration among faculty and students. • The School does not need a central campus location.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

P LANNIN G PRI O RI T I E S Specific program priorities identified by the School include the development of a new School of Nursing building to accommodate enrollment growth, and containing:

Table 3-61. Planned School of Nursing Locations

• Instructional lab space primarily for graduate students with additional space for undergraduates and containing exam tables, equipment and demonstration. • An expanded simulation lab, debriefing space, classroom space, offices, clinic space, reception, advising and welcome space, distance learning and technology capability, and storage space for equipment: -- Expanded simulation lab consisting of a central core surrounded by rooms with computerized manikins for ICU, emergency room, operating room, NIC-U, standard hospital room, home and hospice room and delivery room. -- Shared simulation space with other departments for practicing real world conditions. -- Other spaces including flexible classroom space, offices, clinic space, auditorium, distance learning space with technology capability, debrief space, a welcoming, reception and advising space, storage space for equipment and a shower. Existing Building MASTER PLA N RECO M M E NDAT IO NS Based on the space needs identified in the space needs analysis and the program considerations identified through discussions with the Dean and other School representatives, the following are the master plan program recommendations for the School of Nursing:

Proposed Building Renovation

• Develop a new School of Nursing building on the planned Health Sciences Sector. Proposed program and renovations are illustrated on Figure 3-13.

Table 3-62. Fall 2012 Existing Program Space by FICM Code BUILDING NAME

100

200

300

600

TOTAL

Miller Hall

532

2,702

8,095

379

11,708

TOTAL

532

2,702

8,095

379

11,708

Planning Elements: Space Needs

SPACE NEEDS HARRISON SCHOOL OF PHARMACY

Table 3-65. Fall 2012 Pharmacy Summary of Space Needs CATEGORY

EXISTING SPACE [SF]

GUIDELINE SPACE [SF]

SURPLUS OR (DEFICIT) [SF]

BACKG RO U N D The School of Pharmacy offers a Pharmacy Doctor professional degree program and Master of Science and PhD programs in Pharmacal Sciences and Pharmacy Care. School of Pharmacy current enrollment and faculty and staff counts are summarized in the following tables.

Classroom*

Table 3-63. Fall 2012 Pharmacy Student Enrollment Data

General Use Health Care

70,173

75,808

62,899

75,808

ENROLLMENT SUMMARY BY STUDENT TYPE Contact Hours Student Type First Professional

Lecture 3,342

Graduate TOTAL

Enrollment

Lab

Other

Total

2,646

4,906

10,894

HC Total 596

FTE Total 581.5

18.8

3,402

2,646

4,932

10,980

621

600.3

FTE = “Full-Time Equivalent” HC= “Headcount”

FACULTY AND STAFF

Faculty

HC Total

Full-Time Total

Part-Time Total

FTE Total

Staff

118

79.0

TOTAL

168

128.6

49.6

The School of Pharmacy is located in Walker Hall, with some additional space in Foy Hall. The space occupied by the School is documented in Table 3-53 and illustrated in Figure 3-14. CUR R EN T S PAC E NE E DS As part of the Auburn University Comprehensive Campus Master Plan 2012 Update, the Facilities Management has created a model for analyzing the space conditions on the Main Campus. Table 3-52 summarizes the results of the second iteration of the space model for the Harrison School of Pharmacy. Data is from the Fall 2012 semester.

7,274

35,928

40,999

(5,071)

Office

20,909

24,238

(3,329)

Study

1,204

1,031

173

4,517

(4,517)

436

554

(118)

4,422

4,469

(47)

Special Use

TOTAL TOTAL EXCL. CLASSROOMS

Total of Fall 2012 Deficits excluding Classrooms: (13,082) Total of Fall 2012 Surpluses excluding Classrooms: 7,447 * Departmental classroom space is not calculated in ‘guideline’ space. All guideline classroom space is assigned to the Provost Office. ** Guideline research laboratory space was not calculated.

PLANNI NG CONSI DE R AT I ONS In discussions with the Dean and other representatives of the School, the following program considerations were identified:

Table 3-64. Fall 2012 Pharmacy Faculty and Staff Data Employee Type

7,274

Laboratory**

• Additional smaller (50-60 seat) classrooms, conference rooms (15-20 seats), and a larger board room are needed. • An expansion of post-graduate offerings is planned to assist pharmacists in maintaining and enhancing their skills and knowledge. • Pharmacy programs should be located adjacent to other health care programs and services on campus to enhance interdisciplinary studies. • Services provided by the School of Pharmacy should be located in an area that is accessible for the surrounding community. • More laboratory space will be needed to support graduate programs. • Clinical and research space should not necessarily be separate from one another. • Central administration space is currently inadequate.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

P LANNIN G PRI O RI T I E S Specific program priorities identified by the School include:

Table 3-66. Planned School of Pharmacy Locations

• Construct a Pharmacy research building. • Relocate Pharmacy programs out of Walker Hall (relocate Pharmacy Care Systems out of Foy Hall). • Provide additional classroom space, clinic and administration space. • Provide a 300-400 seat auditorium for special events and receptions. • Provide an animal research lab. MASTER PLA N RECO M M E NDAT IO NS Based on the space needs identified in the space needs analysis and the program considerations identified through discussions with the Dean and other School representatives, the following are the master plan program recommendations for the School of Pharmacy: • Develop a new School of Pharmacy building on the planned Health Sciences sector. • Develop a new research building on the planned Health Sciences sector. Proposed program and renovations are illustrated on Figure 3-14.

Existing Building Proposed Building Renovation

Table 3-67. Fall 2012 Existing Program Space by FICM Code BUILDING NAME W.W. Walker Building James E. Foy Hall AU Medical Clinic TOTAL

Planning Elements: Space Needs

100

200

300

400

600

800

TOTAL

7,274

35,928

18,132

1,204

436

3,346

66,320

2,715

1,076

1,138

7,274

35,928

20,909

1,204

436

4,422

70,173

SPACE NEEDS LIBRARY

• An off-site facility does not need to be in walking distance, but should be safe and secure. • 12,500 sq. ft. of materials have been identified that could go off-site; the priority for off-site storage is paper copies of collections, but there is a need to work with University community to identify what stays on campus and what moves off.

BACKG RO U N D The Ralph B. Draughon Library is located on the east edge of the Auburn University campus, fronting Mell Street.

• The library has been aggressive in creating a digital collection. CUR R EN T S PAC E NE E DS Table 3-54 summarizes the results of the second iteration of the space analysis for the Auburn University Libraries. Data is from the Fall 2012 semester. Table 3-68. Fall 2012 Library Summary of Space Needs CATEGORY

EXISTING SPACE [SF]

Classroom* Laboratory**

GUIDELINE SPACE [SF]

2,999

• The collection is relatively new so there is a higher threshold of what can move off-site. PLANNI NG CONSI DE R AT I ONS Specific program priorities identified by the School include:

SURPLUS OR (DEFICIT) [SF] 0

• The acquisition of off-site storage space would free-up space for student study space.

• Increase materials storage capacity while utilizing existing space more efficiently.

2,999

3,177

Office

22,204

25,977

(3,773)

Study

245,388

369,807

(124,419)

446

2,600

(2,154)

• Improve the quality and quantity of Library Special Collections. • Increase the amount of display and presentation space.

Special Use General Use

4,599

(4,599)

Support

9,049

1,596

7,453

TOTAL

283,263

404,579

TOTAL EXCL. CLASSROOMS

280,264

404,579

• Continue to improve spaces for individual and collaborative study, stressing the diversity and organization of such spaces.

• Continue to uphold the commitment to providing service and access for persons with disabilities. • Apply innovative technologies to library functions and provide support to users.

Total of Fall 2012 Deficits excluding Classrooms: (134,945) Total of Fall 2012 Surpluses excluding Classrooms: 13,629 * Departmental classroom space is not calculated in ‘guideline’ space. All guideline classroom space is assigned to the Provost Office. ** Guideline research laboratory space was not calculated.

• Plan for continued collection growth and services.

P LAN N I N G PRI O RI T IE S In discussions with the Dean and other representatives of the Library, the following program priorities were identified: • A priority need for the library is materials space. 15,000 – 25,000 sq. ft. is needed.

MAST E R PLAN R ECOMME NDAT I ONS Based on the space needs identified in the space needs analysis and the planning considerations identified through discussions with the Dean and other Library representatives, the following are the Master Plan program recommendations for the Library:

• Staff space has been repurposed to meet the need for materials storage.

• Consideration should be given to off-site storage of appropriate library collection materials to accommodate more staff and student space.

• Off-site high density storage or compact storage in the basement would be useful.

• More learning space should be accommodated within the library to enhance the learning commons.

Table 3-69. Fall 2012 Existing Program Space by FICM Code BUILDING NAME

100

200

300

400

500

700

TOTAL

6,508

Draughon Library

2,999

3,177

21,694

235,346

446

2,541

266,203

Dudley Commons

354

6,261

6,615

Greene Hall

156

3,781

3,937

2,999

3,177

22,204

245,388

446

9,049

283,263

Beard-Eaves-Memorial Coliseum

TOTAL

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

SPACE NEEDS PROVOST AND VICE PRESIDENT FOR ACADEMIC AFFAIRS BACKGRO U N D The Office of the Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs is responsible for classrooms and instructional and open lab space across the Auburn University campus. Classrooms and instructional and open labs are located in most academic buildings. CUR R ENT S PAC E N EEDS The following table summarizes the results of the second iteration of the space needs analysis for the Office of the Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs. Data is from the Fall 2012 semester. Table 3-70. Fall 2012 Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs Summary of Space Needs CATEGORY Classroom*

EXISTING SPACE [SF]

GUIDELINE SPACE [SF]

SURPLUS OR (DEFICIT) [SF]

247,096

305,775

(58,679)

8,954

1,522

7,432

Office

29,402

21,219

8,183

Study

1,746

1,031

715

11,300

1,850

9,450

Laboratory**

General Use Support Unclassified TOTAL TOTAL EXCL. CLASSROOMS

(6)

753

299,279

331,431

52,183

26,533

Total of Fall 2012 Deficits excluding Classrooms: (6) Total of Fall 2012 Surpluses excluding Classrooms: 26,530 * Departmental classroom space is not calculated in ‘guideline’ space. All guideline classroom space is assigned to the Provost Office. ** Guideline research laboratory space was not calculated.

Planning Elements: Space Needs

PLANNI NG CONSI DE R AT I ONS AND PR I OR I TIES In discussions with the Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs and other representatives of the Office, the following program considerations were identified: • The University is known for the quality of its undergraduate programs. • There is significant interdisciplinary collaboration among academic departments; biology and math in particular cut across all Colleges. • Interdisciplinary centers like Center for Advanced Science Innovation and Commerce (CASIC) and Academic Success Complex are good examples . • An interdisciplinary lab building and an interdisciplinary office building should be considered. • There is a need to get academic advisors out of offices and interacting with students. • Office hoteling space could be considered. • A new Academic Success Complex should be located in the center of the campus, close to student populations. MAST E R PLAN R ECOMME NDAT I ONS Based on the space needs identified in the space needs analysis and the program considerations identified through discussions with Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs, the following are the Master Plan program recommendations for the Office of the Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs: • Construct a new Academic Success Complex at an appropriate location at the heart of the campus. • Create opportunities for faculty collaboration across campus.

CHAPTER CONTENTS INTRO D U CT I O N 77 EXIST I N G CO N D I T IO NS A ND FAC IL IT Y R E P L AC E ME NT STR AT EGY 77 P RO POS ED FAC I LI T IE S

BUILDI N G REN OVAT IO N

4. Academic Buildings

INTRODUCTION The Academic Buildings Planning Element seeks to (1) identify key Capital Projects resulting from the AU Strategic Plan, the space needs of Colleges and Schools, and previously identified University project requirements, and (2) estimate new construction facility capacity and identify appropriate facility sites for new buildings in the core of campus that could be completed in the next decade. The potential building sites identified in this element were originally developed as part of the Academic Capital Projects Plan (2010-2020) planning process. Based on the outcomes of the 2013 Strategic Plan and the analysis conducted during the Master Plan Update, the list of potential Capital Projects for 2014-2020 has been revised and a strategy created to align these projects in response to the specific programmatic requirements of Colleges and Schools, as well as non-academic units.

EXISTING CONDITIONS AND FACILITY REPLACEMENT STRATEGY The replacement strategy for the proposed academic buildings sets out a new approach for configuring existing space in both replacement and renovated buildings. The following summarizes the proposed approach: Haley Center. Haley Center currently comprises approximately 40% of the general classroom space on the Auburn University campus. It also accommodates the College of Liberal Arts, the College of Education, the bookstore, OIT and outreach space, and a few other small scale spaces utilized by Kinesiology and the College of Human Sciences. The replacement strategy redistributes the existing uses and square footage in several new buildings. The goal is to replace Haley in buildings that are more in keeping with the character and scale of the Auburn Campus.

The Academic Capital Project Plan is based on the following objectives:

The Haley replacement strategy redistributes existing space as follows:

• Construct new classroom facilities to provide students with modern, state-of-the-art classroom facilities.

• New Classroom Facilities - will accommodate Provost-controlled classroom and other space.

• Replace older academic facilities that are not deemed worthy of future investment, with better learning and working environments.

• New Education Building - the new education building will accommodate research labs, instructional labs and office space currently located in Haley.

• Renovate architecturally significant older academic facilities, to allow for better learning and working environments.

• New College of Liberal Arts (CLA) Facilities - CLA research labs, instructional labs and offices located in Haley will be replaced in Walker and Miller Halls, which will be renovated. Pharmacy and Nursing will vacate Walker Hall and Miller Hall, respectively, upon the completion of the proposed Health Science Sector (see the Health Science Sector for details).

• Prepare Master Plan the Health Science Campus • Invest in facilities that support the Arts • Invest in College/Departmental specific research facilities. The ultimate goal of the Academic Capital Project Plan is to transform the learning environment at Auburn through a comprehensive building investment strategy. The strategy coordinates new building and renovation investment in response to specific programmatic requirements while addressing broader goals related to student success and an improved learning environment.

Planning Elements: Academic Buildings

Funchess Hall. Funchess currently accommodates College of Agriculture and COSAM functions. New College of Agriculture buildings are proposed on Ag Hill to replace research labs, instructional labs, and office space located in Funchess. It should be noted that 4,400 SF of Provostcontrolled classrooms will not be replaced. The proposed classroom replacement facilities are envisioned to consolidate teaching and learning space in more efficient and state-of-the-art learning environments.

PROPOSED DEMOLITION

W Magnolia Ave 8 7 9

S College St

2 4

S Donahue Dr

W ire

W Samford Ave

Lem Morrison Dr

Figure 4-1. The Academic Capital Project Plan calls for the demolition and replacement of several facilities in the academic core including: Allison Laboratory, Parker, Spidle, Funchess, Upchurch Halls, Beard Eaves Memorial Coliseum, Dunstan Hall, Engineering shops, and L Building, as well as Haley Center renovation.

LEGEND

Allison Laboratory

6. Beard Eaves Memorial Coliseum

Proposed Demolition

Parker Hall

Existing Buildings

Spidle Hall

8. Engineering Shops

Dunstan Hall

4. Funchess Hall

9. L Building

10. Haley Center

Upchurch Hall

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

Upchurch Hall. Upchurch houses College of Agriculture functions, which will be relocated to the proposed new buildings on Ag Hill to replace the research labs, instruction labs, and offices in Upchurch Hall. Provost classroom space, which totals 3,100 SF, will not be replaced. Allison. Allison currently includes the main COSAM Physics labs which will be replaced in a proposed addition and renovation to Leach Hall. This will consolidate the Physics department. . Parker. Parker Hall accommodates COSAM lab and office space that will be relocated to a new COSAM Building. The new building is also intended to include: COSAM research labs, instruction labs, and office space currently located in Funchess; lab and office space from Haley; and office space displaced when Mell Hall was demolished. Combined, the Parker and Allison replacement strategy may involve up to three buildings: Leach renovation and addition; a new facility on the current site of Parker; and a new facility on Agriculture Hill. The details of the replacement strategy will be further developed as phasing, financial, and more detailed programmatic requirements are determined. Adequate site area and the flexibility exists to provide a creative and responsive approach. Spidle Hall. Spidle Hall serves as the home to the College of Human Sciences (CHS) which views the quality of space to be a major issue for the College. The replacement strategy for Spidle is to build a new College of Human Science facility. In addition to space currently provided in Spidle, this new facility will include CHS labs and offices currently located in Haley, and CHS functions currently located in Upchurch. The facility replacement strategy proposes to demolish the buildings listed in Tables 4-1 and 4-2, and illustrated in Figure 4-1. Table 4-1. Proposed Demolition BUILDING Allison Laboratory

GSF 37,032

Parker Hall

90,660

Spidle Hall

50,843

Funchess Hall

151,454

Upchurch Hall

70,695

Beard Eaves Memorial Coliseum

357,588

Dunstan Hall

33,143

Engineering Shop 1

17,018

Engineering Shop 2

17,932

Engineering Shop 3

17,256

L Building

35,504

TOTAL

879,125

Table 4-2. Proposed Demolition/Renovation BUILDING Haley Center

Planning Elements: Academic Buildings

GSF 414,651

PROPOSED FACILITIES The Auburn University Office of the Provost will lead a separate Capital Project prioritization process to identify which academic building and renovation projects are most critical to the implementation of the Strategic Plan. This process will also take into account current fiscal conditions such as the University bond capacity as well as funding opportunities resulting from the Universityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s upcoming development campaign. The proposed new academic building projects are depicted in Figure 4-2 and are as follows: New Classroom Facilities. Using the space requirements developed by the Master Plan space planning model, the allocation of space by type was determined by a Provost appointed Program Requirements Committee which assembled in the fall of 2011 and spring of 2012. The future classroom facilities, to be known as the Academic Success Complex, are envisioned as student focused learning hubs and collaboration spaces located at the heart of the academic core. The Academic Success Complex will be built in two proposed locations: 1. The Academic Success Complex-Roosevelt Commons will be constructed south of the Campus Green. It will include stateof-the-art classrooms and group study and collaboration spaces. The facility will define the south side of Campus Green, further contributing to the quality of this open space. The proposed site is conveniently located for pedestrian access from all points of the central core. 2. The Academic Success Complex-Mell Commons will be constructed as an addition to the west faĂ§ade of the Library and will provide the opportunity to incorporate new classroom and collaboration spaces that complement recent investments in the Library Learning Commons. New STEM Laboratory Facility. Addressing the large space deficit in COSAM instructional laboratory space is a top University priority for several reasons: 1. The heavy utilization of existing laboratories. 2. The difficulty students have in scheduling required laboratory classes. 3. The negative impact scheduling has on University graduation rates. The STEM Laboratory Facility is proposed for the site currently occupied by Parker Hall and the area to the immediate south. The new building will define the south and east sides of a new quadrangle formed with the adjacent Academic Success Complex-Roosevelt Commons. New College of Education Facilities. The proposed College of Education Building is envisioned as the headquarters for the College. It will be located on PO Davis Drive in the emerging South Quad area of the campus. The new facility will consolidate all College of Education facilities, with the exception of Kinesiology, in an area of the campus with convenient access, parking, and transit services. A peripheral location is desirable given that the enrollment of the College is upper division and that student engagement will occur entirely within the new facility or

Table 4-3. Proposed New Construction BUILDING OR FACILITY Academic Success Complex - Mell Commons

PROJECT TYPE

TOTAL NASF REQUIRED

NSF-TO-GSF

REQUIREMENT GSF

"PLANNING GSF"

New Building

43,200

0.600

72,000

Academic Success Complex - Roosevelt Commons

New Building

72,000

0.600

120,000

Academic Success Complex - STEM Laboratory Facility

New Building

75,000

0.560

133,929

134,000 123,000

College of Education Facility

New Building

73,942

0.600

123,237

School of Nursing Facility

New Building

35,380

0.580

61,000

College of Human Sciences Facility

New Building

30,065

0.600

50,108

50,000

College of Sciences & Mathematics Facilities

New Building(s)

87,134

0.560

155,596

156,000

College of Agriculture Facilities

New Building(s)

97,030

0.620

156,500

157,000

Renovation

81,689

0.529

154,447

154,000

New Building(s)

66,321

0.520

127,540

128,000

1,154,357

1,155,000

College of Liberal Arts Facilities School of Pharmacy Facilities TOTAL

661,761

Source: Provided November 2013 by Office of the University Architect (OUA) off-campus in local schools. This new facility will define the north and west sides of the South Quad, with the Office of Information Technology Building (OIT) and Poultry Science defining the south and east sides respectively. New School of Nursing Facilities. The School of Nursing currently operates with only 29% of the space that the University space model estimates is required to support their mission. The large space deficit, coupled with the high demand for Nursing School enrollment makes this new facility a University priority. The proposed site for a new School of Nursing is in the planned Health Science Sector that is envisioned as a new district dedicated to health-related programs at Auburn. New College of Human Sciences. The replacement for the College of Human Sciences (CHS) functions, currently located in Spidle Hall, is proposed at the corner of Mell and Roosevelt. This pivotal corner will provide CHS with a more visible presence and will position its new headquarters adjacent to the Library Garage and the Roosevelt Transit Hub. In conjunction with the proposed College of Agriculture buildings, the new CHS building will contribute to the transformation of the Roosevelt gateway to the campus. New College of Sciences and Mathematics Facilities. The proposed College of Sciences and Mathematics (COSAM) buildings on Ag Hill and an addition to Leach Hall are intended to replace COSAM functions from Allison, Parker, Funchess and Upchurch Halls. The proposed sites for the new buildings on Ag Hill are located to the east, west, and southwest of the current Funchess Hall site. The new facilities Ag Hill are intended to complement the College of Agriculture facilities also planned for this area. New College of Agriculture Facilities. The proposed College of Agriculture buildings are located to the southeast and southwest of Comer Hall. The new facilities are intended to consolidate College of Agriculture functions from Upchurch and Funchess and will be designed to complement the character of Comer Hall. The proposed configuration of buildings will create a new identity and image for the College at the Roosevelt entrance to the campus. Comer Hall will be renovated as part of the overall Ag Hill redevelopment strategy.

New College of Liberal Arts Facilities. Two options exist for the College of Liberal Arts facility and staff currently in Haley Center. The first may be a major renovation to Haley Center which could include demolition of the tower along with one or two Quads and complete reconfiguration of the remaining Quads. The second may be to relocate from Liberal Arts space from Haley to Walker and Miller Halls following the completion of the new Nursing and Pharmacy facilities in the Health Science Sector. Walker and Miller are centrally located on Thach Concourse in close proximity to other Liberal Arts facilities. New School of Pharmacy Facilities. Considerable study has been given to relocating the Pharmacy to the Health Science Sector so that the College of Liberal Arts could utilize the Walker and Miller Halls for faculty and staff in the event Haley Center is demolished in the future. To ensure viability for this plan, a site for a new School of Pharmacy building has been planned in the new Health Science Sector. It is located west of the new School of Nursing facility at the Southwest corner of South Donahue Drive and Lem Morrison Drive.

BUILDING RENOVATION The Academic Capital Project Plan identifies several buildings for renovation and/or additions to meet programmatic needs, address building condition issues and to provide a better quality of space. These include: • Comer Hall - to support College of Agriculture uses. • Walker and Miller - to accommodate College of Liberal Arts functions relocated from Haley. • Mary Martin Hall - to accommodate the special collections of the University Library • Textile - to accommodate College of Engineering research functions currently located in the “L” Building. The program requirements for new buildings and building renovations are summarized in Table 4-3 and are illustrated in Figure 4-2.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

PROPOSED ACADEMIC CAPITAL PROJECTS

W. Magnolia Ave

9 12 11

elt Dr. Roosev 12 8

W. Samfo

rd A ve

8 3

S. Donahue Dr.

S. College St.

W ire

Rd .

Lem Morris

on Dr.

5 10

Figure 4-2. Proposed Academic Capital Projects

LEGEND 1.

Academic Success Complex - Mell Commons

6. College of Human Sciences

11. Haley Renovation or Replacement

Academic Success Complex - Roosevelt Commons

12. Academic Building Renovations

Academic Success Complex - STEM Laboratory

8. College of Agriculture

Proposed Buildings

4. College of Education

9. College of Liberal Arts

Existing Buildings

10. School of Pharmacy

School of Nursing

Planning Elements: Academic Buildings

College of Sciences and Mathematics

CHAPTER CONTENTS INTRO D U CT I O N 83 LAND US E PLA N N ING P RO C E SS

P RO G RA M MAT I C NE E DS

EXIST I N G LA N D U S E PAT T E R N

P RO POS ED LA N D U S E P L A N

P RO POS ED LA N D U S E ZO NE S

MID-T ERM LA N D U S E P L A N

115

LAND US E ST RAT EG IE S

115

P HYS I O G RA PH I C ST R AT EG IE S

117

P O LICY CO O RD I N AT IO N A ND R ECO M M E NDAT I ONS

117

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

5. Land Use

INTRODUCTION Auburn University serves as a steward of public land, a role it has played for well over a century. As the campus population has increased, and as the range of activities underway at Auburn has changed, land uses on the campus have transitioned from predominately agriculture in nature to those that support a broader mission. The ever evolving mission is placing pressure on the traditional land uses, a pattern that is expected to continue in several areas of the campus over the next five to ten years. This chapter provides an overview of the emerging programmatic needs for new land uses on the campus窶馬eeds that are driven by research activities, private sector partnerships, and land-intensive uses such as athletic and recreation field space. This chapter also summarizes the existing land use pattern of the campus and includes a Proposed Land Use Plan that defines the long-term land use categories envisioned for the campus. The Proposed Land Use Plan establishes formal boundaries for 14 land use categories and provides additional detail in the form of land use zones. The land use zones define the permitted uses and are intended to serve as the foundation for forthcoming land use regulations being developed by Facilities Management. The regulations will formalize the use of campus land and will establish criteria for continued use. A mid-term land use plan is also provided to illustrate the potential conditions on the campus as existing uses transition to the proposed land uses over time. It indicates how existing uses in areas of the campus that are planned for significant change may coexist with proposed uses.

LAND USE PLANNING PROCESS Land use is considered to be one of the most critical planning elements in the Master Plan Update, given the importance of land for the traditional land grant mission and the current mission of the university. To that end, the Master Plan Update serves as the foundation for the use, allocation, and regulation of land.

the Proposed Land Use Plan and supporting documentation. The planning process included the following steps: 1. To facilitate the land use analysis process, Facilities Management defined preliminary land use planning areas. 2. With the intent of documenting instructional, research, student life, housing, athletic, recreational, service, and other land use requirements, a data call was issued to all colleges, schools, and major divisions that utilize the various land use planning areas. 3. Open forums were held describing all areas of disagreement and conflict and to review options for satisfying the competing needs. 4. The Master Plan Update Committee Review (representing major University stakeholders) provided input on the analysis findings and options. 5. The findings and options were presented to the Faculty Senate for comment. 6. The Executive Facilities Committee added two ad-hoc members to review the recommendations and provide input. This process established the foundation for a land use regulatory system. As a next step, Facilities Management is developing land use agreements, similar to interior space agreements, designating land allocation by user, a timeframe for assignment, and management responsibilities. As with all planning elements, the Land Use Planning Element is a system that will be consistently reevaluated and updated. A process for changing and updating land use designations is also in development. If a designation change is needed, a request should be routed through department heads, to deans and directors to Facilities Management, reviewed by the Master Plan Committee, approved by the Executive Facilities Committee, and ultimately by the President and the Board of Trustees.

The Land Use Planning Element and Proposed Land Use Plan are the result of an open participatory planning process. Input solicited and received from individual faculty members and deans informed the development of

Planning Elements: Land Use

PROGRAMMATIC NEEDS To better understand the land use issues on the Auburn campus, an extensive consultation process was carried out with key stakeholders from the College of Agriculture, the School of Forestry and Wildlife Sciences, the College of Veterinary Medicine, the School of Pharmacy, the School of Nursing, the College of Liberal Arts, the College of Sciences and Mathematics, the Auburn Research Park, Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn Athletics, Student Affairs, and Facilities Management, among others. The consultation process confirmed the land use needs for a majority of the ongoing academic, research, and extension activities. The process also confirmed emerging land use requirements. These requirements, as well as the evolving nature of existing land use activities, are placing pressure on long-standing land use arrangements. The result: several land use areas of the campus are of interest to multiple stakeholders. The potential for disagreement and conflict over land now requires a more formal and regulated approach. In response, the Master Plan Update takes the initial step toward this regulated approach by mapping the existing and proposed land uses, including the following programmatic needs: • Health Science Sector • Edward Via College of Osteopathic Medicine (VCOM) • Performing Arts Center and Welcome Center • Recreation Field Expansion

of the University. These Field Labs contribute directly to the University’s academic mission. The land use boundaries for Field Labs are formally established in the Master Plan Update, a necessary step toward the development of land utilization agreements. Facilities Management will work with academic and administrative units to establish agreements for all Field Labs. These agreements will document the primary management authority for the land and the duration of the Field Lab assignments; include an assignment priority system for allocating land or plots as needed to instructors, primary investigators, and others; and, address ongoing maintenance and natural resource management area requirements. The Proposed Land Use Plan identifies 13 Field Labs. Health Science Sector. Land is reserved for the proposed Health Science Sector, including the Edward Via College of Osteopathic Medicine (VCOM) at the southwest corner of S. Donahue and Lem Morrison. Research. The boundaries of the Auburn Research Park are formalized and defined to accommodate future expansion. Cultural/Public. Land is reserved for two public functions along S. College directly across from the Jule Collins Smith Art Museum: 1) a Performing Arts Center at the southwest corner of S. College and Woodfield Drive; and, 2) a Welcome Center at the northwest corner of S. College and S. Donahue. This concentration of cultural and public facilities along S. College is intended to create a memorable gateway to Auburn and the campus.

• Athletics Complex Expansion • Consolidation of Service Functions • Game-Day Activities • Parkerson Mill Creek and Town Creek These programmatic needs are discussed in detail in other chapters in this document: Academic Buildings, Student Housing (housing, fraternity), Student Quality of Life (Recreation), Health Science (Health Science, VCOM), Athletics, Landscape (Park, Natural Resource Management Area, water bodies, floodplain), and Transportation (Parking). A Proposed Land Use Plan is provided in the Master Plan Update in response to the instructional, research, and outreach mission. It represents the outcome of an extended data gathering, alternatives exploration, and documentation process. The plan organizes campus land into several broad categories based on an understanding of existing uses as well as the demands associated with new land use requirements. The land use categories include the following: Academic. The Master Plan Update concentrates future academic facilities in the Campus Core where an estimated two million (2,000,000) square feet of additional space is possible on available building sites utilizing an infill strategy and assuming three-to-four story construction. Site locations have been identified for numerous new academic buildings identified by the Colleges and Schools and validated by the Master Plan space model. Field Labs. Field labs are defined as outdoor fields, pastures and wooded areas utilized to support the instructional, research and outreach activities

Housing. Two sites are reserved for future housing: 1) the parking lots north of the Village; and, 2) the Carol Draughn Village (CDV) site. Expansion of the housing system is necessary to accommodate the entire first year class, a key goal of the University. Fraternity Housing. Expansion sites for the fraternities are identified in two areas: 1) two sites in the fraternity zone on Lem Morrison west of Wire Road; and, 2) up to four potential sites in the fraternity zone located between W. Thach Avenue and W. Magolia west of Wire Road. Recreation. A site is designated for recreation expansion at the southeast corner of S. Donahue and Lem Morrison to accommodate one soccer/ lacrosse field, two softball fields, and one multipurpose field for soccer / rugby / lacrosse. Expansion is required in response to the growing demand for student recreation and club sport activities. Athletics. Land is designated for future Athletics expansion in three locations: 1) W. Samford near the intersection with Shug Jordan for future field requirements; 2) the southwest corner of S. Donahue and W. Samford for future office and administrative facilities; and, 3) north of Woodfield Drive for Game-Day activities and parking. Services. The existing Facilities Management Service Sector on W. Samford is expanded in the Master Plan Update to enable the consolidation of outlying service functions in one area including all Facilities Management functions, housing maintenance, athletics maintenance, Risk Management and Safety, Hazardous Waste Storage, and the AAES Agricultural Land/Resource Management functions. Other Service areas are indicated to accommodate existing sub-stations, heating plants and support functions. 2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

NEAR TERM ILLUSTRATIVE PLAN

2 6 3 4

Figure 5-1. The illustrative plan indicates where the emerging programmatic needs are accommodated in the Master Plan Update.

LEGEND 1.

Academic Core Infill

Intramural Expansion

Athletics Expansion

4. Performing Arts 5.

Welcome Center

Areas with emerging programmatic need addressed in the Master Plan Proposed Buildings Existing Buildings

6. Health Science Sector/VCOM 7.

Housing Expansion

Planning Elements: Land Use

EXISTING LAND USE PATTERN

23 1

6 3

22 35

16 17

800

1600 ft

Figure 5-2. The existing land use pattern illustrates the current status of land uses on the campus. It is the result of formal and informal arrangements that have evolved over time.

LEGEND Academic

Athletics

Surface Parking

Housing

Recreation

Undesignated

Fraternity

Exterior Lab

Forested Area

Research

Cultural

Water

Service

Park

100-Year Floodplain Leased to Third Parties

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

Parks. Existing and proposed Park land is designated to protect important amenities such as West Samford Park and the Arboretum. Parking. Surface parking zones are identified as a land use along with areas for future parking garages. Leased to Third Parties. Land designated for University research and business partners is identified. Natural Resource Management Area. Land located on either side of Parkerson Mill Creek and Town Creek is designated as a Natural Resource Management Area. This designation includes land in the FEMA 100-year floodplain and wetland areas that have been confirmed. It includes land that is not suitable for development.

EXISTING LAND USE PATTERN The existing land use pattern of the Auburn campus represents the evolution of campus development over time and informs long-standing arrangements with regard to allocation. While the current allocation pattern, in general, continues to address legitimate mission-related instructional, research, and outreach activities, several land use areas identified in the planning process are underutilized. The existing land use pattern documents land use categories, including academic, housing, fraternity, research, service, recreation, cultural, park, surface parking, forests, undesignated, and 100-year floodplain. It should be noted that activities do occur in the undesignated areas but no formal agreements are in place. The Proposed Land Use Plan incorporates these categories and is supplemented by new land use requirements identified during the planning process. The proposed plan provides a strategy for achieving the highest and best use of campus land. Descriptions of current land uses are related to proposed land use categories and zones in the following section. The predominant existing uses on campus are described in Figure 5-2.

PREDOMINANT EXISTING USES 1.

Campus Core

13. Ag Heritage Park

25. Construction Laydown

Quad Housing

14. Research Park

26. Band Practice

Hill Complex

15. Campus Forest

27. Services Sector

4. S. Donahue Residence Hall

16. Poultry Unit

28. Caroline Draughon Village (CDV)

17. Swine Research & Education

29. The Village

6. Garden of Memory

18. Turf Grass Research Unit

30. Jordan-Hare Stadium

19. Horse Center

31. Auburn Arena

8. Arboretum

20. Beef Teaching Center

32. Plainsman Park

9. Teaching and Demonstration

21. College of Veterinary Medicine

33. Athletics Complex

10. Jule Smith Collins Art Museum

22. Recreation Fields

34. Old Hutsell Track

11. Plant Sciences

23. Fraternities

35. Hutsell-Rosen Track

12. Hayfield

24. Aviary Research

S. Quad

Presidentâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s House

Planning Elements: Land Use

PROPOSED LAND USE PLAN

800

1600 ft

Figure 5-3. The Proposed Land Use Plan defines the long-term land use categories and general land use areas for the campus. Detailed information on specific uses in each category is provided in the Land Use Zone descriptions.

LEGEND

Academic (A)

Athletics (AU)

Natural Resource Management Area (NR)

Housing (H)

Recreation (R)

Water

Fraternity (F)

Field Lab (FL)

100-Year Floodplain

Research (RE)

Cultural/Public (C)

Leased to Third Parties

Health Science Sector (HS)

Park (P)

Service (S)

Surface Parking (SP)

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

PROPOSED LAND USE PLAN A Proposed Land Use Plan is provided in the Master Plan Update in response to the instructional, research, and outreach mission. It represents the outcome of an extended data gathering, alternatives exploration, and documentation process. The plan organizes campus land into several broad categories based on an understanding of existing uses as well as the demands associated with new land use requirements. The land use categories include the following: Academic. The Master Plan Update concentrates future academic facilities in the Campus Core where an estimated two million (2,000,000) square feet of additional space is possible on available building sites utilizing an infill strategy and assuming three-to-four story construction. Site locations have been identified for numerous new academic buildings identified by the Colleges and Schools and validated by the Master Plan space model. Field Labs. Field labs are defined as outdoor fields, pastures and wooded areas utilized to support the instructional, research and outreach activities of the University. These Field Labs contribute directly to the Universityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s academic mission. The land use boundaries for Field Labs are formally established in the Master Plan Update, a necessary step toward the development of land utilization agreements. Facilities Management will work with academic and administrative units to establish agreements for all Field Labs. These agreements will document the primary management authority for the land and the duration of the Field Lab assignments; include an assignment priority system for allocating land or plots as needed to instructors, primary investigators, and others; and, address ongoing maintenance and natural resource management area requirements. The Proposed Land Use Plan identifies 13 Field Labs. Health Science Sector. Land is reserved for the proposed Health Science Sector, including the Edward Via College of Osteopathic Medicine (VCOM) at the southwest corner of S. Donahue and Lem Morrison.

Recreation. A site is designated for recreation expansion at the southeast corner of S. Donahue and Lem Morrison to accommodate one soccer/ lacrosse field, two softball fields, and one multipurpose field for soccer / rugby / lacrosse. Expansion is required in response to the growing demand for student recreation and club sport activities. Athletics. Land is designated for future Athletics expansion in three locations: 1) W. Samford near the intersection with Shug Jordan for future field requirements; 2) the southwest corner of S. Donahue and W. Samford for future office and administrative facilities; and, 3) north of Woodfield Drive for Game-Day activities and parking. Services. The existing Facilities Management Service Sector on W. Samford is expanded in the Master Plan Update to enable the consolidation of outlying service functions in one area including all Facilities Management functions, housing maintenance, athletics maintenance, Risk Management and Safety, Hazardous Waste Storage, and the AAES Agricultural Land/Resource Management functions. Other Service areas are indicated to accommodate existing sub-stations, heating plants and support functions. Parks. Existing and proposed Park land is designated to protect important amenities such as West Samford Park and the Arboretum. Parking. Surface parking zones are identified as a land use along with areas for future parking garages. Leased to Third Parties. Land designated for University research and business partners is identified. Natural Resource Management Area. Land located on either side of Parkerson Mill Creek and Town Creek is designated as a Natural Resource Management Area. This designation includes land in the FEMA 100-year floodplain and wetland areas that have been confirmed. It includes land that is not suitable for development.

Research. The boundaries of the Auburn Research Park are formalized and defined to accommodate future expansion. Cultural/Public. Land is reserved for two public functions along S. College directly across from the Jule Collins Smith Art Museum: 1) a Performing Arts Center at the southwest corner of S. College and Woodfield Drive; and, 2) a Welcome Center at the northwest corner of S. College and S. Donahue. This concentration of cultural and public facilities along S. College is intended to create a memorable gateway to Auburn and the campus. Housing. Two sites are reserved for future housing: 1) the parking lots north of the Village; and, 2) the Caroline Draughn Village (CDV) Extension site. Expansion of the housing system is necessary to accommodate the entire first year class, a key goal of the University. Fraternity Housing. Expansion sites for the fraternities are identified in two areas: 1) two sites in the fraternity zone on Lem Morrison west of Wire Road; and, 2) up to four potential sites in the fraternity zone located between West Thach Avenue and West Magolia west of Wire Road.

Planning Elements: Land Use

PROPOSED LAND USE CATEGORIES: ACADEMIC

A-2

A-6 A-5

A-1

A-7 A-4

A-3

A-7

Figure 5-4. Academic zones

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

PROPOSED LAND USE ZONES In addition to the broad land use categories, the Proposed Land Use Plan identifies specific land use zones. The zones are designated with the understanding that campus land is a university resource, not the resource of the various colleges, units, or divisions permitted to use the land. The intent is to promote the highest and best use of campus land and to support uses that the university deems to be most relevant and important to the teaching, research, and outreach mission. The proposed land use zones for each of the above noted land use categories are detailed in this section, with the exception of the Natural Resource Management Area category (no development is proposed in this category). The Proposed Land Use Plan organizes campus land into the following zones:

Duncan Drive (A-4). The A-4 zone includes the School of Forestry and Wildlife Studies and the Auburn University Medical Clinic. No changes are proposed in this zone. Kinesiology (A-5). A new academic zone is defined around the recently completed Kinesiology building. Permitted uses include instructional and sports related facilities and amenities. Band Practice Field (A-6). The band practice field, located in the W. Thach area, was recently completed to support the Marching Band, an academic program. The A-6 zone includes the band field and a storage facility. Permitted uses include band-related facilities and amenities. College of Veterinary Medicine (A-7). The main academic and research buildings on the College of Veterinary Medicine campus are included in the A-7 zones. Permitted uses include academic, research, campus life amenities, and support facilities.

ACADEM I C (A) The academic land use category includes seven zones. It is divided into zones that are primarily utilized for instructional purposes. Central Campus Core (A-1). The A-1 zone encompasses the developed Campus Core generally defined by W. Magnolia on the north, W. Samford on the south, S. College on the east and S. Donahue on the west. The recommended land use action for the A-1 zone includes continued infill development to accommodate facilities associated with the instructional mission, student life, and support services. This includes several proposals for new academic buildings as part of the Capital Projects Plan. Adequate development capacity exists in the Academic Core to accommodate future academic and campus life facilities and amenities. S. Donahue (A-2). The A-2 zone includes land south of W. Magnolia and west of S. Donahue. It includes the Nichols Center and the Wallace Center as well as an academic expansion zone on the existing parking lots north of War Eagle Way. Permitted uses include future academic buildings and support facilities such as a parking garage. S. Quad (A-3). The A-3 zone encompasses the S. Quad, an emerging instructional and support zone that currently accommodates Poultry Science, the Office of Information Technology (OIT), and the S. Quad parking deck. The new College of Education building is proposed for the last remaining development site in the S. Quad. Permitted uses include academic and campus life support facilities (parking included).

Planning Elements: Land Use

PROPOSED LAND USE CATEGORIES: ATHLETICS

AU-2

AU-1

AU-8 AU-4

AU-3

AU-5

AU-7

AU-9 AU-6

AU-10

Figure 5-5. Athletics zones

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

ATHLET I C S (AU ) The athletics land use category includes several zones associated with existing facilities. It also includes zones to accommodate future expansion needs.

Game-Day Activities (AU-10). The AU-10 zone, located along Woodfield Drive, reallocates underutilized land to accommodate Game-Day activities. Permitted uses include parking, tailgate areas, fan amenities, and support facilities.

Jordan-Hare Stadium (AU-1). The AU-1 zone includes Jordan-Hare Stadium. Uses permitted in this zone include football-related facilities, fan amenities, and stadium expansion. Auburn Arena (AU-2). The AU-2 zone includes the Auburn Arena. Uses supporting basketball and the fan experience are permitted in this zone. Plainsman Park (AU-3 ). The AU-3 zone includes Plainsman Park. Permitted uses include baseball-related facilities such as practice infields, batting cages, stadium enhancements, and fan amenities. Beard-Eaves-Memorial Coliseum (AU-4). The AU-4 zone includes the Beard-Eaves-Memorial Coliseum, the Wilber Hutsell Track, the Student Activities Center, the Martin Aquatics Center, and the outdoor pool. Within this zone, the existing coliseum is scheduled for demolition. The site will be utilized for surface parking to serve athletic events and parking demand associated with the new Recreation and Wellness Center. Over the long-term, the site may be utilized for a parking deck if demand warrants. The old Hutsell Track also provides an opportunity for infill development of uses that support facilities and field requirements of the Athletics Department. Athletics Complex (AU-5). The AU-5 zone includes the existing Athletics administrative offices, football practice facilities, parking, and the Wellness Kitchen. Permitted uses include football practice support facilities and future administrative office space. Track and Field and Soccer Complex (AU-6). The AU-6 zone includes the existing track and soccer complex. Track and soccer related facilities are permitted in this zone including seating and press box expansion and new fan amenities. Womenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Athletics/Softball (AU-7). The AU-7 zone includes the Jane B. Moore Softball Field. Softball related facilities including additional parking and fan amenities are permitted. Athletics Expansion (W. Samford) (AU-8). The AU-8 zone is designated for future Athletics field needs. A portion of the site is currently utilized for community garden plots. Athletics Expansion (southwest corner of S. Donahue and Lem Morrison) (AU-9). The AU-9 zone is identified for future Athletics Complex Office and Administrative facilities. It currently accommodates media production studios. This zone is reserved for athletics on academic uses depending or future needs.

Planning Elements: Land Use

PROPOSED LAND USE CATEGORIES: CULTURAL/ PUBLIC

C-2 C-1

Figure 5-6. Cultural/ Public zones

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

CULTURA L/ PUB LI C (C ) The cultural/public designation includes facilities such as the Jule Collins Smith Art Museum and proposed new facilities including a performing arts center and a welcome center. Two land use zones are identified in this category. Jule Collins Smith Art Museum (C-1). The C-1 zone includes the Jules M. Collins Art Museum adjacent to Cullars Rotation, a research area in continuous cultivation from 1889. Since 2006, it has been listed on the National Register of Historical Places. No land use changes are proposed for the C-1 zone. Permitted uses include museum-related expansion and visitor amenities. Welcome Center/Performing Arts (C-2). The C-2 zone, located along S. College Street between Woodfield Drive and the S. Donahue intersection, is reserved for a campus welcome center and a performing arts center. The welcome center is positioned at the corner of S. College and S. Donahue where visitors can easily be directed to east or west campus core locations. Permitted uses include visitor amenities and support facilities. Land in the C-2 zone at the intersection of S. College and Woodfield Drive is currently underutilized and lies directly east of facilities operated by the College of Agriculture â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Plant Sciences. Proposed new land uses include a performing arts center at the corner of S. Donahue and Woodfield. The adjacent parking zone will serve the performing arts center as well as day-to-day parking needs of the campus core. Permitted uses include arts-related facilities and support functions such as parking.

Planning Elements: Land Use

PROPOSED LAND USE CATEGORIES: FIELD LABS

FL-11 FL-10

FL-3 FL-12 FL-2 FL-1 FL-5

FL-6 FL-5

FL-13

FL-4 FL-9

FL-7

FL-8

Figure 5-7. The proposed field lab category includes the land-intensive outdoor labs associated with ongoing agriculture, forestry, and veterinary activities. Note: Proposed North Auburn location for Poultry Field Lab (FL-14) is outside of the extents of Figure 5-7.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

F IELD LAB S ( F L) The field lab category includes land designated for extensive instructional, research, and outreach functions and activities. For each of the land uses, Facilities Management will develop land use agreements to establish primary management authority, define maintenance and natural resource management requirements, and create an assignment priority system (if needed) to assign lands or plots to investigators, instructors, and others. Teaching and Demonstration Plots Field Lab and/or Arboretum Expansion (FL-1). The FL-1 zone is located south of the Donald E. Davis Arboretum and includes the Old Rotation Experiment (the oldest continuous cotton experiment in the world), and agronomy plots. The land is utilized to support activities in the College of Agriculture, the Alabama Agriculture Experiment Station, Department of Agronomy and Soils, Horticulture Department, Alabama Cooperative Extension Service, the School of Forestry and Wildlife Sciences, and other instructional, research, and outreach activities. The boundaries of this land use zone are adjusted to reallocate land for two new zones: the R-2 Intramural Expansion zone, and the AU-10 Game-Day activities zone. Proposed uses include consolidated agronomy and horticulture activities and a modest expansion of the adjacent arboretum. The FL-1 zone will be managed through agreements with a multi-disciplinary committee or group from multiple colleges and schools. Duncan Drive Forestry Field Lab (FL-2). The forested area directly west of the School of Forestry and Wildlife Studies is designated for informal and formal educational activities of the school. It includes a trail system and interpretive information. No future development or changes are proposed for this land use zone. The FL-2 zone will be managed through a land use agreement with the School of Forestry and Wildlife Studies. Paterson Greenhouse Complex (FL-3). No land use changes are proposed to the horticultural greenhouse zone located at the corner of Duncan Drive and W. Samford. Over the long-term, development pressure may require the relocation of these functions to other areas of the campus or to an off-campus location. The FL-3 zone will be managed through a land use agreement with the College of Agriculture. Camp Auburn Road Field Lab or Campus Forest (FL-4). The Campus Forest encompasses the existing forested land north of the Auburn Research Park. The area is used for limited instruction, research, and outreach activities by the School of Forestry and Wildlife Sciences such as the Alabama Cooperative Extension Service Continuing Education course on Longleaf Restoration, a service learning Project, and education including lab activities for forest measurements. The site also serves a significant function in Auburnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s certification as a Tree Campus USA and is considered to be an important area for ecological restoration (efforts with longleaf pine). The FL-4 zone is also used for informal recreation by joggers, university track teams, walkers, dog walkers, and mountain bikers who have constructed trails. The Campus Forest also includes wooded land and floodplains designated as a Natural Resource Management Area.

Update to create two new land use zones: the HS zone, Health Science Sector; and the VCOM zone to accommodate the Edward Via College of Osteopathic Medicine. The reduced FL-4 zone is designated for continued use by the School of Forestry and Wildlife Studies, the College of Sciences and Mathematics (COSAM), and other units. Permitted uses include forestry-related teaching, research, and outreach activities. The FL-4 zone will be managed through a land use agreement with the School of Forestry and Wildlife Studies. Wilson Beef Teaching Center Field Lab (FL-5). The FL-5 zone includes the Beef Teaching Center and Beef Cattle Evaluation Center, located on Shug Jordan Parkway near the intersection of Wire Road. The land area functions as a field lab for instruction in the College of Agriculture and supports activities in the College of Veterinary Medicine. Major facilities include the Stanley Wilson Beef Teaching and Research Center, the Lambert-Powell Meats Laboratory, the Beef Cattle Exhibition Center (west of Shug Jordan Parkway), and surrounding pasture. The FL-5 zone also includes wooded land and floodplains in the designated Natural Resource Conservation Area. No changes are proposed to this land use zone in the Master Plan Update; however, over the long-term, it may be necessary to relocate the grazing functions off-campus to accommodate other uses that require proximity to academic core. Relocation requires a site that would allow for convenient access and student instruction. The FL-5 zone will be managed through a land use agreement with the College of Agriculture. Woodfield Drive Field Lab (FL-6). The FL-6 zone includes the FAHBE Building, ALFA Services Building, Seed Technology Building and associated drying/storage silos, Plant Science Research Center and associated areas. Outdoor areas are dedicated to flowers, vegetables, agronomic plots for small research projects, and teaching labs. This zone includes significant investments made by the College of Agriculture to support ongoing functions and operations, which will be maintained. The Woodfield Drive Field Lab boundaries are adjusted, however, in the Proposed Land Use Plan to create a new land use zone: C-2, the welcome center and performing arts zone. The FL-6 zone will be managed through a land use agreement with the College of Agriculture. Swine Research and Education Center Field Lab (FL-7). The FL-7 zone includes the Swine Research and Education Center Field Lab which is used for undergraduate and graduate instruction, research, and extension. The Field Lab supports faculty from the Department of Animal Sciences and the College of Veterinary Medicine. No changes in land use are proposed. The FL-7 zone will be managed through a land use agreement with the College of Agriculture. Turf Grass Research Unit Field Lab (FL-8). The FL-8 zone includes the Turf Grass Research Unit Field Lab. It is anticipated that commercial development pressure at the corner of Shug Jordan and S. College may result in proposals to relocate the Turf Grass Research Unit to an off-campus location such as a local golf course. The FL-8 zone also includes wooded land and floodplains to be designated as a Natural Resource Management Area. The FL-8 zone will be managed through a land use agreement with the College of Agriculture.

The boundaries of the Forestry Field Lab are redefined in the Master Plan

Planning Elements: Land Use

Horse Center Field Lab (FL-9). The Horse Center functions as a field lab for the Equine Research Unit and Equestrian Team Facilities. The FL-9 zone also contains significant wooded and floodplain areas which are designated as a Natural Resource Management Area. Improvements and new facilities are proposed for equestrian research in the near term. Continued allocation for the current uses is proposed over the long term. Bee and Aviary Research Field Lab (FL-10). The FL-10 zone accommodates the bee and Biology Aviary Research facilities (Aviary and Mouse) which, over the next three to five years, will be relocated to make way for expansion of the adjacent Service S-1 and S-2 Facilities Management land use zones. A land use agreement for the FL-10 zone will be reached with the College of Sciences and Mathematics (COSAM). Construction Field Lab (FL-11). The FL-11 zone is located on W. Samford directly north of the Facilities Management Complex. Research activities include the McWhorter School of Building Science Field Lab. The new consolidated land use zone will continue to be designated for use by Building Science. The FL-11 zone will be managed through a land use agreement with the College of Architecture, Design and Construction (CADC).

F R AT E R NI T Y (F ) Two zones are designated in the fraternity land use category. Magnolia/Thach Fraternity Zone (F-1). The F-1 zone extends along W. Magnolia and W. Thach and includes lodges for Kappa Sigma (restoration), Tau Kappa Epsilon, Farmhouse, Phi Kappa Tau, Sigma Chi, Sigma Nu, and Sigma Phi Epsilon (note: Pi Kappa Alpha and Sigma Alpha Epsilon are not located on campus land). Permitted uses include fraternity lodges, amenities, and support facilities. Five expansion sites are identified in the F-1 Zone: four west of Hamlock Drive. Lem Morrison/Biggio Fraternity Zone (F-2). The F-2 zone includes fraternity lodges located along Lem Morrison and Biggio Drive. The F-2 zone includes Alpha Gamma Rho, Alpha Psi, Beta Theta Pi, Delta Chi, Delta Tau Delta, Delta Sigma Phi, Kappa Alpha, Phi Delta Theta, Pi Kappa Phi, and Theta Chi. The existing fraternity land uses will be maintained over the long term with minor expansion proposed on two remaining sites over the next five years. Permitted uses include fraternity lodges, amenities, and support facilities. Two expansion sites are identified west of Wire Road: one on Lem Morrison and one on Wire Road.

College of Veterinary Medicine Field Lab (FL-12). The FL-12 zone supports the College of Veterinary Medicine (CVM). Over the short term, the current uses will be maintained including pastures and paddocks. A land use agreement will be negotiated between a multidisciplinary group including the College of Agriculture, the College of Veterinary Medicine, and Athletics. Cullars Rotation (FL-13). The FL-13 zone, located to the east of the Jule Collins Smith Museum of Art, is maintained in the Master Plan Update. The Cullars Crop Rotation, a research area in continuous cultivation from circa 1889, is listed on the National Register of Historical Places. No land use changes are proposed in this zone. A land use agreement for the FL-13 zone will be reached with the College of Agriculture. Poultry Field Lab (FL-14). (Not shown on Figure 5-7) The existing Poultry Research Unit will be relocated over the long-term to North Auburn to accommodate an expansion of the research park, a move that has been planned for several years.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

PROPOSED LAND USE CATEGORIES: FRATERNITIES

F-1

F-2

Figure 5-8. Fraternity zones

Planning Elements: Land Use

PROPOSED LAND USE CATEGORIES: HEALTH SCIENCE & VCOM

HS-1

HS-2

Figure 5-9. Health Science zones HEALT H SC I EN C E SECTO R (H S) The Health Science Sector is a proposed new land use designation at the southwest corner of Lem Morrison and S. Donahue. Heath Science Sector Phase 1 (HS-1). The HS-1 zone will accommodate the School of Nursing, School of Pharmacy, and other health-related facilities over the long-term. It is located directly north of the proposed Edward Via College of Osteopathic Medicine facility (VCOM). This zone occupies a portion of the existing Campus Forest, and an undesignated use area known as the beach. The boundaries of the Campus Forest have been redefined in the Master Plan Update as a Forestry Field Lab. Permitted uses include health-related education, research, outreach facilities, and support functions.

100

VCOM (HS-2). The HS-2 zone includes land that will be leased to the Edward Via College of Osteopathic Medicine (VCOM). This parcel is located directly south of the proposed Health Science Sector (HS zone) and is considered to be a northern extension of the Auburn Research Park. The land will be leased to ARTF and subleased to VCOM. Permitted uses include medical education, research, campus life, and parking. (Please see the Health Science Sector Planning Element for additional detail).

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

PROPOSED LAND USE CATEGORIES: HOUSING

H-5 H-4 H-6

H-1

H-3 H-2

Figure 5-10. Housing zones HO US IN G CAT EG O RY (H ) The housing category includes four separate zones of existing housing which are maintained in the Master Plan Update. Future housing facilities are proposed to the north of the Village (parking lots north of the Village) and to the west in the H-6 zone (CDV area). The Quads (H-1). Permitted uses include housing related amenities and support facilities. The Hill Complex (H-2). Permitted uses include housing related amenities and support facilities.

The Village (H-4). Permitted uses include housing related amenities and support facilities. The Village Expansion (H-5). The parking lots north of the Village are designated for future housing expansion. Permitted uses include housing related amenities and support facilities. Carol Draughn Village (H-6). The existing Carol Draughn Village site is designated for future housing expansion. Permitted uses include housing related amenities and support facilities.

S. Donahue (H-3). Permitted uses include housing related amenities and support facilities. Planning Elements: Land Use

101

PROPOSED LAND USE CATEGORIES: LEASED TO THIRD PARTIES

L-1

L-2 L-3

Figure 5-11. Leased to Third Party zone LEAS ED TO T H I RD PA RT Y (L) The leased category denotes three separate zones of existing University owned properties which are leased to outside parties.

AU property leased to Federal government (L-3). Property within the Auburn Research Park leased to the United States Department of Agriculture.

AU property leased to State government (L-1). Property within the CVM Veterinary area leased to the State AU property leased to State government (L-2). The L-2 zone includes the Gilmer-Turnham State Lab and the Forensic Science Building. One additional parcel is available for a research facility. Permitted uses include research facilities and supporting facilities.

102

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

PROPOSED LAND USE CATEGORIES: NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Figure 5-12. Natural resource management zones NATUR A L RESO URC E M A NAG E M E NT A R E A (NR ) The NR land use category is an overlay land use designation for natural resource protection and enhancement areas with limited development potential. It includes floodplains, wetlands, streams, steep slopes, and critical buffer zones with the goal of protecting/enhancing the Parkerson Mill Creek and Town Creek watersheds. The NR overlay zone is needed to assist the university in developing policies and management strategies relative to Parkerson Mill Creek, the Town Creek and Auburnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System stormwater permit. Appropriate teaching, research, and outreach activities are permitted in the NR overlay provided that they do not negatively impact Parkerson Mill Creek and Town Creek.

Planning Elements: Land Use

103

PROPOSED LAND USE CATEGORIES: PARKS

P-1

P-8

P-7

P-2

P-3

P-6

P-4

P-5

Figure 5-13. Park zones

104

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

PAR K ( P) The park land use category includes a range of open space amenities such as the West West Samford Park. The following park areas are identified: West Samford Park (P-1). West Samford Park is defined as the area extending from W. Magnolia Avenue on the north to the Draughon Library on the south, an area encompassing some of the most significant historic buildings of the campus, including Samford Hall, Hargis Hall, Langdon Hall, and Mary Martin Hall. The Park spans S. College Street to include Ingram Hall, OD Smith Hall, and the university chapel. The combination of historic buildings and landscape features, including Toomer’s Corner, make West Samford Park one of the most significant and memorable areas of the Auburn campus. No land use changes are proposed for the P-1 zone. Continued restoration and landscape enhancements are proposed. (Please see the separately documented Landscape Master Plan for details).

continued enhancement and maintenance of the landscape is recommended. Campus Green (P-8). The P-8 zone includes Campus Green, the central open space of the campus associated with the Student Center and the Stadium. Since completion following the 2007 Master Plan, Campus Green has become an important open space utilized on a daily basis and for Game Day. No land uses changes or future development is proposed.

President’s House (P-2). The P-2 zone includes the historic lawns and gardens of the President’s House. No changes are proposed to this zone. Garden of Memory (P-3). The P-3 zone is located west of Mell Street in the low lying area directly adjacent to the Hill Residential Complex. The garden is dedicated to war veterans. No changes are proposed to this zone. Donald E. Davis Arboretum (P-4). The P-4 zone is located south of the President’s House on Garden Drive and includes the Donald E. Davis Arboretum, a university facility open to the public, which displays plants common to the state of Alabama. No changes to the P-4 zone are proposed; however, a modest expansion is possible to the south adjacent to the Teaching and Demonstration Plots Field Lab (F-1 zone). S. College Street Park (P-5). The S. College Street Park includes the land south of the Auburn Research Park along S. College Street. The park is characterized by open fields, several significant ponds, and a wetland area. It serves as a foreground landscape to the research park. No land use changes or future development is proposed in the P-5 zone. Ag Heritage Park (P-6). The P-6 zone includes the Ag Heritage Park (AHP), a joint venture of the Auburn University College of Agriculture and the Agricultural Alumni Association. It is located on approximately 30 acres at the southwest corner of Samford Avenue and Donahue Drive. The park serves as a tribute to Alabama’s farmers and agricultural industry while also serving as a gathering place for students, faculty, and visitors. The P-6 zone also includes the Wilson Livestock Arena operated by the Department of Animal Sciences (Instructional, Service, and Outreach). Recommendations for the P-6 zone include better utilization of the Ag Heritage Park facilities. The goal is to accommodate other activities such as Game-Day events and, potentially, agronomy and horticultural related uses. West West Samford Park (P-7). The P-7 zone includes West Samford Park, an area of pine forests, ponds and open space. West West Samford Park is utilized daily by Facilities Management staff and on Game-Day by campus visitors. No changes are proposed to the P-7 zone. However,

Planning Elements: Land Use

105

PROPOSED LAND USE CATEGORIES: PARKING

PG-1 SP-1 SP-2

SP-3 SP-4

PG-2

Figure 5-14. Parking zones PAR K I N G (S P / PG ) Large surface parking zones and future parking garage sites are identified in the Proposed Land Use Plan. In general, the surface parking zones are viewed as flexible use zones and are available for development over time as use and demand warrants. No changes are proposed to the following zones unless noted.

PAR KI NG GAR AGE SI T E S (PG) Two sites are reserved for future parking garages and garage expansion, including the Dunstan site in the Engineering Precinct (PG-1), and the expansion of the S. Quad Garage (PG-2).

W. Thach Parking Lots (SP-1 ) W. Stadium Parking Zone (SP-2) Coliseum Parking Zone (SP-3) Corner of W. Samford and S. College (SP-4)

106

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

PROPOSED LAND USE CATEGORIES: RECREATION

R-5

R-3 R-4

R-1

R-2

Figure 5-15. Recreation zones R ECR EAT I O N ( R) The recreation category includes both interior and exterior facilities that support student club sports, fitness, and wellness needs. Five recreation zones are identified. (Please see the Quality of Life Planning Element for details). Recreation Fields (R-1). The existing R-1 land use zone is maintained in the master plan for student recreation and club sports. Permitted uses include facilities and amenities supporting the recreation activities. Recreation Expansion Fields (R-2). The R-2 land use zone, located at the southeast corner of Lem Morrison and S. Donahue is currently utilized for parking and Game-Day activities, and has traditionally been considered

Planning Elements: Land Use

to be part of the Agronomy and Horticultural Field Lab area. The R-2 zone is a new land use designation for recreation field expansion. Permitted uses include facilities and amenities that support recreation activities. Recreation and Wellness Center (R-3). The R-3 Recreation and Wellness Center zone is designated to the north of the existing Coliseum. No changes are proposed in this zone. Tennis Courts (R-4). Located to the west of the Student Activities Center, no land use changes are proposed for the R-4 zone. W. Thach Rugby Field (R-5). Located at the southeast corner of W. Thach and Hemlock, the existing Rugby Field is maintained as a recreational land use.

107

PROPOSED LAND USE CATEGORIES: RESEARCH

RE-1

Figure 5-16. Research zones

108

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

R ES EARC H ( RE) The research land use category includes land designated for the Auburn Research Park and other university affiliated research activities. Auburn Research Park Zone (RE-1). The RE-1 zone is designated for the Auburn Research Park. The zone currently includes Alabama Agriculture Experiment Station. The existing Poultry Science Research and Education Unit accommodates animal care and use facilities as well as food safety and quality facilities in support of instructional, research, and outreach (including Alabama Coopertive Extension System) programming. The RE-1 zone also currently includes an 11-acre area for lay down yards, facilities, and other related uses to support the Ag Heritage Park and other outreach programs. These functions will be relocated over the long-term. The existing Poultry Research Unit will also be relocated over the long-term to North Auburn to accommodate an expansion of the research park, a move that has been planned for several years. The RE-1 zone is expanded in the Proposed Land Use Plan to include a majority of the land south of Camp Auburn Road. Permitted uses include research facilities and amenities.

Planning Elements: Land Use

109

PROPOSED LAND USE CATEGORIES: SERVICE

S-6 S-5

S-8 S-1

S-3 S-4 S-2

S-1

S-7

Figure 5-17. Service zones

110

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

S ERVICE (S) The service category includes a range of facilities and support functions such as energy plants, shops, warehouses, electrical substations, and antennae farms. Facilities Division Zone (S-1). The S-1 Zone, located on W. Samford, is the primary location for the Auburn University Facilities Management offices, shops, and warehouses. It also includes the 3D Art Studios and is adjacent to FL-10 (Bee and Aviary Research Field Lab). The recommended land use action is to consolidate service related activities in this zone including housing maintenance, athletics maintenance, Risk Management and Safety, and Hazardous Waste Storage. Permitted uses include warehouses, shops, laydown yards, office spaces, and other facilities that support service functions such as sub-stations. Service Expansion Zone (S-2). The S-2 zone is designated to accommodate growth and expansion of the Service Function. The zone is currently undeveloped and wooded. Over the next five years, it is recommended that the Aviary Research facility be relocated to an off-campus site in order to provide land for the continued consolidation of the service functions. No changes are proposed to the following functioning service zones: • Hemlock Drive Electrical Substation (S-3) • Telecom Tower Building (S-4) • District Energy Plant (S-5) • Public Safety and Security (S-6) • Shug Jordan Parkway and Wire Road Electrical Substation (S-7) • High Impact Service/Research Zone (S-8) The S-8 zone is designated to accommodate research that has intensity and scale requiring a remote location given its associated noise and potentially hazardous activities. To that end, the S-8 zone is located off campus on land in an industrial park (corner of Shug Jordan and Pumphrey). Permitted uses include high impact research activities and supporting facilities.

Planning Elements: Land Use

111

PROPOSED LAND USE PLAN BY CATEGORY

H-5 S-6 A-2

F-1

S-1 AU-8

FL-11

S-3

R-4

S-2 FL-10

R-3 AU-3 H-3

AU-7

AU-5

F-2

AU-9

P-3

PG-2 AU-6

HS-1

S-7 NR L-2 NR

P-4 FL-1

A-4

FL-5 A-7

A-3

FL-2

P-6

L-1

P-2

H-2

FL-3

R-1

A-7

SP-4

A-1

SP-3

AU-4

S-1 FL-12

AU-1

SP-2

A-5

S-4

H-1

AU-2

H-6

A-6

P-7

H-4

S-5

R-5 S-8

P-1

PG-1

SP-1

R-2 AU-10

HS-2 NR

FL-5

C-2 FL-6

FL-4 FL-9

FL-13 C-1

L-3

RE-1 FL-7 NR P-5

FL-8

800

1600 ft

Figure 5-18. The Proposed Land Use Plan defines the long-term land use categories and general land use areas for the campus. Detailed information on specific uses in each category is provided in the Land Use Zone descriptions.

LEGEND

112

Academic (A)

Athletics (AU)

Natural Resource Management Area (NR)

Housing (H)

Recreation (R)

Water

Fraternity (F)

Field Lab (FL)

100-Year Floodplain

Research (RE)

Cultural/Public (C)

Leased to Third Parties

Health Science Sector (HS)

Park (P)

Service (S)

Surface Parking (SP)

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

Table 5-1. Proposed Land Use Acreage by Category LAND USE CATEGORY ACADEMIC

ATHLETIC

CULTURAL/PUBLIC

FRATERNITY

FIELD LABS

HOUSING

CODE

ACRES

LAND USE CATEGORY HEALTH SCIENCE

CODE

ACRES

268

A1 A2

164

HS1

HS2

L L1

14 3

LEASED

133

AU1

AU2

AU3

AU4

AU5

AU6

PG1

AU7

AU8

AU9

AU10

L3 PARK

PARKING GARAGE

PG2 RECREATION

2 160

RE1

514

RESEARCH

FL1

FL2

FL3

FL4

FL5

129

FL6

FL7

FL8

FL9

FL10

SERVICE

SURFACE PARKING

FL11

SP1

FL12

193

SP2

FL13

SP3

Planning Elements: Land Use

SP4 NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT TOTAL

2 277

1,877

113

MID-TERM LAND USE PLAN

2 4

800

1600 ft

Figure 5-19. The Mid-term Land Use Plan illustrates the potential mix of ongoing and future land use that may emerge as the Proposed Land Use Plan is implemented.

LEGEND

114

Academic (A)

Athletics (AU)

Natural Resources Management Area (NR)

Housing (H)

Recreation (R)

Water

Fraternity (F)

Field Lab (FL)

100-Year Floodplain

Research (RE)

Cultural/Public (C)

Leased to Third Parties

Health Science Sector (HS)

Park (P)

Service (S)

Surface Parking (SP)

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

MID-TERM LAND USE PLAN The Proposed Land Use Plan detailed in the previous section illustrates the intended long-term pattern of land uses on the Auburn campus. Implementation will occur over several years leading to a point in time when a combination of ongoing existing uses and proposed land uses may coexist. The Mid-term Land Use Plan illustrates one potential interim pattern of land uses based on known activities and implementation considerations. Key points to note relative to the Mid-term Land Use Plan include (See Figure 5-19 for reference): 1. Health Science Sector. Land to the west of the new access road will remain part of the Beef Teaching Unit Field Lab until such time that it is needed for expansion of the Health Science Sector. 2. Forestry Field Lab. The Forestry Field Lab boundaries will extend to Camp Auburn Road until the land is needed for Research Park expansion. 3. Service Functions. The existing service uses including Risk Management and Safety functions and the College of Agriculture facilities yard will remain until needed for Research Park expansion. Additional service functions to be added in the interim years may include a university composting facility. 4. Poultry Research Unit. The exiting field lab used and maintained by the College of Agriculture, Poultry Science Department, will remain until such time that funding is available to relocate the facility to North Auburn, a move that has been planned for several years. The land occupied by the field lab is reserved for expansion of the Auburn Research Park. 5. Hayfield. The hayfield located at the southeast corner of S. Donahue and Lem Morrison is currently utilized primarily for daily parking and Game-Day activities. These activities will continue until such time that funding is available to construct the proposed recreation fields expansion project. 6. Performing Arts Center/Welcome Center. The land reserved for the future performing arts center and associated parking as well as the welcome center will remain as part of the Plant Sciences Field Lab area until funding is available to construct the facility.

LAND USE STRATEGIES The Proposed Land Use Plan of the Master Plan Update is based on several land use strategies intended to guide the highest and best use of campus land in support of the academic and research mission of the university. Land use allocation and utilization guidance is provided to ensure the best use of land given the overlapping and competing needs. A summary of the proposed land use strategies is as follows: • Create a balanced land use plan that functionally accommodates all key campus components and activities while achieving the highest and best use of the land. The Proposed Land Use Plan represents a first step toward better land utilization by coordinating land use with existing activities and investments, and new land use requirements emerging from Auburn’s mission. Planning Elements: Land Use

• Maintain the village concept. Locate development in the established areas or villages of the campus, including the Campus Core and Extended Core, the Service Sector, the College of Veterinary Medicine, the Auburn Research Park, and the Jule Collins Smith Art Museum. These villages are maintained in the Master Plan Update along with new villages for the Health Science Sector and VCOM, and for the performing arts center and welcome center. • Maintain and expand the current growth boundaries. As noted above, the growth boundaries of the Master Plan Update have been modified to reflect current needs. In doing so, several strategies are recommended during implementation: infill development should be encouraged to accommodate growth and expansion in the villages of the campus, a precinct/sector approach to campus development should be continued, and the compact and pedestrian-oriented nature of the Campus Core should be maintained. • Consolidate functions and activities which occupy multiple sites across campus to improve land utilization as well as campus efficiency and functionality. A number of service functions, in particular, can be consolidated for land use and operational efficiency. • Give on-campus land assignment priority to land-intensive activities that are mission critical and/or support student instruction and activities. As competition increases for campus land, non-mission critical uses may need to relocate off campus, including some of the land-intensive field labs. • Give off-campus assignment priority to land-intensive research and outreach functions that do not directly support student instruction or activities. Future land use needs on the campus may require the relocation of functions elsewhere, such as North Auburn or other sites acquired by the university. • Provide and maintain lawns, green space, recreation areas, forested land, and stream corridors sufficient for the quality accommodation of the daily campus population and additional campus visitors on days of special events, thoughtfully interconnecting these spaces with systems of roadways, walkways, bikeways, and parking areas. These issues are addressed in the Landscape Planning Element as well as the separately documented landscape master plan with the goal of ensuring that the overall quality of the environment is maintained and enhanced as the campus continues to develop. • Develop a comprehensive campus plan for Game-Day activities which is compatible with long range campus land use. Game-Day is an important cultural tradition at Auburn that requires forward planning given the impact on the campus. The Master Plan Update identifies areas where Game-Day activities can be organized. A comprehensive plan for GameDay will be the next step to ensure that this Auburn tradition can continue in a safe and manageable manner with the least impact on campus land and facilities.

115

PROPOSED GROWTH BOUNDARIES

1 2

Figure 5-20. Proposed growth boundaries are intended to concentrate development in areas of the campus with infrastructure capacity and where pedestrian- and transit-oriented development can be facilitated.

LEGEND 1.

Central Campus Core

Services Sector

College of Veterinary Medicine

4. Health Sciences Sector 5.

Auburn Research Park

6. Auburn Cultural Sector

116

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

• Purchase properties in close proximity of the campus to support functions which might be relocated off-campus. Auburn periodically purchases land that would support known or anticipated university needs, including some of the land intensive research and outreach activities discussed in this Planning Element.

PHYSIOGRAPHIC STRATEGIES The land use pattern of the campus is informed by underlying physiographic conditions of the land including topography, soil, and hydrologic conditions, and by patterns of forested and agricultural land. Four key considerations are associated with each of these physiographic conditions. First, topographic conditions such as steep slopes limit or complicate development in a few areas on the campus. Second, soil conditions are important for agricultural land uses and erosion control. Third, hydrological conditions such as the Parkerson Mill Creek 100-year floodplain and wetlands limit development potential. Fourth, existing forested areas provide habitats for wildlife, mitigate stormwater, prevent erosion, and play an important role in air quality. These conditions and the associated considerations are important factors for both the existing and future land use pattern of the campus. To that end, the following strategies apply to future land uses and development on the campus: • Avoid development in areas of steep slopes • Prohibit the development of new facilities in floodplains and other areas of the campus prone to flooding • In floodplain areas, designate uses that can be flooded on a periodic basis such as recreation fields or field labs • Preserve campus forests and tree cover wherever possible as part of a comprehensive strategy to preserve habitat areas and contribute to storm water management and erosion control objectives

POLICY COORDINATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS The Master Plan Update also includes recommendations for land use policies and coordination of planning initiatives. These include the following: Growth boundaries—The 2007 growth boundaries are revised as part of the Master Plan Update. Growth boundaries are identified around key concentrations of existing development such as the campus core, with the intent of concentrating future buildings in areas with available infrastructure and promoting a pedestrian and transit-oriented land use pattern. The growth boundaries are altered in the Master Plan Update to accommodate the new land use requirements. Specifically, a new growth boundary is proposed north of the research park to accommodate the Edward Via College of Osteopathic Medicine (VCOM) and the proposed Health Science Sector. Additionally, a new growth boundary is identified

Planning Elements: Land Use

at the southwest corner of Woodfield Drive and S. College Street to accommodate the proposed performing arts center. The welcome center at the corner of Shug Jordan and S. College. Development of policies and strategies to increase the utilization of all campus parks The Ag Heritage Park and other park areas including the Arboretum are important amenities for the campus and represent a significant opportunity for increased utilization and coordination with instructional, research, outreach, and social activities. Coordination with the recommendations of the separately documented landscape master plan Concurrent with the development of the Master Plan Update, a landscape master plan is also underway. Upon completion of the Master Plan Update, continued coordination with the final landscape recommendations will be necessary to ensure consistency between the plans with regard to landscape typology, stormwater management, and natural resources management areas. Coordination of this nature reinforces the notion that the Master Plan Update is a living document that will require periodic revision and updating. Development of a process to manage land assignments and the resultant land use The Master Plan Update establishes, for the first time, formal boundaries among the various existing and proposed land uses. This represents the initial step toward the development of procedures for managing campus land. Policy and utilization agreements for land use will be developed by the university. • Authorize and document all university land use with land use agreements stating boundaries, the nature of the function, and the authorized duration of the activity. • The mapping completed for the Master Plan Update establishes the areas of existing and proposed land uses. Future planning activities will address the formal policies and utilization with regard to use. Preliminary policy considerations are as follows: -- All future land use changes will be approved by the Executive Facilities Committee with recommendations made to the President. -- Some land will revert back to the university if underutilized. -- The Board of Trustees will be provided with an annual or biannual update on the campus land uses.

117

CHAPTER CONTENTS INTRO D U CT I O N 1 1 9 P RO POS ED LA N DSCA P E FR A M E WO R K

119

R ELAT I O N S H I P O F T H E M A ST E R P L A N U P DAT E TO LANDSCA PE MA ST E R P L A N

1 21

R ELAT I O N S H I P O F T H E L A ND U S E P L A N A ND T H E LANDSCA PE MA ST E R P L A N

1 21

LANDSCA PE T Y PES T H AT DE FINE THE AUB U RN U N I V E R S IT Y CA M P U S

1 22

OTHE R K EY D EF I N ING FE AT U R E S O F T H E CA MPUS LANDSCA PE T H AT CO NT R IB U T E TO ITS OV E R ALL STR UCT URE A N D C H A R ACT E R :

1 31

P O LICY CO O RD I N AT IO N A ND R ECO M M E NDATI ONS

1 32

118

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

6. Campus Landscape

INTRODUCTION

PROPOSED LANDSCAPE FRAMEWORK

Auburn is a campus defined not only by its distinctive buildings but also by its evolving formal landscapes and outlying natural and agricultural areas. For the purposes of planning, the overall landscape structure of the campus is characterized into several types. The Existing Landscape Typology Plan (Figure 6-1) provided outlines the landscape types present on the campus. The landscape types provide a generalized framework for thinking about the campus landscape.

T H E VI SI ON The Vision for the enhancement of the Auburn University landscape is to provide a landscape structure which will shape a beautiful, memorable, and enduring pedestrian-oriented campus while reintegrating cultural and natural systems.

The definition and organization of the existing landscape types informs the way in which landscapes should be designed in different parts of the campus, and how designs can be developed to foster unity and consistency throughout the campus. A basic assumption is that a consistent design approach in a given landscape type will result in a higher level of coherence and visual unity across the campus. Within a given landscape type, one can expect that common issues related to form and function can consistently be found. For example, all pedestrian concourses convey high volumes of pedestrian traffic and function as visual corridors facilitating clear orientation and way-finding on campus. Their location and organization are critical to the visualspatial order of the campus. Their design, therefore, should subscribe to common design objectives which are described in this section.

The proposed Landscape Framework prescribes the overall organizational pattern of landscape types for the campus landscape. It defines the areas of campus subject to the recommendations and guidelines for treatments associated with each of the campus landscape types and conceptual design guidance for selected landscape improvement areas. The Goal of the Landscape Framework is to facilitate landscape design decisions that: •

Achieve design continuity in which the individual parts of the campus landscape contribute to a unified whole;

•

Achieve design consistency and harmony throughout the multiple landscape types of the campus;

•

Achieve the benefits of economy, functionality, natural resource conservation and beautification.

The Proposed Landscape Framework Plan outlines a prescribed pattern of landscape types that bring order and consistency to campus landscape development. The Framework identifies the campus landscape types, their relationships to each other, and recommendations for their general treatment. Specific guidelines for landscape design are in the separately documented Campus Landscape Master Plan.

Planning Elements: Campus Landscape

119

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE LAND USE PLAN AND THE LANDSCAPE FRAMEWORK PLAN

LAND USE Academic Housing H

Fraternity

Research Health ScienceH Sector VCOM Service Athletics Recreation Field Lab Figure 6-2. The Proposed Land Use Plan defines the long-term land use categories and general land use zones for the campus. Detailed information on specific uses in each category is provided in the Land Use Zone descriptions.

Figure 6-1. Campus Master Plan Update Proposed Landscape Framework

Cultural/ Public Park

LEGEND Academic (A)

Surface Parking (SP)

Housing (H)

Natural Resource Management Area (NR)

Fraternity (F) Research (RE) Health Science Sector (HS) VCOM (V) Service (S) Athletics (AU) Recreation (R) Field Lab (FL) Cultural/Public (C) Park (P)

120

Water Bodies 100-Year Floodplain Leased to Third Parties Creek Corridors

LEGENDSurface Parking Heritage Trees

Natural Areas

Forested Area

Managed Forested Areas Civic Spaces Leased

to 3rd parties

Heritage Tree Grove Gateways

Pedestrian Concourses

Water Bodies

Front Yards

Creek Corridors

Water

100 Year Quadrangle

Floodplain

Plazas and Courts Interstitial Spaces Sports Landscapes Arboretum / Garden of Memory Exterior Field Labs Parking and Services

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

RELATIONSHIP OF THE MASTER PLAN UPDATE TO LANDSCAPE MASTER PLAN

PROPOSED CAMPUS LANDSCAPE STRUCTURE Progress Draft | March 28, 2013

MAGNOLIA AVENUE

AUBURN UNIVERSITY Campus Landscape Master Plan

Campus Landscape Master Plan COLLEGE STREET

Managed Natural Areas

Toomer’s Drugs

Circle Scheme: PlanAuburn’s View Corner Concept Plan Figure 6-5.Wall Landscape Master Plan:

Civic Spaces H

Pedestrian Concourses

Front Yards Quadrangle H

Figure 6-3. Campus Master Plan Update: Landscape Framework

Figure 6-4. Landscape master plan: College Street Guide Plan

Plazas and Courts Interstitial Spaces

RELATIONSHIP OF THE MASTER PLAN UPDATE TO LANDSCAPE MASTER PLAN The Landscape Framework within the Master Plan Update prescribes the overall organizational pattern of landscape types for the campus landscape. The Landscape Master Plan recommendations provide guidelines for landscape treatments of the campus landscape types and conceptual design guidance for selected landscape improvement areas. The diagram above illustrates the transition from the broad organization of landscape types identified in the Landscape Framework to the conceptual design recommendations of the separately documented Landscape Master Plan.

Sports Landscapes

RELATIONSHIP OF THE LAND USE PLAN AND THE LANDSCAPE MASTER PLAN

Arboretum/ Garden ofUseMemory As a point of clarification, the Land Plan documented in the Master Plan Update prescribes the overall use of the land and proposes the highest and best use of campus land to support the academic and research mission of the University. It aims to address the best use of the land.

Exterior Field Labs

Parking and Service The Landscape Framework described in this chapter prescribes the overall organizational pattern of landscape types for the campus

landscape. ItTrees aims to address the landscape treatment strategy for the Heritage campus landscape.

Heritage Tree Grove Gateways Water Bodies

Planning Elements: Campus Landscape

Parkerson 29 Mill Creek Corridor

121

LANDSCAPE TYPES THAT DEFINE THE AUBURN UNIVERSITY CAMPUS The landscape types addressed in the Master Plan Update along with key observations and recommendations are summarized as follows: CR EE K CO RRI D O RS Definition: These are campus landscapes associated with major creek corridors such as Parkerson Mill Creek. Indirect human impacts such as pollution, hydrologic impacts and introduced seed sources affect these landscapes. Observations: Creek Corridors perform habitat functions, air and water cleansing, local climate regulation, and regulation of the campus hydrology. Continued interventions will improve the benefits these corridors provide to the campus. Recommendation: Creek Corridors should be evaluated to determine if there are management activities that could be implemented to increase the environmental and educational value of these areas to the university.

Image 1 - Creek Corridors—The creek corridor between the soccer field and recreation fields is an unmanaged “natural” landscape.

122

Image 2 - Creek Corridors—The creek corridor south of Lem Morrison Drive is an example of an unmanaged “natural” landscape.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

MANAG ED FO REST ED A R E A S Definition: Managed natural areas include several types of naturally occurring regional plant communities, modified to differing degrees by management activities. Observations: In some areas of campus it may be possible to expand these patches of native forest vegetation, or create new ones. They possess value for passive recreation, and contribute a valuable naturalistic character as a complement to the built environment. Recommendation: Managed natural areas should be protected, particularly in areas adjacent to water resources, steep slopes and existing blocks of woodlands.

Image 3 - Managed Forested Areas—The floodplain area between the soccer stadium and recreation fields is a managed natural area in which the understory layer is removed.

Image 5 - Managed Forested Areas—A remnant forest patch above the chilled water plant 2. Understory is removed and the area is mulched.

Image 4 - Managed Forested Areas—The managed Oak-Hickory-Pine forest behind the Forestry Building.

Image 6 - Managed Forested Areas—An example of a constructed natural plant community in front of the Forestry Building is a good example of how low maintenance natural areas can be developed on the campus.

Planning Elements: Campus Landscape

123

CIVIC S PAC ES Definition: Landscapes that by virtue of their size, location, history and / or association with buildings possess campus-wide significance. Observations: Civic space design may vary depending on the context however, in all cases the design goal should be understated simplicity that evokes a feeling of dignity appropriate to a State institution of higher education. This can be achieved by employing broad continuous lawns that encourage a feeling of expanse; orderly arrangements of trees used to frame symbolic open spaces; and by creating a clear relationship with important campus architecture. In some locations, such as Ross

Image 7 - C ivic Spaces—Campus Green.

Square and the area immediately west of Cater Lawn, the current design of the space is not consistent with the scale, simplicity and understated elegance that civic spaces deserve. Ross Square has an inward rather than expansive focus and its design inhibits a sense of institutional scale and connection to important surrounding buildings. Recommendation: The design of Civic Landscapes should be characterized by design simplicity and civic scale. Open lawns proportional to the surrounding buildings and populated with trees are an appropriate design approach.

Image 8 - Civic Spaces—Ross Square is designed more like a garden space instead of a civic space with campus-wide significance.

Image 9 - C ivic Spaces—President’s Home; simple, understated elegance.

124

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

P EDEST RI A N CO N CO U R S E S Definition: Major pedestrian corridors often converted vehicular streets with significant utilities and service requirements.

F RONT YAR DS ALONG VE H I CULAR ST R E E TS Definition: The landscape areas between the edges of vehicular streets and the face of buildings along campus and public streets.

Observations: Pedestrian scale, unified spatial definition and shade for human comfort are important concerns for the concourses. These are major framework spaces of the campus, intensely used and deserving of a high level of design attention. The orderly strength of the campus landscape is determined largely by these major connective spaces.

Observations: These are principally visual spaces (not heavy use areas) and can vary in treatment. Breadth varies from 250 to 50 feet. These landscapes constitute the public face of the University and provide the first impression of the campus for visitors. Shade trees along major streets will go a long way to improve the campus landscape image.

Recommendation: Pedestrian concourse landscapes should be lined with large trees to afford shade to pedestrians, reduce the heat island effect, and to improve the overall spatial order of the campus.

Recommendation: Front yard landscapes should be lined with large canopy trees for shade and to strengthen the visual continuity of the street corridors. Ground plane treatment should consist of lawns. Landscape signs, bollards, lighting, sidewalks, curbs should be designed to present a unified image of the campus.

Image 10 - Pedestrian Concourses—Thach Concourse retains many characteristics of a vehicular street.

Image 12 - Front Yards—West Magnolia Avenue is a good example of an orderly street landscape.

Image 11 - Pedestrian Concourses—Roosevelt concourse.

Image 13 - Front Yards—Stamford Park on College Street.

Planning Elements: Campus Landscape

125

Q UAD RA N G LES D E FINE D BY B U IL DING S Definition: Open landscapes defined by surrounding buildings, walks, lawns, trees and shrubs. These spaces typically host pedestrian paths around the edges and devote large areas to open lawn. Observations: These spaces could be made more livable with stronger shade tree plantings along the edges of the lawns. Recommendation: Quadrangles should be principally open lawns with trees and shrubbery at the edges of the space. Seating in quadrangles should be at the edges of the space, near door openings or other natural gathering locations. Quadrangles offer large lawn areas that should be considered as storm water receiving landscapes and opportunities for best management practices suited to large open pervious areas.

Image 14 - Quadrangles—Extension Hall Quad. Crepe Myrtle plantings inappropriately divide this space instead of framing the quad and reinforcing the dominant spatial order.

Image 16 - Quadrangles—The lower quad.

Image 15 - Quadrangles—The upper quad.

Image 17 - Quadrangles—Residential quad in the Village.

126

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

P LAZAS A N D CO URT YA R DS Definition: Plazas and courtyards are frequently designed to invite people to sit and linger. Edges are populated with active uses; pedestrian traffic is heavy, often requiring large paved areas. Observations: These spaces vary significantly in quality. They are so important to the quality of campus life. Design attention to human comfort in these spaces is of paramount importance. Recommendation: Plazas and courtyards should be designed to be compatible with their immediate architectural surroundings and be visually rich and provide opportunities for sitting and gathering. They may be varied, intricate and rich in their materials, plantings and spatial form.

Image 18 - Plazas and Courtyards—Student Center Patio.

Image 20 - Plazas and Courtyards—Dudley Hall Courtyard.

Image 19 - Plazas and Courtyards—Auburn Arena Plaza and Lawn.

Image 21 - Plazas and Courtyards—Shelby Center Courtyard.

Planning Elements: Campus Landscape

127

INTERST I T I A L O R CO NNECT IV E S PAC E S Definition: These landscapes tend to be connective circulation spaces or leftover spaces among campus facilities. Their spatial structure is well defined in some locations and weak in others. They accommodate a range of pedestrian, vehicular and service uses. Observations: These spaces are potentially valuable to bring unity and connection to the campus landscape. In areas where interstitial spaces have the feeling of being leftover and ambiguous, designed order should be sought. Recommendation: The design of these areas should provide unity and connection within the immediate surroundings. Adoption of plantings, materials and organizing forms of adjacent designed landscapes will help to make the interstitial spaces feel more purposeful.

Image 22 - Interstitial or Connective Spaces—Drive to campus green deck is a loosely defined connective space that lacks clarity.

SPORTS LANDSCAPE S Definition: Sports landscapes are principally open areas defined by the requirements of specific uses. Observations: These landscapes are most successful when they are well framed with surrounding space-defining vegetation. Recommendation: Sports landscapes should be well framed with surrounding tree and shrub plantings to set these landscapes off from their surroundings and to avoid the unintentional “leaking” of space between unrelated use areas. Where possible, shade at the edges of sports landscapes should be provided to improve human comfort.

Image 24 - Sports Landscapes—The Recreation Fields.

Image 23 - Interstitial or Connective Spaces—The connective space between the Library and Martin Hall is rich in plantings and inviting for pedestrians. It is a fine example of an interstitial landscape space.

128

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

AGR ICULT U RA L LA N DSCA P E S A ND AG H E R ITAG E PAR K Definition: These landscapes are usually characterized by open pasture or turf grass surrounded by woodlands or campus roadways.

T H E DAVI S AR B OR E T UM AND GAR DE N OF M EM ORY The Davis Arboretum and Garden of Memory are a unique landscape areas. The Davis Arboretum is a living collection of plants.

Observations: The agricultural landscapes have historic value and contribute a feeling of welcome open space. They also have high potential to contribute to storm water management in a meaningful way.

Observations: The Davis Arboretum is an educational landscape with public appeal. It serves as a welcome place of respite and passive recreation on an otherwise highly urbanized campus. The Garden of Memory serves as a place of reflection and tranquility.

Recommendation: Agricultural landscapes should be maintained in their intended functional use and maintained in a manner that enhances their attractive features – orderly fence lines, neat hedgerows and woodland edges, mown fields, and well maintained buildings and support structures. Consideration should be given to optimizing storm water cleansing and conservation in the agricultural landscapes.

Image 25 - Agricultural Landscapes—Agriculture Heritage Park.

Planning Elements: Campus Landscape

Recommendation: The Davis Arboretum and Garden of Memory landscapes should be maintained as naturalistic landscapes which offer contemplative spaces and opportunities for botanical education and outreach.

Image 26 - The Davis Arboretum—The Garden of Memory.

129

EXTERI O R F I ELD LA B Definition: Exterior Field Labs support the academic, research and outreach mission of the University by accommodating land based horticultural, agricultural, animal husbandry and forestry activities. Observations: Exterior Field Labs are critical to the success of the activities they accommodate and are often tied to research grants and accreditation criteria. They form an important part of the landscape character and image of Auburn as a land grant university.

PAR KI NG AND SE RVI CE LANDSCAPE S Definition: These landscapes are dominated by parking lots, vehicular pavements and service areas. Observations: These landscapes are not inviting for pedestrians, however, pedestrian traffic often flows through these areas out of necessity or convenience. Plantings in these landscapes often encounter difficult growing conditions, however, well designed plantings can significantly improve the visual quality of parking and service areas.

Recommendation: Exterior Field Labs should be managed and protected in accordance with the policies of the Land Use Plan for the campus.

Recommendation: Plantings should be employed to offset the visual effects of paving, parking, utility appurtenances and service functions. Plantings, lighting and other landscape structures such as screen walls should be composed in simple geometries, consistent with the utilitarian organization of these functional areas.

Image 27 - Exterior Field Lab

Image 28 - Parking and Service Landscapesâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Parking lot west of Foy.

Image 29 - Parking and Service Landscapesâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Service street at Comer Hall.

130

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

OTHER KEY DEFINING FEATURES OF THE CAMPUS LANDSCAPE THAT CONTRIBUTE TO ITS OVERALL STRUCTURE AND CHARACTER:

SPECI AL F E AT UR E S Special feature elements serve as landmarks and potentially memorable campus “events” within the larger framework of spaces.

HER ITAG E T REES A N D T R E E G ROV E S Throughout the campus exceptionally large trees strongly influence the quality of the campus experience. They instill a quality of grace on sometimes otherwise harsh built environments Recommendation: Protect and preserve Heritage Trees and Groves. In areas where long term open spaces have been established, consideration should be given to planting “next generation” heritage trees.

Image 30 - Heritage Trees and Tree Groves—Six trees define the character of this intersection at South Donahue and Heisman.

Image 31 - Heritage Trees and Tree Groves—A single Oak at Comer Hall enhances this setting.

Planning Elements: Campus Landscape

131

GATE WAYS A variety of gateway features on the campus serve to mark transitions from vehicular to pedestrian areas and significant arrival areas and transit stops. These features help to clarify the limits of the pedestrian precinct, establish landmarks to assist in way-finding and pleasantly grace the daily movements of people as they enter and exit the campus.

POLICY COORDINATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS

Recommendation: Gateway features should be added to Thach Concourse at the intersection of Wire Road.

The following recommendations supplement those noted above relative to each landscape type:

Campus Natural areas and hydrologic systems should be protected, managed and extended, example - Parkerson Mill Creek.

• Pedestrian Concourse landscapes should be extended and connected to enhance campus order and function. Example – Thach Concourse; • New building groups should be organized to establish distinctive new open space quadrangles and courts. Example – New COSAM and Classroom Building; • The campus image should be enhanced through design improvements to campus Civic Spaces, Front Yards and Gateways. Example – Samford Park; and • The campus tree canopy should be protected and expanded to achieve environmental benefits of air and water improvement, reduced heat island effect, climate regulation, and human comfort, health and well being.

Image 32 - Special Features—Fountain at Shelby Center.

Image 33 - Gateways—The Tiger Concourse portal

132

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

PROPOSED LANDSCAPE FRAMEWORK PLAN

P P

H H

Figure 6-6. Proposed Landscape Typology

LEGEND Forested Areas

Sports Landscapes

Water Bodies

Managed Forested Areas

Arboretum / Garden of Memory

Creek Corridors

Civic Spaces

Agriculture Field

Pedestrian Concourses

Parking and Services

Front Yards

Heritage Trees

Quadrangle Plazas and Courts

Heritage Tree Grove Gateways

Interstitial Spaces

Planning Elements: Campus Landscape

133

CHAPTER CONTENTS INTRO D U CT I O N 1 35 EXIST I N G CO N D I T IO NS

1 35

P RO G RA M MAT I C NE E D

1 36

HEALT H SC I EN C E SECTO R NE A R-T E R M P L A N

1 37

MAST ER PLA N RECO M M E NDAT IO NS

1 39

DEVE LO PMEN T PH A S ING

1 39

134

7. Health Science Sector

INTRODUCTION

EXISTING CONDITIONS

The Master Plan Update establishes a Health Science Sector for the possible relocation of the School of Nursing, the School of Pharmacy, Auburn clinical facilities, private sector health-related partners, and health care related research facilities.

The proposed Health Science Sector is located on S. Donahue between Duval Drive and Lem Morrison, directly north of the emerging Auburn Research Park. The site currently is utilized by the School of Forestry and Wildlife Sciences for demonstration and outreach education. In addition to managed woodland, the site includes wetland areas and stream corridors. The site is designated for the Health Science Sector for several reasons: 1) proximity to the Auburn Research Park; 2) accessibility from the academic core and for off-campus users; and, 3) the available land area. The proposed site encompasses 40-50 acres, with 1/4 of frontage on Lem Morrison on S. Donahue.

The goal is to create a new district dedicated to instructional, research, and private partnerships that will support the current and evolving mission of health-related programs at Auburn. The desired outcome is an environment that fosters collaboration amongst the above noted programs as well as the College of Veterinary Medicine. By concentrating a critical mass of activities, the goal is to facilitate the creation of new programs, research activities, and partnership opportunities. In addition to Auburn programs, the Health Science Sector is also designed to accommodate the Edward Via College of Osteopathic Medicine (VCOM), a private medical school. The proposed layout connects the Health Sciences Sector to the Auburn Research Park to the south, where a range of complementary research activities are underway. Proximity to the Research Park is envisioned to foster collaboration and to encourage future partnership opportunities. The proposed land use pattern of the Health Science Sector is defined by the road network which includes a north / south road on the west side of the site and an extension of Woodfield Drive to define the south side of the site. The plan is based on an understanding of topographic and wetland conditions.

Planning Elements: Health Science Sector

The site is divided topographically by three drainage ways that run roughly from east to west, some of which are designated wetlands (see Figure 7- 1). The northernmost drainage swale does not have designated wetlands according to available mapping. The mapping for the central drainage way has a wetland buffer indicated along the entirety of its length from South Donahue to the existing road on the west boundary of the site. The southern-most swale lies south of a proposed westward extension of Woodfield Drive, and includes a wetland buffer along the entirety of its length, terminating at a pond to the immediate west of the site. Between the north and central drainage ways, and between the central and south drainage ways, there are upland areas that generally slope to the west at grades of three percent (3%) to 10%. The uplands are identified as the best areas for buildings given the good drainage, visibility, and the ability to limit direct disturbance of the natural hydrology of the site. Most of the site is currently wooded; however, due to intensity of proposed development, particularly the potential surface parking requirement, the protection of woodlands will be confined to the areas within wetland buffers and possible islands of trees within the development. New buildings are located close the two public streets for several reasons: the buildings will be closer to campus; the buildings will be more visible to users and visitors; utility access will be more efficient; and surface parking will not be a foreground for approaching users and visitors.

135

Existing Hydrology and Floodplains of the Health Science Sector site

PROGRAMMATIC NEED The program for the Health Science Sector includes academic and research space in order to: relocate the College of Pharmacy from Walker Hall; accommodate proposed pharmaceutical research labs; and, to relocate the School of Nursing from Miller. Pharmacy and Nursing are upper division enrollment programs and, therefore, are not integrated with undergraduate programs in the campus core. A peripheral location is desirable given the professional nature of the programs, and the need for convenient automobile access and parking. The program elements identified for the Health Science Sector include (see Table 7-1): • Edward Via College of Medicine • College of Pharmacy • College of Nursing • Auburn Clinics • Research (Future)

Figure 7-1. Wetland information requires a reorganization of the preliminary Health Sector site plan.

Table 7-1. Health Science Sector Programmatic Need PROGRAMMATIC NEED

Existing Topography of the Health Science Sector Site

GSF

Edward Via College of Medicine

PARKING SPACES 70,000

500

128,000

400

61,000

150

Auburn Clinics

45,000

270*

Research (Future)

125,000

375

429,000

1,695

College of Pharmacy College of Nursing

TOTAL * At 6 spaces/1,000 GSF

Figure 7-2. Steep slopes – steep slopes limited development potential are primarily located along the Parkerson Mill Creek corridor.

136

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

HEALTH SCIENCE SECTOR NEAR-TERM PLAN

Lem Morris

on Dr

Area

EXPA NSI O N A R EA

H EA LT H SC I EN C E S ECTO R -ACA D EM I C A N D RES EA RC H ZO NE

Natural

rce Resou

g na Ma

t en E X PA N S I O N A RE A

3 Woodfield Dr

S Donahue Dr

H EA LT H SC IE NC E S ECTO R VCO M ZONE

R E S E A RC H PA R K

Figure 7-3. Near-term Health Science Sector proposed plan

LEGEND

Planning Elements: Health Science Sector

School of Nursing/Clinics

School of Pharmacy

VCOM

137

HEALTH SCIENCE SECTOR LONG-TERM PLAN

LEM MOR R IS O

N DR.

1 5

4 2

S DONA HUE DR.

W OO DF IEL D DR .

Figure 7-4. Long-term Health Science Sector proposed plan

LEGEND 1.

School of Nursing/Clinics

School of Pharmacy

Research

6. Future Expansion

VCOM

Parking Structure

4. Research

138

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

MASTER PLAN RECOMMENDATIONS The Health Science Sector is expected to take several years to implement; however, the partners in the VCOM facility are prepared to move forward in the near-term. The site plan as depicted in Figure 7-4 is designed to allow for flexibility and incremental implementation as demand warrants. The site plan is divided into two land use areas: â&#x20AC;˘ The academic and research zone on the north â&#x20AC;˘ The Edward Via College of Osteopathic Medicine (VCOM) on the south. VCOM will be constructed on land leased from the Auburn Research Technology Foundation, the overseers of the Auburn University Research Park. VCOM will be the first facility to be constructed in the Health Science Sector. The proposed land use pattern is defined by the road network which includes a north / south road on the west side of the campus and an extension of Woodfield to the west of S. Donahue. The conceptual site plan is based on an understanding of topographic and wetland conditions on the site. It responds to these conditions by limiting development in designated wetland areas and by preserving existing trees where possible.

DEVELOPMENT PHASING The development phasing for the Health Science Sector is expected to commence with the development of VCOM and the associated parking. This will be followed by the Nursing and the research buildings located on S. Donahue and on the interior of the site. Nursing is located at the corner of Lem Morrison and S. Donahue and is envisioned as a gateway building. A site for the potential relocation of the School of Pharmacy is located on the interior of the sector. Parking in the initial phase of development is accommodated in surface parking lots proposed for the interior of the site. It will be consolidated in a parking garage proposed for the west side of the site as the land is needed for additional but yet-to-be determined health-related programmatic needs.

ACADEM I C A N D RES E A RC H ZO NE The proposed layout for the academic and research zone includes adequate capacity to accommodate Nursing and Pharmacy as well as expansion space for future health-related programs and functions. It also includes a clinical facility that will consolidate clinical functions currently scattered in the campus core. These include speech and hearing clinics, and other counseling services that draw members of the public to the campus. Relocating these facilities to the Health Science Sector will reduce parking demand in the campus core, and will relocate them to an area where convenient and accessible parking is possible. Future research facilities are proposed to serve both the needs of Auburn and VCOM including a building with shared equipment and social amenities. The intent is to concentrate expensive specialized equipment in one location where it can be accessed and utilized by a number of users. The parking strategy for this zone includes surface parking in the initial phases of development transitioning to structured parking as the land area is needed for development of additional research and other healthrelated facilities.

Planning Elements: Health Science Sector

139

CHAPTER CONTENTS INTRO D U CT I O N 1 41 EXIST I N G CO N D I T IO NS

1 41

EXIST I N G F RAT ERNIT Y H O U S E S

1 45

HO USI N G G OA LS AND P RO G R A M M AT IC NE E D

1 45

P RO POS ED H O US I NG

1 47

HO USI N G RECO MM E NDAT IO NS S U M M A RY

1 47

140

8. Student Housing

INTRODUCTION The residence halls at Auburn are an important element in the overall student experience, closely tied to the quality of life on the campus, especially for first year students. Over the past ten years, the University has made significant investments in on-campus housing and the associated amenities. Notably, the Village Housing complex has been completed along with the Village View Dining Facility. This investment increased the campus bedcount by 1,600 and reinvigorated the campus housing system. Auburn also has a robust Greek organization system accommodated in both residence halls and in fraternity houses. The popularity of the Greek life is driving the need for additional chapter house sites. The Master Plan Update includes recommendations for future housing. The recommendations were developed in consultation with a multidisciplinary group comprised of representatives from Student Affairs, Auxiliaries, AU Facilities Management, the Master Plan Update Committee, and the Student Government Association (SGA). This chapter summarizes the recommendations developed during the planning process and endorsed by the above noted groups.

EXISTING CONDITIONS Currently, Auburn can accommodate 4,657 students in four residential complexes: The Quads, the Hill Residence Halls, the Village, and the S. Donahue Residence Hall. Table 8-1 provides a summary of the occupancies in each area. The residential areas are illustrated in Figure 8-1. THE Q UA D RES I D EN C E H A L L CO M P L E X The Quad houses 967 students and is located at the heart of the academic campus, a highly desirable location providing convenient access to major academic facilities and amenities such as Draughon Library, the Student Center and the Recreation and Wellness Center. This location, combined with the traditional architecture of the residence halls, results in a unique and highly integrated resident life experience for students.

(two students per room) connected by a bathroom. A limited number of single rooms are available. The halls are organized into three living arrangement categories: coed; female only; and honors. The halls and the designation for each are as follows: • Dowdell, Glenn, Lane, Lupton (Co-ed halls - gender separated by floors) • Keller, Owen (First year Females) • Harper, Broun, Little, Teague (Honors halls) T HE HI LL R E SI DE NCE H ALL COMPLE X The Hill houses 1,600 students and is conveniently located within walking distance of the campus core. Hill rooms are configured in suites consisting of two double-occupancy rooms connected by a bathroom. A few single rooms are available. The Hill facilities are arranged around four open spaces which currently are utilized for parking. The center of the Hill area includes the Terrell Dining Hall which will be demolished and replaced as part of a broader project underway to renovate each of the residence halls. With the replacement of Terrell, a new open space will be created at the center of the Hill complex providing opportunities for passive recreation and student gatherings. The Hill includes 12 residence halls organized into the following living arrangement categories: Coed; First Year Females; Female only and Honors. The halls in each category are as follows: • Hollifield Duncan, Toomer Dobbs, Graves Dowell, Knapp Dunn (Coed Halls gender separated by floor) • Leischuck (First year Females) • Boyd, Sasnett (Honors College)

The Quad includes ten (10) residence halls housing both males and females. All Quad rooms are configured in suites with two double rooms

Planning Elements: Student Housing

141

Table 8-1. Existing On-Campus Housing Supply ASSUMING 25,000 AUBURN-WIDE ENROLLMENT

BEDS

Village Resident Hall Complex

1,672

Quad Resident Hall Complex

967

S. Donahue Residence Hall Complex

418

Hill Resident Hall Complex

1,600

TOTAL SUPPLY

4,657

THE VI LLAG E RES I D E NC E CO M P L E X The Village houses 1,672 students in eight residence halls. Completed in 2009 as part of a new comprehensively planned housing district, the halls are organized to form quadrangles and to define open spaces featuring outdoor gathering areas. The Village is located west of the academic core along the Thach Avenue concourse and is adjacent to the Recreation and Wellness Center. The Village features a new dining hall and central plaza providing access to the Auburn Arena. Room units in the Village are configured in “super suites” shared by four students. The suites consist primarily of four single bedrooms, two bathrooms, and a common living/dining area. A limited number of units featuring three single-bedrooms and one bathroom, and two single bedrooms and one bathroom are available. Auburn’s social sororities are housed in three of the buildings within the Village, and a fourth building houses members of the Honors College. The remaining four buildings are coed housing for both first year and upperclassmen. The halls fall into the following living arrangement categories: • Sorority Halls - Magnolia, Oak, Willow • Coed Halls—Aubie (Honors Only), Talon, Eagle • Single Gender Halls—Plainsman (Female only), Tiger (Male only). S . DO N A H U E RES I D E NC E H A L L The new S. Donahue residence hall includes 418 beds in a suite-style configuration. The facility accommodates a significant number of Auburn’s athletes as well as members of the general student body. The facility features a courtyard. Dining services will be provided in the proposed Wellness Kitchen located west of S. Donahue in conjunction with a new Biggio Drive Parking deck. A maximum of approximately 400 spaces will be reserved in the parking deck for residents of the S. Donahue Hall. All residents are permitted to purchase a parking pass which could result in the need for 400 spaces.

142

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

N Donahue Dr

NN College St St College

EXISTING STUDENT HOUSING AND FRATERNITIES

W Magnolia Ave

W Thach Ave 1

W Samford A ve

Rd Rd e W Wir ire

400

Lem Morrison Dr

S Donahue Dr

800 ft

S Co llege St

Duncan Dr

Figure 8-1. Existing housing areas on the campus include: the Village, the Quads, S. Donahue and the Hill. Fraternities are clustered in two areas: W. Magnolia / Thach Avenue; and, Lem Morrison / Biggio Drive.

LEGEND Existing Campus Housing

Existing Fraternity Housing

4. The Hill

The Village

Quads

6. Lem Morrison Drive Fraternities

Planning Elements: Student Housing

South Donahue Residence Hall

West Magnolia /Thach Ave Fraternities

143

EXISTING STUDENT FRATERNITY HOUSES

W Magnolia Ave 28

N College St

N Donahue Dr

17 5

W Thach Ave

W Samford A ve

ire

W 5 2

Duncan Dr

4 8 13

400

800 ft

S Co

Lem Morrison

S Donahue Dr

llege

Figure 8-2. Existing Student Fraternities. Over 28% of Auburn Universityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s undergraduate population belongs to Greek organization.

LEGEND Existing Fraternity Housing

144

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

EXISTING FRATERNITY HOUSES Greek Life at Auburn University was established in 1878 and serves both the men and women of the University. As of the Fall 2012 semester, approximately 6,000 students, representing over 28 percent of the undergraduate student population, belong to the 32 fraternities and 20 sororities at the University.1 Three organizations oversee Greek Life at Auburn: Interfraternity Council (fraternities), Panhellenic Council (sororities), and National Pan-Hellenic Council (historically African-American fraternities and sororities). While fraternities and sororities within the Panhellenic Council and National Pan-Hellenic Council do not provide organizational housing for their members, Interfraternity Council members provide chapter houses located both on- and off-campus. On-campus fraternity houses are located on land leased from Auburn University and provide a residence for some, if not all, members. The Master Plan identifies two on-campus locations for fraternity houses. The West Magnolia Avenue/Thach Avenue fraternity area extends along West Magnolia Avenue and West Thach Avenue adjacent to the Village Residential area. This are contains houses for the following organizations: • FarmHouse • Kappa Sigma • Phi Kappa Tau • Sigma Chi

• Alpha Gamma Rho • Alpha Psi • Beta Theta Pi • Delta Chi • Delta Sigma Phi • Delta Tau Delta • Kappa Alpha Order • Phi Delta Theta • Pi Kappa Phi • Theta Chi Off-Campus Interfraternity Council organizations have chapter houses on either privately-leased or fraternity-owned land. Because Panhellenic Council and National Pan-Hellenic Council organizations do not have private chapter houses for either residential or group-activity use, these fraternities and sororities utilize Auburn University chapter rooms and meeting spaces for hosting organizational activities.

The Office of Greek Life defines fraternity expansion as a process of reorganizing inactive chapters or creating new chapters. The proposed expansion for Fall 2013 includes Alpha Kappa Lambda, Alpha Sigma Phi, and Chi Phi chapters.

• Sigma Nu • Sigma Phi Epsilon • Sigma Pi

HOUSING GOALS AND PROGRAMMATIC NEED

• Tau Kappa Epsilon Figure 8-2. Existing Fraternities Legend: 1.

Alpha Gamma Rho

15. Phi Kappa Psi

Alpha Psi

16. Phi Kappa Tau

Alpha Tau Omega

17. Phi Sigma Kappa

4. Beta Theta Pi

18. Pi Kappa Alpha

19. Pi Kappa Phi

6. Delta Kappa Epsilon

20. Sigma Alpha Epsilon

Delta Sigma Phi

21. Sigma Chi

8. Delta Tau Delta

22. Sigma Nu

9. Farm House

23. Sigma Phi Epsilon

10. Kappa Alpha Order

24. Sigma Pi

11. Kappa Sigma

25. Sigma Tau Gamma

12. Lambda Chi Alpha

26. Tau Kappa Epsilon

13. Phi Delta Theta

27. Theta Chi

14. Phi Gamma Delta

28. Theta Xi

Planning Elements: Student Housing

The Lem Morrison Drive/Biggio Drive fraternity area is the more recently developed of the two areas and includes housing for the following organizations:

F R AT E R NI T Y E XPANSI ON

• Pi Kappa Alpha

Delta Chi

• Theta Xi

Auburn has the capacity to house 4,657 students in campus residence halls. This capacity is adequate to house the current first year class. Looking forward, the goal is to continue housing the first year class plus approximately 1,600 students in the following categories: Upper Division Students, Greek Women, Honors, and Athletes. Table 8-2 summarizes the estimated housing demand at an enrollment of 25,000 students, the planning target established for the Master Plan Update. The estimated demand, assuming 4,000 first year students, is 5,600 beds resulting in shortfall of 943 beds as shown in Table 8-3. The popularity of the Greek organizations is driving the need for additional fraternity house sites and sorority chapter rooms. The Pan-Hellenic organizations also need dedicated space. A suggested location is the lower level of the renovated Hill complex where two chapter / meeting rooms are possible. Additional Fraternity housing sites are identified to accommodate anticipated demand including up to four sites in the W. Magnolia area and two sites in the Lem Morrison area (see Figure 8-3). The Pan-Hellenic organizations also need dedicated space. A suggested location is the lower level of the renovated Hill complex where two chapter / meeting rooms are possible.

145

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

PROPOSED HOUSING AND FRATERNITY EXPANSION

W Thach Ave 1

W Samford A ve

ire

Duncan Dr

400

800 ft

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

Figure 8-3. Two resident hall sites are reserved in the Master Plan to provide housing for all first year students: 9) north of the Village Resident Hall Complex; and, 10) the CDV site. Sites are also reserved for the expansion of Fraternity housing as shown. A new dining hall and open space are shown in the Hill Complex.

LEGEND

146

Existing Campus Housing

Existing Fraternity House

Proposed Campus Housing

Proposed Fraternity House

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

PROPOSED HOUSING

Table 8-2. Estimated Housing Demand ASSUMING 25,000 AUBURN-WIDE ENROLLMENT

BEDS

First Year

4,000

Upper Division Greek Men

Greek Women

750

Honors

450

Athletes

200

Other Upper Division

200

TOTAL DEMAND

5,600

Table 8-3. Estimated Housing Deficit ASSUMING 25,000 AUBURN-WIDE ENROLLMENT

To ensure that the University has the flexibility to provide housing for all first year students as well as Greek Women, Honors students, Athletes and Upper Division students who desire to live on campus, two sites are identified for future residence halls: 1) North of the Village (existing parking area) with an estimated capacity of 675 beds; and, 2) the CDV site with an estimated capacity of 1,100 beds. The North Village residence halls would displace in the range of 700 surface parking spaces. Utilization of the CDV site for housing would result in the need for remote parking or a garage to accommodate the parking demand. Additional housing areas are identified in the Master Plan Update to accommodate demand. Included are up to four lots in the W. Magnolia area and two lots in the Lem Morrison Drive area.

HOUSING RECOMMENDATIONS SUMMARY

BEDS

Total Demand

5,600

Total Supply

4,657

TOTAL ON-CAMPUS HOUSING NEED (ASSUMING 25,000 ENROLLMENT)

943

The Master Plan Update identifies future expansion opportunities for student housing with the goal of housing all first year students at an enrollment of 25,000 students. The key recommendations are as follows: • Expansion capacity for 943 students • Two possible locations will be “reserved” for future Student Housing: -- Site adjacent to existing Village Housing complex -- Former CDV Housing site. This recommendation has been reviewed and endorsed by: • Auxiliary Services / Student Housing • Student Affairs • SGA • Master Plan Committee To meet the anticipated demand for Fraternity Housing a total of three future sites are identified.

Figure 8-3. Proposed Housing and Fraternity Expansion Legend: 1.

Existing Village Resident Hall Complex

Existing Quad Resident Hall Complex

Existing S. Donahue Resident Hall Complex

4. Existing Hill Resident Hall Complex 5.

Existing W. Magnolia / Thach Fraternities

6. Existing Lem Morrison / Biggio Fraternities 7.

Proposed Fraternities Expansion at W. Magnolia / Thach

8. Proposed Fraternities Expansion at Lem Morrison / Biggio 9. Proposed Village Resident Hall Complex Expansion 10. Proposed CDV Resident Hall Complex

Planning Elements: Student Housing

147

CHAPTER CONTENTS INTRO D U CT I O N 1 49 STUDEN T C EN T ER

150

DININ G , CO N VEN I E NC E STO R E S , A ND CA FÉ S

150

CAMP U S REC REAT IO N

154

LANDSCA PE 1 57 MO BI LI T Y 1 57 S UMMA RY O F RECO M M E NDAT IO NS

148

1 57

9. Campus Quality of Life

INTRODUCTION Quality of life is defined in the Master Plan Update as the overall experience of studying, working, and living on the Auburn campus. This experience is enhanced by the quality housing, dining, and recreation facilities provided, as well as the ease and security of the connections between these uses. To that end, the update considers the facilities, amenities, outdoor spaces, and mobility improvements that in combination contribute to the perceived quality and enjoyment of the campus environment. Given the physical focus of the Master Plan, the update provides specific focus on housing, dining, cafés, convenience stores, and recreation facilities. VIS IO N The vision for the overall quality of life on the Auburn campus is to provide the following: • Social, academic, and study environments that support student success; • A collaborative workplace for faculty and staff; • High quality housing to meet university engagement and retention objectives; • A variety of well-distributed dining venues that offer healthy eating options; • Convenient retail facilities; • Expanded recreation facilities to promote the health and wellbeing of the Auburn community; • A campus landscape defined by passive recreation opportunities and pleasant outdoor gathering spaces. This chapter summarizes the combination of factors that contribute to quality of life on the campus and provides specific recommendations for improvements. It summarizes the tremendous investment Auburn has made in facilities that improved the quality of life on campus over the past decade as evidenced by the completion of the Student Center, 2,000 beds of new housing, a new dining hall (the Village), and the Recreation and Wellness Center.

Planning Elements: Campus Quality of Life

149

STUDENT CENTER The Student Center provides a tremendous quality of life amenity at the heart of the campus. Planned in conjunction with the Campus Green and the central campus transit hub, the Student Center has emerged as the primary social gathering space on the Auburn campus. It serves as central station of the campus where some 10,000 daily transit users pass through and utilize the facility. Its location and popularity are driving the need for expansion. Space needs are noted to include additional student social space, meeting space, and storage.

DINING, CONVENIENCE STORES, AND CAFÉS Dining facilities serve an important function in the overall campus experience, providing a social venue as much as a food service location. Existing dining services are distributed in several locations including Foy Hall, the Student Center, Village Dining, Terrell Dining Hall, and Lupton Hall (see Figure 9-1).

DI NI NG, CAF É , AND CONVE NI E NCE STOR E R ECOMME NDAT I ONS 1. Auburn campus dining facilities experience the greatest demand at lunchtime; however, the capacity of existing dining facilities needs to be evaluated (a detailed dining study is needed) 2. Existing dining facilities are well-positioned relative to the population at lunchtime; future expansion should be positioned to serve the lunchtime population 3. The proposed replacement of Terrell Dining Hall should be located in the Hill complex, which has a high population of resident students 4. Auburn University should continue expanding its network of cafes and convenience stores to enhance quality of life on campus and provide more informal gathering spaces

It is anticipated that additional locations will be required to meet current and projected demand. New dining facilities are proposed at the Wellness Kitchen (fall 2014) in the Athletics sector which is envisioned to serve student athletes and the general campus population, including residents of the S. Donahue Residence Hall. A replacement for Terrell Dining Hall in the Hill area is proposed as part of the Hill residence halls renovation strategy. It is envisioned as a social gathering hub to serve the Hill residents as well as the emerging S. Quad population (the addition of a new College of Education building along with existing functions in Poultry Science, OIT, Forestry and Wildlife Sciences, and the Auburn University Medical Clinic are expected to generate demand for lunchtime dining services). Other amenities contributing to the quality of life include the convenience stores and café locations distributed around the campus. These amenities offer retail services, snacks, and beverages. Existing locations are as follows: • Convenience stores: Village Dining, Student Center, Haley Center, Terrell Dining Hall and the S. Donahue Residence Hall • Cafés: the Draughon Library, Dudley Hall, and Lowder Hall. The Master Plan Update planning process included an assessment of how dining, cafés, and convenience stores are distributed in the academic core relative to the campus population (see Figure 9-3). The goal of the assessment was to determine where additional facilities may be required to serve the existing as well as anticipated future demand. The assessment also included an analysis of current population peaks relative to the seating capacity of central campus dining facilities (see Figure 9-2). At 1:00 p.m. on Tuesdays, the peak day at Auburn, an estimated 11,500 people are in the central core of the campus. The seating capacity of existing dining and café facilities is 3,400 seats. Given the planned changes to the academic core over the coming decade, a more detailed dining study, conducted by a dining consultant, is recommended to determine if additional capacity is needed.

150

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

N College St

EXISTING DINING, CAFES, AND CONVENIENCE STORES

W Magnolia Ave 10 11 9 8

W Thach Ave

W Samford Ave

3 6 5

re R

400

llege S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

800 ft

Figure 9-1. Existing dining, cafés, and convenience stores

LEGEND

Library Café

6. Wellness Kitchen

Buildings with convenience store options

Lupton Hall

Buildings with cafés

Dudley Hall

8. Haley Center

Buildings with dining options

4. Terrell Dining Hall

9. Village Dining

10. Lowder Hall

Planning Elements: Campus Quality of Life

S. Donahue Residence Hall

11. Foy Hall

Student Center

151

N College St

EXISTING PEAK HOUR DINING

Foy

W Magnolia Ave

1,529

Village Dining

629

206

98 100 84 153

130

218

250

2,446

L P

W Thach Ave

636

116

269

Caribou 34

104

Student Center 1,632

Lupton 94

W Samford Ave

922

200

Drawing Board

Terrell 1,529 269

629

re R Wi

W Thach Ave

153 69

2,446

922

200

Drawing Board

312 352

Lupton 94

263

Wi re R

Foy 41

116

100 84

Lem Morrison

153 69

218

250

114

206

98 30

629

360

636

2,446

130

S Donahue Dr

Village Dining

1,529

96 91

Student Center 1,632 800 ft

400

Caribou 34

152

922

200

Drawing Board

1,000

242

TUESDAY, 1:00 PM Lunchtime 62 Population

Seating Capacity

136 100

500

1,000

396

100

500

263

3,400

1,000

171

142

11,500

Total Lunchtime Population

Seating Capacity

Lupton 94

W Samford Ave

500

104

500

Figure 9-2. Existing peak hour dining population and seating capacity 269

292

171

142

62 136

396

llege

Terrell

W Magnolia Ave

100

N College St

800 ft

100

104

158

Facilities Division 400 & 03D Studio Arts

Caribou 34

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

W Samford Ave

32 130

218

250

114 Student Center 1,632

Seating Capacity

206

100 84

Lunchtime Population

Village Dining

TUESDAY, 1:00 PM

242

158

636 64 360

116

llege

W Magnolia Ave

292

57 N College St

Foy

142

352

Facilities Division & 3D Studio Arts

263

312

171

S Co

W Thach Ave

396

292

68 96

242

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

N College St

EXISTING DINING OPTIONS WITHIN A FIVE-MINUTE WALK

W Magnolia Ave

W Thach Ave 6 2 3

W Samford Ave

re R

400

llege S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

800 ft

Figure 9-3. Existing dining options per building within a five-minute walk

LEGEND Buildings with dining

Two options

Foy Hall

4. Terrell Dining Hall

Four options

One option

Student Center

Lupton Hall

6. Village Dining

Three options

Planning Elements: Campus Quality of Life

Wellness Kitchen

153

CAMPUS RECREATION Campus recreation is an important element in the overall quality of campus life at Auburn, contributing greatly to the resident and commuter student experience. Recreation is defined to include both active recreation and passive recreation facilities. ACTI VE REC REAT I ON FAC IL IT IE S Active recreation facilities are noted to include the Intramural FIelds, the Recreation and Wellness Center, the Student Activities Center, the Aquatics Center, the tennis courts and Hutsell Track. Recent investment in the new Recreation and Wellness Center addresses long-standing indoor recreation needs to serve the existing and projected campus population. Coupled with the existing Student Activities Center and aquatics facilities, Auburn now has in place high quality student recreation space at the heart of the campus. The Recreation and Wellness Center provides convenient amenities to the campus population, especially residents of the Village. It also is convenient to commuter students given the transit connections and adjacent parking. Outdoor recreation facilities are currently provided on the 13.6 acre Intramural Fields on Biggio Dr., south of Samford Ave. and the Rugby FIeld located on West Thach Ave. The existing fields are oversubscribed as a result of campus population growth over the years and more than 625 club sports teams that utilize the fields. A key goal of Student Affairs is to provide more multi-purpose fields to accommodate the current demand and to bring the University in line with peer institutions. Based on NIRSA guidelines, the University should have in the range of 25 multipurpose fields; currently Auburn has 16. Auburn’s current multipurpose field ratio is 0.8 acres per 1,000 undergraduate students. In response to NIRSA guidelines, Auburn will provide additional multipurpose fields thus increasing the ratio to 1.4 acres per 1,000 undergraduates (see Figures 9-5 and 9-6). These additional fields are proposed at the southeast corner of Lem Morrison Dr. and S. Donahue Dr. (see Figure 9-4).

CAMPUS R ECR E AT I ON R ECOMME NDAT I ONS The Master Plan Update includes the following recommendations relative to active and passive recreation facilities. • Construct campus recreation fields at the southeast corner of Lem Morrison and S. Donahue to address existing and future demand (see Table 9-1). • Develop walking and bike paths between the intramural fields and the Recreation and Wellness Center along the Parkerson Mill Creek Corridor. • Develop a trail network in the Campus Forest for walking, hiking, and jogging. • Provide a trail connecting the Davis Arboretum to Woodfield Drive. • Design campus quads and civic spaces to encourage outdoor gathering and passive recreation. • Encourage better utilization of campus parks through promotional and programming activities. Table 9-1. Recreational Field Requirements RECREATIONAL FIELD REQUIREMENTS

AREA

Existing Intramural Field

13.6 acres

Campus Recreation Expansion Two Softball Fields Two Lacrosse/Rugby sized fields Fieldhouse/Restrooms/Parking

14.2 acres

TOTAL

27.8 ACRES*

*Based on consultation with Auburn University Recreation representatives the above fields were identified in response to known requirements.

PASS I VE REC REAT IO N FAC IL IT IE S Passive recreation facilities are noted to include the Campus Green, Cater Lawn, various quadrangles of the campus, the Garden of Memory, the Arboretum, the Ag Heritage Park, and W. Samford Park. Passive recreation is viewed comprehensively in the Master Plan Update to provide better connections between parks, natural areas, civic spaces, and quads of the core, and to encourage better utilization. The goal is to create a connected system of passive recreation amenities closely coordinated with the open space and landscape structure of the campus. This includes creating trail systems (pedestrian and bike) along Parkerson Mill Creek, in the Campus Forest and between the Arboretum and Woodfield Drive. The Master Plan Update also includes a recommendation to better utilize the Ag Heritage Park and West Samford Park for passive recreation activities. This will require promotional and programming initiatives.

154

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

PASSIVE AND ACTIVE RECREATION: EXISTING AND PROPOSED

15 W Thach Ave

W Samford Ave

10 8

E Samford Ave

7 14

13 5

6 Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

S Co

d eR

3 ordan

S Donahue Dr

Shug J Pkwy

800

1600 ft

Figure 9-4. Passive recreation map shows existing and proposed fields and trails

LEGEND Existing Passive Recreation Spaces

Proposed Passive Recreation Spaces 2.

Hutsell Track

Campus Forest

8. Martin Aquatics Center 14. Garden of Memory

Parkerson Mill Creek Corridor

9. Recreation Center

Existing Active Recreation Facilities

Existing Active Recreation Fields

4. Recreation Field Expansion

10. Tennis Courts

Proposed Active Recreation Fields

11. Rugby Field

Ag Heritage Park

6. Intramural Fields

Planning Elements: Campus Quality of Life

13. Davis Arboretum

Proposed Bike Trail

15. Samford Park

12. West Samford Park

155

0.5 acres

= 100 undergraduates

Rec Fields PEER COMPARISON: RECREATIONAL FIELD ACREAGE PER 1,000 UNDERGRADUATES (EXISTING)

3.3 acres

per 1,000 undergraduates

2.3 acres 2.0 acres 1.7 acres per 1,000 undergraduates

per 1,000 undergraduates

1.4 acres 1.1 acres per 1,000 undergraduates

per 1,000 undergraduates

0.8 acres

per 1,000 undergraduates

University A

University B

University C

University D

University E

University F

Auburn

Sources: Auburn University Office of Campus Planning & Space Management, US News & World Report, Wikipedia, National Intramural-Recreational Sports Association

Figure 9-6. Comparison of Auburn Universityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s existing recreational fields to peer university recreational field acreage per 1,000 undergraduate students.

Peer Comparison: Recreation Field Acreage per 1,000 Undergraduates (proposed) 1.0 acres 0.5 acres

= 100 undergraduates

Rec Fields PEER COMPARISON: RECREATIONAL FIELD ACREAGE PER 1,000 UNDERGRADUATES (PROPOSED)

3.3 acres

per 1,000 undergraduates

2.3 acres 2.0 acres 1.7 acres per 1,000 undergraduates

per 1,000 undergraduates

1.4 acres 1.4 acres 1.1 acres per 1,000 undergraduates

per 1,000 undergraduates

University A

University B

University C

University D

Auburn

University E

University F

Sources: Auburn University Office of Campus Planning & Space Management, US News & World Report, Wikipedia, National Intramural-Recreational Sports Association

Figure 9-5. Comparison of Auburn Universityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s future recreational fields to peer university recreational field acreage per 1,000 undergraduate students.

156

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

LANDSCAPE Over the past ten years, the Auburn campus has been transformed through a significant focus and investment in the open spaces, pedestrian networks, and landscape quality of the academic core. Recent improvements, such as the Campus Green, Thach Concourse, Tiger Concourse, Roosevelt Concourse, Dugger Concourse, and streetscape improvements along W. Magnolia, are examples of the overall quality and attention to detail that make Auburn a more distinctive campus today. Looking ahead, several new proposed landscapes have the potential to be as positive. These include pedestrian improvements north of Quad Drive and new quads proposed in conjunction with the academic buildings. For more detail on the proposed improvements to the landscape and open space structure of the campus, please see the Campus Landscape chapter of the Master Plan Update and the separately documented Landscape Master Plan.

MOBILITY Connectivity within the campus and access to the core campus facilities from off-campus locations are important considerations relative to campus quality of life. Over the past ten years, Auburn has transitioned from an auto-oriented campus to an environment with a network of pedestrian routes and a well-coordinated and comprehensive system of transit routes. These systems are coordinated with land use planning goals for the campus and contribute to quality of life by eliminating auto traffic and congestion from the campus. The outcome is a more pleasant campus environment with fewer auto intrusions, improved air quality, and reduced air pollution. Looking forward, the goal is to continue coordinating land use and transportation planning with the following goals:

SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDATIONS • In summary, the quality of campus life is the function of several elements coordinated by the campus vision set out in the Master Plan Update. By coordinating these elements a strategy for improving the quality, character, and image of the Auburn campus through incremental investment in facilities, landscape, and mobility infrastructure over the coming years is provided: • Capitalize on the Capital Projects Plan to transform the social, learning, and study environment and to locate future café and convenience retail outlets in underserved areas; • Reserve sites for future housing to accommodate the entire first-year class; • Conduct a separate detailed study to determine the best locations and develop a business plan for dining, cafés, and convenience stores; • Expand the recreation field complex to address existing and future demand; • Improve passive recreation opportunities by better utilizing campus park land, natural amenities, and outdoor spaces; • Enhance the landscape quality of the campus in accordance with the landscape master plan to improve outdoor gathering and social areas and enhance passive recreation opportunities.

• Extend and improve the pedestrian network; • Develop a system of bike routes and parking areas; • Coordinate transit services and transit hubs with new development; • Provide adequate parking. The Transportation Element provides more detail relative to proposed transportation improvements.

Planning Elements: Campus Quality of Life

157

CHAPTER CONTENTS INTRO D U CT I O N 1 59 EXIST I N G CO N D I T IO NS

1 59

EXIST I N G EM PLOYE E PA R K ING CO NDIT IO NS

1 60

F UTURE PA RKI N G CO NDIT IO NS

1 66

ESTIM AT ED EM PLOY E E DIST R IB U T IO N A FT E R IMP LEM EN TAT I O N O F T H E CA P ITA L P ROJ ECTS PLAN

1 67

STUDEN T PA RK I N G

1 69

R ECOMM EN D ED PA R K ING ST R AT EGY S U M M ARY

171

MULT I MO DA L T RANS P O RTAT IO N

1 73

TR ANS I T 1 77

158

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

10. Transportation

INTRODUCTION

EXISTING CONDITIONS

The future success of the campus circulation system will depend on the harmonious function of these related but distinguishable systems: pedestrian mobility, bicycle accommodation, transit access, vehicular parking and emergency/service access. The Transportation Planning Element of the Master Plan Update addresses these systems as follows:

Transportation at Auburn has transitioned over the past decade from a system almost exclusively focused on single occupancy vehicle use to a more balanced system emphasizing walking, biking, and transit. A pedestrian priority zone extending from W. Magnolia on the north to W. Samford on the south and from Mell on the east to S. Donahue on the west is now in place, resulting in a safer and more pleasant environment for walking. This has been achieved by closing streets in the academic core and by creating pedestrian concourses along Thach Avenue, Roosevelt Drive, and Duncan Drive. Traffic calming, including speed tables, on W. Samford and S. Donahue, now provides safer connections between the pedestrian priority zone and the Hill Residential Complex/S. Quad and the Village to the west.

PAR KING • Existing Parking Conditions • Existing Faculty and Staff Parking • Potential Garage Site Assessment • Garage Evaluation and Recommendations • Future Parking Conditions • Near-term Faculty/Staff Parking—Central Core • Long-term Faculty/Staff Parking Estimates • Student Parking • Commuter Parking • Resident Parking • Recommended Parking Strategy MULTIM O DA L T RA N SP O RTAT IO N • Pedestrian Circulation

Over the past ten years, Auburn has also experienced a noticeable increase in bicycle use. Facilitated by new bicycle lanes and trails as well as a shift in the culture, bicycle circulation and parking issues are now a focus of transportation planning on the campus. The above noted modal shifts to walking, biking, and transit have reduced the demand for student parking. Faculty and staff parking, however, is an important focus of the Master Plan Update given the significant demand for parking and lack of spaces, especially in the central academic core. To that end, several parking options are explored in the Master Plan Update with the aim of providing additional parking in the future. Parking demand is examined for anticipated mid-term and well as long-term conditions.

• Bicycle Circulation and Parking • Transit Corridors • Emergency and Service Access

Planning Elements: Transportation

159

TIGER T RA N S I T Auburn has developed exceptional transit services over the past ten years and now has one of the best campus systems in the country. The positive outcomes of the system include a decrease in traffic on the campus and a reduction in parking demand. The system is supported by conveniently located bus stops in the central core including the main transit hub at the Student Center and the Roosevelt Avenue transit hub. Today, the system handles in excess of 11,000 riders per day. Looking ahead, it is recommended that transit services be extended to the new development areas proposed in the master plan including the Health Sciences Sector, the Research Park, and peripheral areas along Woodfield Drive. (Over the long-term, sites for a performing arts center and welcome center are proposed on S. College between Woodfield Drive and S. Donahue).

10,000 8,000 6,000 4,000 2,000

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

2006

2005

2004

2003

2002

Perhaps the biggest change has been the dramatic increase in Tiger Transit ridership from some 2,000 riders a day in 2001 to almost 11,000 a day in 2012 (see Figure 10-1). The result: a decrease in single occupancy vehicle commuting to the campus and a corresponding decrease in parking demand among students. Today, the campus features an expanded transit service supported by investments in passenger experience and technology to manage the system and provide information to passengers. Transit-related improvements include the transit way and central campus transit hub located east of Jordan-Hare Stadium at the Student Center and the Roosevelt transit hub on Mell Street. Both improvements integrate passenger amenity and accessibility from transit to the campus pedestrian network (additional routes are shown in Figure 10-12).

11,069

12,000

Figure 10-1. Daily Tiger Transit ridership in the academic year.

EXISTING EMPLOYEE PARKING CONDITIONS The Auburn campus currently has 9,689 parking spaces assigned for commuter (faculty, staff, and students) or resident use. Parking supply/ demand relationships are summarized in Figure 10-2. Campus-wide and without regard to allocation, the parking supply is sufficient: 84 percent peak occupancy. The total quantity of parking on campus, thus, is sufficient to serve the campus population.

16.3% vacant (1,579 spaces)

However, as shown in Table 10-1, the demand for parking for some user groups in some areas of campus exceeds the supply, especially in the central core. For the purposes of the parking analysis, the central core is divided into three areas: North-Central Core, Mid-Central Core and South-Central Core (see Figure 10-3). There are 2,115 total faculty and staff parking spaces in the central core, with the majority of those spaces located in the South-Central Core. In particular, there is a shortage of faculty/staff parking in the North-Central Core, where peak occupancy is 96 percent. A rule of thumb in the parking industry is that 95 percent is the functional capacity of a parking facility. The east end of the North-Central Core is underserved, as there are no major employee parking facilities in that area (see Figure 10-3).

83.7% occupied (8,110 spaces)

Figure 10-2. Existing Peak Occupancy of Parking Space. Parking inventory and utilization statistics adapted from Carl Walker Inc. Parking Update â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2011-12 Academic Year

160

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

EXISTING EMPLOYEE DISTRIBUTION (2013)

153

24 18

4 32

NO RT H - C E NT RAL COR E

W Thach Ave

165

130

50 ND

451

21 104 48

125

M ID- C E NT R AL COR E

W Samford A ve

ND 43

20 19 84 54

SO U T H - C E NT R AL COR E

ire

171

151 45 99

ND 25

400

800 ft

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

Duncan Dr

Figure 10-3. The total permanent, temporary, and part-time employee building population totals 3,600 in the central core of the campus. A total of 2,115 central core parking spaces are available for employee use.

Planning Elements: Transportation

161

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

EXISTING EMPLOYEE PARKING IN THE CENTRAL CORE: SPACE/FTE

0. 37 S PAC E /F T E

NO RT H - C E NT R AL COR E

W Thach Ave

0.48 S PAC E /F T E

M ID- C E NT R AL COR E

W Samford A ve

0.9 S PAC E/F T E

SO U T H - C E NTR AL COR E

ire

Duncan Dr

400

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

800 ft

Figure 10-4. Existing parking space per FTE in the central core of the campus; the North-Central Core is the area with greatest demand for parking but has the fewest available spaces

162

0. 37 SPACE /F T E

0.48 SPACE /F T E

0.9 SPACE/FTE

North-Central Core

Mid-Central Core

South-Central Core

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

A broader perspective regarding parking availability supports the finding that the North-Central Core area is underserved. According to the Eno Foundation for Transportation, faculty/staff parking needs range from 0.50 to 0.95 spaces per employee, with an average of 0.70 and an 85th percentile value of .92 above the national average of 0.7 (see Figure 10-5). While the South-Central Core is well-served at 0.90 parking spaces per employee, and the Mid-Central Core benefits from its proximity to surplus spaces in the south, the North-Central Core has only 0.37 spaces per employee (see Figure 10-4).

National Average .70 AU SouthCentral Core 85th Percentile AU Mid.90 .92 Central Core .49

The Master Plan Update explores an array of options for the placement of a new garage to meet this objective. Ten potential sites were identified and evaluated, as shown in Figure 10-6. Table 10-2 summarizes the features of each potential site and garage. The ten potential sites were evaluated according to the following criteria: • User Group Convenience/Purpose: groups best served by the garage location • Net New Spaces: number of new spaces, not counting displaced existing spaces • Location/Accessibility: convenience and safety of pedestrian access between the garage location and the central core of the campus

AU NorthCentral Core .37

GAR AGE OPT I ONS Given the constraints on faculty/staff parking availability in the NorthCentral Core relative to the mid-and South-Central Cores (see Figure 10-3), the objective for employees is to provide faculty and staff with parking within a five to ten minute walk of their place of work, and specifically to improve parking availability, convenience, and access for faculty and staff in the North-Central Core.

• Traffic: impact on street volumes and traffic operations; driveway access and turning issues

0.5

1.5

Parking Spaces per Employee

Table 10-2 shows the conclusions of the evaluation and the recommendations for each site.

Figure 10-5. Core campus parking provision in national perspective

Table 10-1. Parking Supply and Usage by Zone within the Core Campus NORTH CENTRAL CORE

MID CENTRAL CORE

S. CENTRAL CORE

• Cost: typical cost of structured parking spaces at Auburn is $15,000 each. However, if the site is currently a permit parking lot, displaced spaces will be reconstructed in the garage, increasing the cost/net new space accordingly. Costs may also vary according to site conditions, constraints on construction staging, configuration/efficiency of garage ramps, finish quality, etc.

S. CENTRAL CORE

Parking Spaces

533

446

1,136

2,115

FTE employees

1,424

918

1,258

3,600*

Spaces/Employee

0.37

0.49

0.90

0.59

Peak Occupancy

96%

91%

93%

The factors of convenient pedestrian access to core destinations and traffic impacts are designated in terms of pluses and minuses (+/-). Under pros/cons, each site is evaluated with regard to its convenience to the campus core and, particularly, the North-Central Core; the suitability of the site for an efficiently-configured and cost-effective parking structure; the utility of a garage for multiple uses including athletic, cultural, visitor, and alumni events; potential competing land uses; impacts on pedestrian and vehicular traffic operations and safety; and constructionperiod parking displacement.

FTE based on assumed 50% for part-time

Planning Elements: Transportation

163

PARKING IMPROVEMENT PRIORITIES FOR FACULTY/STAFF AND EVENT PARKING

W MAGNOLI A AVE

W THACH AVE

M E LL ST.

400

N AV E

SC O

LE M M O RR IS O

LLE

S T.

S D O N AHU E D R .

W SAM FO R D AVE

800 ft

Figure 10-6. Ten potential parking garage sites were assessed to determine feasibility and the degree to which they address demand. Four sites are recommended for future investment. In order of priority, they are as follows: 1) Site A - North East Quadrant; 2) Site B - Library Garage reconstruction; 3) Site C - Comer Hall / Ag Hill; and, Site D - The East Village deck. Recommended surface parking sites include: Site E - The Coliseum Lot; and, Site F - CDV site.

LEGEND Recommended Structured Parking Recommended Surface Parking

164

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

Table 10-2. Summary of Garage Site Options and Recommendations SITE

CURRENT USE OF SITE

POTENTIAL USERS OF GARAGE

CAPACITY (SPACES)*

NET NEW SPACES

RECOMMENDATION

A. North East Quadrant

Engineering shops (slated for demolition)

Faculty/Staff

576

576 RECOMMENDED in the near term to meet faculty/staff demand in the North-Central Core

B. Library Garage Reconstruction

Existing Library Garage

Faculty/Staff

797

453 RECOMMENDED when the existing garage condition justifies replacement

C. Comer Hall

Funchess Hall (slated for demolition)

Faculty/Staff

555

507 RECOMMENDED for the long-term to provide additional parking in South-Central Core

D. East Village Deck

Permit parking

Faculty/Staff Commuters Res. Students Visitors

841

607 RECOMMENDED over the long-term to meet future demand in the North-Central Core for faculty/staff and athletics

E. Coliseum Lot

Coliseum (slated for demolition)

Commuters Res. Students Visitors

1,181

F. CDV site

CDV

Commuters Res. Students Visitors

841

803 NOT RECOMMENDED 900 surface parking spaces possible at lower cost

G. Alumni Center

Unused by Auburn; eastern portion paved for parking

Commuters Visitors

370

278

H. College & Samford

Parking

Commuters Faculty/Staff

315

188 NOT RECOMMENDED due to site configuration and pedestrian access

I. The Cambridge

Private Parking

Faculty/Staff Commuters

288

216 NOT RECOMMENDED due to site configuration

J. Auburn Hotel

Hotel parking

Visitors Commuters

390

208 NOT RECOMMENDED unless hotel parking demand becomes an issue

1,181 If athletic event demand warrants

NOT RECOMMENDED unless Alumni Center demand warrants

*Assumptions: 1.

Four levels per garage

325 square feet per space if length > 300 feet

350 square feet per space if length < 300 feet

NEAR-T ERM RECO M M E NDAT IO N FO R EM PLOY EE PA RK ING Based on the above assessment, it is recommended that the University construct a garage on the Engineering Shops site (see Figure 10-6). The rationale for this recommendation is as follows: • As the only available site located within the North-Central Core, it is the best location to provide convenient, proximate parking for faculty and staff in this underserved area. • It is currently occupied by obsolete facilities slated for removal. • It is well situated in relation to the street system, with direct access to W. Magnolia but screened from the street by the Textile Engineering Building, and it has been the subject of preliminary traffic analysis. • It is unobtrusively located within the campus, between Dunstan, Foy, and Tichenor Halls.

Planning Elements: Transportation

165

FUTURE PARKING CONDITIONS MID-T ERM In addition to assessing the current demand for parking, the Master Plan Update includes an estimate of demand for the mid-term future, when parking supply/demand factors are anticipated to be different. These factors are as follows: • The proposed construction of the Engineering Shops garage will alleviate parking shortages in the North-Central Core. • Future shifts in the distribution of faculty and staff will affect the availability of parking on a per-capita basis—mostly for the better. Master Plan Update initiatives will remove parking demand from the central core with the relocation of Pharmacy and Nursing to the Health Science Sector and the relocation of Education to the S. Quad. In total, approximately 451 faculty/staff will be relocated out of the core, reducing parking demand (see Figures 10-7 and 10-8). As a result, the parking supply and demand picture will improve significantly, as shown in Table 10-3.

The initiatives of the Master Plan Update over the long term could increase the surface parking supply by up to 2,900 spaces assuming the following: -- CDV Demolition: 900 spaces -- New Performing Arts: 800 spaces -- Research Park Expansion: 500+ spaces -- Health Science Sector: 700 spaces (excludes VCOM) Table 10-4. Long-term estimated Core-Campus Parking Supply/ Demand

Table 10-3. Mid-term Core-Campus Parking Supply/Demand

NORTHCENTRAL CORE

CORE

MID-CENTRAL CORE

SOUTHCENTRAL CORE

CORE

NORTH-CENTRAL CORE

MID-CENTRAL CORE

Mid-term Parking Spaces

1,079

446

829

2,354

Long-term Parking Spaces

1,628

911

1,312

3,851

Mid-term FTE employees

1,424

467

1,258

3,149

1,963

1,157

2,028

5,148

.76

.96

.66

.75

Long-term FTE employees Long-term Spaces/Employee

0.83

0.79

0.65

0.75

Mid-term Spaces/Employee

SOUTHCENTRAL CORE

LONG T E R M Over the long term, the employee population in the central core could increase substantially, from approximately 3,149 to 5,1481 . To respond to this potential growth, the Master Plan Update identifies sites for the possible construction of two more garages in addition to the Engineering Shops garage: the library garage expansion, and the Comer garage. With these additional parking resources in place, the parking supply and demand relationships in the central core area are estimated to be as shown in Table 10-4.

1 Employee population for the long-term is based on the following assumptions: • ASF of office space in proposed academic buildings will be approximately 25% of the GSF (represented by orange circles) • One office is assumed to be 156 ASF • Buildings constructed as part of the Capital Project Plan are designated as existing buildings Note: these assumptions are based on existing recent buildings such as Lowder where offices are approximately 25% of the GSF

166

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

ESTIMATED EMPLOYEE DISTRIBUTION AFTER IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CAPITAL PROJECTS PLAN

165

W Thach Ave

4 32

153

24 18

22 36

54 ND

NO RT H - C E NT R A L CO RE

72 50

130

451

21 104 48

125 125

M ID- C E NT R A L COR E

W Samford A ve

ND 43

ND 25

45 63 151

45 99

151

20 19 84 54

SO U T H - C E NT R A L CO RE

171

60 103

ire

232

66 153

400

800 ft

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

Duncan Dr

Figure 10-7. The proposed academic buildings and demolition plans for the central core will result in a redistribution of full-time employees and parking demand. The new College of Education building and proposed Health Sciences Sector, in particular, will transfer population and parking demand out of the central core.

Planning Elements: Transportation

167

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

FUTURE ESTIMATED EMPLOYEE PARKING CONDITIONS IN THE CENTRAL CORE: SPACE/FTE

P 0.83 S PAC E/F TE

NO RT H - C E NT R A L COR E

W Thach Ave

0.77 S PAC E/F TE

M ID- C E NT R A L COR E

W Samford A ve

P P 0.63 S PAC E/F TE

SO U T H - C E NT R A L COR E

ire

Duncan Dr

400

800 ft

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

Figure 10-8. Parking conditions illustrating the proposed engineering garage, the Ag Hill garage and reconstruction of the Library garage.

LEGEND

168

Proposed parking structure

Existing parking structure

0.83 SPACE /F T E

0.77 SPACE /F T E

0.63 SPACE/FTE

Existing parking lot

North-Central Core

Mid-Central Core

South-Central Core

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

STUDENT PARKING Currently, student commuter and resident parking is located on the periphery of the central core, with Tiger Transit providing comprehensive connections to campus destinations including key hubs at the Student Center and Roosevelt Concourse. For commuter students, Tiger Transit provides comprehensive bus service between peripheral parking areas and the campus core. Figure 10-9 illustrates the effectiveness of Tiger Transit and the peripheral parking model for commuter students. For commuter students desiring and willing to pay for more convenient parking, Priority permit parking is proving to be a success, providing flexibility and a price option while maintaining an adequate supply of faculty/staff parking in the S. Donahue Avenue corridor. Priority parking for students is provided in the lot west of the stadium. Resident student parking is provided primarily in the west and south campus areas. Table 10-5 shows the relationships between resident student population and parking supply. Overall, parking is supplied at 0.73 resident-student spaces per bed. Table 10-5. Student Parking LOCATION The Village

# SPACES / BEDS 1.47

Quads

0.20

S. Donahue

0.96

The Hill

0.73

In the future, the potential expansion of the Village is expected to increase beds and parking demand. The addition of 725 beds will displace 700 parking spaces and reduce the resident-student parking supply to 0.63 spaces per bed. Additional parking will be required to meet growth in enrollment, potential increases in resident students, and the loss of parking spaces to development. Consequently, the following steps are recommended to address student parking needs. â&#x20AC;˘ Construct the CDV lot (900 spaces) to replace the residential parking north of the Village if and when additional housing is constructed. â&#x20AC;˘ Utilize the proposed Performing Arts Center parking lot (Woodfield Drive) for commuter parking; provide a direct bus link to the proposed Academic Success Center. â&#x20AC;˘ Utilize the Performing Arts Center parking lot for overflow resident student parking to serve residents of the Hill (see Figure 10-12).

Planning Elements: Transportation

169

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

TIGER TRANSIT SERVICE TO CAMPUS STUDENT COMMUTER PARKING

W Thach Ave

W Samford A ve

ire

400

800 ft

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

Duncan Dr

Figure 10-9. Commuter parking areas are linked to the academic core by Tiger Transit routes

LEGEND Transit Routes Student Commuter Parking (C Permits)

170

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

RECOMMENDED PARKING STRATEGY SUMMARY The recommended first priority with regard to parking facilities is the construction of the Engineering Shops garage. Over the long term, new access solutions will be needed, providing more parking and/or reduced reliance on single occupancy vehicle commuting. Additional student parking will be required to meet growth in enrollment, potential increases in resident students, and the loss of parking spaces to development. S UMMA RY O F RECO M M E NDAT IO NS • Construct a garage of approximately 576 spaces on the Engineering Shops site to accommodate faculty/staff demand in the North-Central Core. • Construct the CDV lot (900 spaces) to provide additional commuter parking and to replace the residential parking north of the Village (when new housing is constructed). • Over the long term, utilize the Performing Arts Center (Woodfield Drive) parking lot for commuter parking; provide a direct bus link to the Academic Success Center; utilize the Performing Arts Center parking lot for overflow resident student parking to serve residents of the Hill. • Over the long term, add more parking or reduce reliance on single occupancy vehicle commuting. When and if demand requires, a garage on the Village lot should be considered to serve faculty and staff demand in the core.

Planning Elements: Transportation

171

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

PRELIMINARY PEDESTRIAN IMPROVEMENTS

W Thach Ave

W Samford A ve

5 4

ire

400

800 ft

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

Duncan Dr

Figure 10-10. Preliminary pedestrian improvements subject to further study

LEGEND Pedestrian Routes

172

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

MULTIMODAL TRANSPORTATION Auburnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s transition to a pedestrian and transit-oriented campus has been underway for over ten years. The Master Plan Update reinforces this approach, and places additional emphasis on bicycle circulation and service/emergency vehicle access. P EDEST RI A N C I RC ULAT IO N After a decade of landscape improvements, vehicular traffic redesign, and focus on pedestrian safety and amenities, the Auburn campus is characterized by a strong and attractive pattern of pedestrian concourses. The Master Plan Update recommends further extending and connecting the concourses as follows (see Figure 10-10): 1. Extend Thach Concourse from the Haley site to Donahue; 2. Create Quad Drive pedestrian enhancements to connect the Student Center to Mell Street; 3. Create a new concourse from Roosevelt to Dudley Hall in conjunction with the proposed COSAM facility (site of existing Parker;) 4. Extend a pedestrian/bike route along Parkerson Mill Creek from the core to the intramural fields. 5. Create a sidewalk along Wire Road from to W. Samford Avenue. 6. Create a sidewalk on the north side of Lem Morrison Drive between Duncan Dr.. and S. Donahue Dr.. 7. Create multi-use trail along the north side of Lem Morrison Dr.. between S. Donahue Dr.. and the Biggio Dr..

Planning Elements: Transportation

173

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

PRELIMINARY BICYCLE ROUTES AND PARKING RECOMMENDATIONS

W Thach Ave

W Samford A ve

ire

400

800 ft

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

Duncan Dr

Figure 10-11. Preliminary bicycle routes and parking for the campus core subject to further study.

LEGEND Bike Corral Off-street Path or Cycle track On-street Bike Lane

174

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

BICYCLE C I RC ULAT I ON A ND PA R K ING Auburn’s climate and topography are conducive to cycling, and the University’s transportation policies are supportive of bicycling as a healthy and sustainable mode of travel to and around campus. To that end, measures are necessary to improve the environment for bicycling. Bicycle routes on the campus are incomplete and bike parking is inadequate. Specifically, the bike path/lane network is incomplete and has several gaps including intersections where road space is dedicated to turning lanes. To remedy these conditions and establish the legitimacy of bicycling on campus, the Master Plan Update identifies a number of guiding principles, as follows. • Provide continuous connections in the bicycle network. • If necessary, use sharrows at intersection approaches to accommodate turn lanes. • Coordinate with the City of Auburn on public streets. For example, College Street does not appear to be suitable for bike lanes, however, Gay Street is an acceptable parallel corridor. The University should work with the city to identify preferred bicycle routes serving the campus. Bicycle parking should be plentiful and convenient for cyclists without degrading the campus open space environment. It is recommended that bicycle parking be carefully located in coordination with campus landscape design; for example, parking can be located near side entrances rather than at front doors of buildings. Bike shelters can provide protection while shielding bikes from public view. To provide bike parking in the quantities needed within the context of a well-landscaped and uncluttered campus, bicycle corrals are proposed. A 50 foot by 50 foot corral, for example, will accommodate 150 to 175 bikes, depending on design. Other smaller arrays of bike parking can also be distributed as needed. Please see the separately documented landscape master plan for the proposed design approach to bicycle parking. Figure 10-11 illustrates the proposed bicycle network and parking for the core campus.

Planning Elements: Transportation

175

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

PROPOSED TRANSIT ROUTES

W Thach Ave

W Samford Ave

E Samford Ave

ire

llege

Lem Morrison

S Co

ordan

Shug J Pkwy

800

S Donahue Dr

1600 ft

Figure 10-12. Proposed transit routes illustrating areas where new services are required

LEGEND Existing Transit Route/Stop

CDV

Proposed Transit Route

Health Science Sector

5 Minute Walk Radius

Future Performing Arts Center

Areas requiring additional transit services

176

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

TRANSIT Existing transit stops are located within a five-minute walk of all core campus locations. It is recommended that transit services to be extended to the new districts of the campus including the Health Sciences Sector, the Research Park and, over the long-term, to peripheral areas along Woodfield Drive as shown in Figure 10-12. (Over the long-term, sites for a performing arts center and welcome center site are proposed on S. College between Woodfield Drive and S. Donahue). It is also recommended that Mell Street remain open to transit services in order to provide service to the east side of the central core. Note, the goal is to avoid bus routes on S. College where background travel and traffic lights would delay bus headways. R ECO MM EN DAT I O N S • Provide service to the proposed Wire Road (CDV) lot to better serve commuters; • Extend service to the south side of the Campus Green garage; provide a direct connection to points south along Duncan Drive extension; • Maintain Mell Street for transit services; other traffic could be restricted if desired; • Provide transit services to the Health Sciences Sector; • Provide transit services to the future Performing Arts Center.

Planning Elements: Transportation

177

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

PROPOSED SERVICE ROUTES AND PROPOSED ROADWAY CHANGES

W Thach Ave

W Samford A ve

ire

3 0

400

800 ft

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

Duncan Dr

Figure 10-13. Proposed vehicular and emergency/service routes

LEGEND Existing Vehicle Circulation

Pedestrianized Thach (from Haley to S. Donahue)

Proposed Vehicular Route

Duncan Drive Extension

Emergency/Service Access

VCOM Road

New Building Service Access

178

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

VEHICU LA R ACC ESS Consistent with the focus of the Master Plan Update on a pedestrianoriented campus, the proposed changes to the vehicular circulation system are relatively minor. The changes build upon the road closures implemented over the past ten years including Thach Avenue, Roosevelt Drive, and Duncan Drive east and north of the Jordan-Hare Stadium. In support of these closures, it is recommended that traffic be removed from Thach Avenue between the Haley site and Donahue Drive, completing the Thach pedestrian concourse. Other roadway changes include the extension of Duncan Drive from Lem Morrison to Woodfield Drive (see Figure 10-13). EMERGEN CY A N D S ERV IC E ACC E SS In support of the pedestrianization goal, service routes are addressed in the Master Plan Update indicating how service can be provided to proposed buildings in the established core of the campus. Figure 10-13 indicates the combined pedestrian/service routes and the proposed service access or dock locations. The combined pedestrian/service routes are envisioned to have the character of a pedestrian concourse however, they will be designed such that service and emergency access is possible.

Planning Elements: Transportation

179

AP P EN D I X : EVA LUAT IO N O F G A R AG E O P T IO N S SITE

TOTAL $ $ / NET NEW SPACE

COST FACTORS/CONSIDERATIONS

PEDESTRIAN ACCESS TO CENTRAL CORE

TRAFFIC

PROS/CONS

A. Engineering Shops

$8.6M $15K

Demolition costs

PRO: Best, most convenient location, within the NorthCentral Core PRO: Direct access to Magnolia PRO: Traffic impacts have been studied and judged to be manageable (source: Skipper Consulting, Northeast Quadrant Parking Facility Traffic Study. â&#x20AC;&#x153;The proposed parking deck would not adversely affect traffic operations of the study area roadways.â&#x20AC;?) PRO: Structure can be inconspicuously situated CON: Tight site may complicate construction and efficiency of layout (Existing chiller must be maintained south of Textile)

B. Library Garage Reconstruction

$12M $26K

Demolition costs Displaces garage

PRO: Relatively close to North-Central Core PRO: Good location for evening use at library PRO: Convenient to Ag Hill users CON: Potential impact on open space along College Street CON: Would involve reconstruction of existing garage, with relatively low yield of net new parking spaces CON: Loss of spaces during construction

C. Comer

$8.3M $16.3

Demolition costs

PRO: Serves Ag Hill PRO: On eastern edge of campus; could intercept parking demand from the east CON: Very close to Comer and other buildings; views from buildings need to be considered CON: Limits expansion of academic and research facilities on Ag Hill CON: College Street curb cut causes traffic friction

D. The Village lot

$12.6M $21K

Displaces parking

PRO: Relatively close to North-Central Core and Lowder PRO: Direct access to Donahue Drive and Magnolia Avenue PRO: Available for athletic events CON: May affect traffic operations at Magnolia/Donahue intersection CON: Replaces existing parking: net new spaces are fewer than total constructed

E. Coliseum

$17.7M $16K

Demolition costs

PRO: Potential for large garage PRO: Could serve athletic events CON: Far from North-Central Core CON: Not within a five-minute walk of any academic buildings in the central core CON: Limits expansion of athletics and recreation facilities

F. CDV

$12.6M $15K

Demolition costs Displaces parking

PRO: Site is available PRO: Available for athletic events CON: Far from central core CON: Requires demolition of CDV CON: Would rely on Tiger Transit service CON: Replaces existing parking: net new spaces are fewer than total constructed

180

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

AP P ENDI X : EVA LUAT IO N O F G A R AG E O P T IO NS SITE

TOTAL $ $ / NET NEW SPACE

COST FACTORS/CONSIDERATIONS

PEDESTRIAN ACCESS TO CENTRAL CORE

TRAFFIC

PROS/CONS

G. Alumni Center

$5.5M $20K

Inefficient layout

PRO: Productive use of currently underused university property PRO: On eastern edge of campus; could intercept traffic from the east PRO: Opportunity for multiple uses CON: Site dimensions limit efficient configuration CON: Further from North-Central Core CON: Across College Street; would require crossing busy intersection

H. College & Samford

$4.7M $25K

Displaces parking Inefficient layout

PRO: Available university land PRO: On eastern edge of campus; positioned to intercept parking demand from the east CON: Far from north Central core. CON: Site dimensions limit efficient configuration CON: Across College Street; would require crossing busy intersection CON: Replaces existing parking: net new spaces are fewer than total constructed

I. The Cambridge

$4.3M $20K

Land acquisition Inefficient layout

PRO: Relatively near North-Central Core PRO: On eastern edge of campus; could intercept parking demand from the east PRO: Potential for mixed-use development CON: Auburn does not own property CON: Across College Street; would require crossing busy intersection CON: Lot is too narrow for minimum garage depth, unless it encroaches onto the hotel parking lot

J. Auburn Hotel

$5.9M $28K

Displaces parking Inefficient layout

PRO: Relatively near North-Central Core PRO: On eastern edge of campus; positioned to intercept parking demand from the east CON: Site dimensions limit efficient configuration CON: Across College Street CON: Mid-block site might induce unsafe pedestrian crossings of College Avenue CON: Garage entrance/exit and curb cuts would be necessary on College Avenue CON: Limits expansion of hotel

Planning Elements: Transportation

181

CHAPTER CONTENTS INTRO D U CT I O N 1 83 CAMP U S S EC U RI T Y CO NT E XT

1 83

S ECU RI T Y PLA N S

1 83

TECH N O LO GY 1 85 ENVIRO N MEN TA L S EC U R IT Y R ECOMM EN DAT I O NS 1 85 S ECU RI T Y VI S I O N A ND R ECOMM EN DAT I O NS S U M M A RY

182

1 87

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

11. Campus Security

INTRODUCTION

SECURITY PLANS

The Master Plan Update provides recommendations for promoting a safe and secure campus environment for students, staff, faculty and visitors at Auburn University. Campus security is a broad ranging topic involving many aspects of campus operations, the campus environment, and crime prevention/detection technology. This chapter primarily focuses on security recommendations for the campus environment while noting key operational and technological considerations. The environmental security recommendations emphasize crime prevention and detection rather than day-to-day safety concerns, which are discussed in other planning element chapters. For example, pedestrian and bicycle safety are covered in the Transportation Element. The environmental security recommendations focus on site-level issues rather than specific guidelines for buildings and interiors.

A survey of campus security plans reveals three main areas of focus: operational, technological, and environmental. As noted, the Master Plan Update focuses primarily on environmental security recommendations. The Department of Public Safety and Security is responsible for planning the operational and technical aspects of campus security.

CAMPUS SECURITY CONTEXT The current security context in the United States requires that campus security plans be developed to protect students, employees, and property. The plans must address natural disasters, potential criminal activity, potential terrorist actions, cyber-attacks and threats to research, and attacks on individual members of the campus community. Combined with the increased frequency of natural disasters such as hurricanes, tornados, and flooding, security plans must now respond to a broader range of issues and risks. Security plans, therefore, must be based on an all-hazards approach. Security planning at Auburn is coordinated by AU Public Safety and Security/Emergency Management, AU Risk Management and Safety, and the AU Threat Assessment Team in cooperation with the City of Auburn Police, Fire, and Medical services; campus facilities staff; members of the campus and broader communities; and the senior administration of the University, including the president. The importance of presidential engagement is supported by a 2007 report on campus security and safety published by SCUP (Society for College and University Planning). SCUP concluded that campus presidential leadership is critical in developing a safety and security plan, and that it is critical for the president to serve as the public relations spokesperson during major events (Results of the National Campus Safety and Security Project Survey, 2008).

Planning Elements: Campus Security

OPE R AT I ONAL The Auburn University Department of Public Safety and Security has primary responsibility for emergency management on campus. Emergency guidelines for various hazards including fires, severe weather, chemical spills, physical threats, weapons, bomb threats, utility emergencies, and strange odors are provided on the Public Safety website. Other information and resources, including policies and procedures, emergency preparedness information, weather, and campus violence resources are also addressed on the website. (For details, see: http://www.auburn.edu/administration/public_safety ) In addition to members of the AU Public Safety staff, Campus Community Emergency Response Teams (Campus CERT or CCERT) provide assistance during emergencies. CCERT are volunteers trained to assist during campus emergencies. The primary responsibility of the team is to help building occupants evacuate, take shelter, and respond to emergencies. During an emergency, Campus CERT members assist first responders and communicate with building occupants. At other times, they may identify and help correct hazards and educate building occupants on emergency preparation and response. All Campus CERT members are trained in the following areas: •

Disaster preparedness

•

Fire safety and fire extinguisher use

•

Disaster medical operations

•

Light search and rescue

•

Campus CERT organization

•

Disaster psychology

183

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

EXISTING EMERGENCY PHONES

W Thach Ave

W Samford A ve

5- m in u

1 0- min

te wa

alk

e w alk

te w a

ute w

1 5- m in u

2 0 - m in ut

ire

400

800 ft

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

Duncan Dr

Figure 11-1. Existing blue light emergency phones

LEGEND Existing Emergency Phone 400-foot Radius Nighttime Pedestrian Desire Lines

184

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

EMERGEN CY RES PO N S E P L A NNING The Auburn campus security plan is supported by the programs and initiatives of AU Public Safety which include education and awareness, emergency preparedness plans, and emergency response and incident management. Auburn has in place policies, procedures, and guidelines that inform the day-to-day behavior of the campus population, placing the campus population in partnership with Public Safety. Auburn security plans also address emergency management considerations including prevention, mitigation, preparation, response, and recovery from incidents that threaten life, property, operations, or the environment. According to a 2007 report issued by the International Association of Emergency Managers, emergency management plans should be: 1. Comprehensive, covering all potential hazards 2. Progressive, anticipating future disasters and building a disaster-resistant and disaster-resilient community 3. Risk driven, using sound risk management principles to assign priorities and resources 4. Integrated, ensuring unity of effort among campus, government, and community officials 5. Collaborative, sustaining broad levels of trust, engagement, and communication among all stakeholders 6. Coordinated, aligning the efforts of all stakeholders 7. Flexible, using innovative and creative approaches to address disaster-related challenges 8. Professional, using a science-and-knowledge-based approach to planning and sustaining emergency management protocols1

TECHNOLOGY Security controls are utilized as part of a security plan to delay, detect, and deter inappropriate or unauthorized conduct. Security controls fall into two categories: â&#x20AC;˘

Preventative controls are used to reduce the likelihood of a crime, protect valuables, and make it difficult to carry out a crime. These controls include locks and access readers.

â&#x20AC;˘

Detective controls reveal crime. These controls include alarms, motion detectors, security cameras, and blue light phones.

Auburn utilizes both preventative and detective controls on the campus, all of which are coordinated by AU Public Safety and Security.

1 Results of the National Campus Safety and Security Project Survey, 2008, p.7

Planning Elements: Campus Security

ENVIRONMENTAL SECURITY RECOMMENDATIONS As a physical master plan, the update focuses on campus and site-level recommendations that support the operational and technical initiatives of AU Public Safety and Security. A survey of campus environmental security recommendations at other universities suggests that a layered approach is optimal. Specifically, environmental security measures on many campuses are layered featuring concentric rings of security. Beginning with the campus perimeter, the layers move inward to building exteriors, to restricted interior areas, and finally to areas where sensitive or expensive equipment or communication systems are located. Based on this survey, the environmental security recommendations for Auburn include the following: CAMPUS PE R I ME T E R The physical design elements that characterize the Auburn campus and landscape are reinforced in the plan to help delineate the campus boundaries. These elements include signage, banners, gateways, consistent landscape treatments, and institutional character buildings of a shared style. It is important for members of the campus and broader community to understand the general area in which campus security guidelines and regulations apply. Please see the Landscape Element of the Master Plan Update and the separately documented landscape master plan for more detailed information on perimeter recommendations. ACCE SS ROUT E S To encourage more activity and public surveillance on key routes, especially a night, the Master Plan Update maintains and extends primary pedestrian, bicycle, and vehicular routes where security controls can be concentrated. Key pedestrian routes include Thach Concourse, Tiger Concourse, Dugger Concourse, and Roosevelt Concourse, among others. Campus core through-traffic is accommodated on W. Samford and S. Donahue with the goal of limiting public access on internal streets and service roads. The concourses, service drives, and vehicular streets of the campus will continue to serve as access routes for emergency vehicle access to campus destinations. SI T E LI GHT I NG The update recommends that the University employ the standards of the latest edition of the Illuminating Engineering Society (IES) as a guideline for establishing illumination levels for the various use areas of the campus grounds including streets, parking lots, walkways, bus stops, crosswalks, plazas, gathering spaces, and other open spaces. The IES illumination levels should be understood as one of multiple factors that determine the real and perceived level of security on campus. The specific lighting plans for the various areas of the campus should take into account the IES guidelines as well as factors such as vertical illumination, shadow patterns, directionality of light with respect to the viewer, light uniformity, glare, the immediate physical surroundings, and the visual adaptation of the viewer. The IES standards should be understood as guidelines rather

185

than absolute standards, and should not take the place of experienced and thoughtful professional design based on an understanding of the specific nighttime site context and user needs. The separately documented landscape master plan provides additional detail on site lighting. VIS IB I LI T Y One of the factors that accounts for a feeling of security on campus is openness, particularly at nighttime. Areas of dense vegetation can sometimes be perceived as shadowy and unsafe in the nighttime environment. With the full recognition that campus security is the result of many factors (activity level, policing, informal and organized surveillance, light levels, hour of day, level of solitude) it is recommended that within the campus academic, residential, recreation, athletics, and parking areas, and at transit areas and along major pathways, vegetation be selected, organized, and maintained to promote a general feeling of openness and good visibility. Decisions regarding vegetation and security should be made on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the overall context. The goal should be to maintain reasonable levels of visibility while retaining the attractive space-defining qualities and environmental benefits that plants can bring to the campus. The separately documented landscape master plan provides additional information on campus planting and site visibility.

•

In the cell phone era, the relevance of emergency phones has come into question. Data from other colleges and universities reveal emergency phones are used minimally and most often for pranks. Security officials report the vast majority of earnest emergency calls are received via cell phone.1

•

A few institutions that have or plan to discontinue emergency phones include University of Georgia, University of Kentucky, New Mexico State University, Contra Costa Community College District (California), and University of California Davis.

•

Further research into the benefits of expanding the blue light system is recommended. Should the University find the need to expand the blue light system, Figure 11-3 suggests recommended areas of future expansion.

The plan recommends that landscapes be planned and maintained so as not to obstruct lighting and physical observation. Plants around security cameras should also be maintained so as not to interfere with their operation. The separately documented landscape master plan provides additional detail on the security issues of the campus landscape. BLUE LI G H T EM ERG E NCY P H O NE S Auburn has in place a system of emergency telephones along major pedestrian routes, in open spaces, at transit stops, in parking lots, and in garages to provide direct communication with AU Public Safety (see Figure 11-1). In addition to the site-level recommendations, building level measures are proposed to secure building perimeters, entrances, mechanical rooms, emergency exits, and ground-floor windows. Auburn utilizes technology such as card readers to limit access to buildings. AU Public Safety is responsible for building-level security measures. It should be noted that reported incidences of personal crimes on campus have remained few to non-occurring in recent years.* However, students report not feeling safe in some areas of campus.

186

•

The university conducts an annual review of site lighting and blue phone placement to identify areas that require additional lighting and phones.

•

The campus landscape is maintained such that operation of lighting and cameras is not obstructed by plant materials.

•

The campus perimeter is denoted by signage and landscape character.

1 Results of the National Campus Safety and Security Project Survey, 2008 The National Association of College and University Business Officers (NACUBO) and several professional organizations supported the National Campus Safety and Security Project in 2008. The contributing organizations included: NACUBO, APPA; American College Personnel Association; Association of Governing Boards of Universities and Colleges; Campus Safety, Health, and Environmental Association; EDUCAUSE; the International Association of Campus Law Enforcement Administrators, the National Association. Beatty, Lily. “Blue Light Emergency Phones are Desired, but not Often Used.” The Daily Collegian. March 7, 2013. Editorial Board. “Costly, Obsolete Emergency Phones Should be Scrapped.” The Daily Iowan. February 22, 2012. Moltz, David. “Last Call for Blue Phones?” Inside Higher Ed. September 2, 2010. “UC Davis to Remove Emergency Phones.” Security Magazine. June 26, 2011.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

SECURITY VISION AND RECOMMENDATIONS SUMMARY The Master Plan Update provides recommendations for security improvements on the Auburn campus related to the physical environment. T HE VISI O N Planning and designing campus buildings, landscapes, and infrastructure projects to facilitate security operations and the optimal function of security technology will provide a secure campus environment. This is to be done in a manner that supports the collaboration and engagement objectives of Auburnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s academic, research, and community outreach mission and in a manner that results in an open, inviting campus environment. The Master Plan Update focuses on site-level recommendations, which in turn support the operational and technological initiatives of Public Safety and Security.

Maintenance Plan and maintain landscapes so as not to obstruct lighting and physical observation. Maintain plants around security cameras so as not to interfere with their operation. An annual assessment of campus lighting is recommended. Blue light emergency phones Conduct an internal review of the existing system to determine whether the technology still makes sense for Auburn, considering utilization, deterrence, and cost, among other metrics. The siting of emergency phones is a field determination, but as a rule of thumb, each phone should be placed within view of the next phone, especially along major pedestrian routes, in open spaces, at transit stops, in parking lots, and in garages (see Figure 11-3). Security cameras

SITE LEV EL B EST PRACT IC E R ECO M M E NDAT IO NS Campus perimeter

Auburn University has had an aggressive program for security camera installation in recent years. Further development of the system will be determined by AU Public Safety.

Delineate the campus perimeter with physical design elements that characterize the Auburn campus and landscape to signal entrance to the campus environment. Please see the Landscape Element and the separately documented landscape master plan for details.

In closing, it is recommended that Auburn conduct an in-depth integrated security plan for its buildings and grounds to address video cameras, blue lights, and lighting to provide additional detail and rigor.

Safe Walks Develop a system of preferred nighttime pedestrian routes as part of operational procedures and safety education programs. Safe walks facilitate safety in numbers by concentrating nighttime pedestrian activity along a few key routes. Security patrols, lighting, and emergency phones are redoubled along safe walks (see Figure 11-2). Lighting Employ the standards of the latest edition of the Illuminating Engineering Society (IES) as a guideline for establishing illumination levels for the campus grounds including streets, parking lots, walkways, bus stops, crosswalks, plazas, gathering spaces, and other open spaces. (The IES standards should be understood as guidelines rather than absolute standards, and should not take the place of experienced and thoughtful professional design based on an understanding of the specific nighttime site context and user needs). Visibility Select, organize, and maintain vegetation to promote a general feeling of openness and good visibility within the campus academic, residential, recreation, athletics, and parking areas, and at transit areas and along major pathways. The goal should be to maintain reasonable levels of visibility while retaining the attractive space-defining qualities and environmental benefits that plants can bring to the campus.

Planning Elements: Campus Security

187

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

PROPOSED DESIGNMATED NIGHTTIME WALKS

W Thach Ave

m in

ire

10-

e w alk

ute

w alk

5-m

2 0 - m in ut

in ut

e w al

W Samford A ve

400

800 ft

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

Duncan Dr

Figure 11-2. Proposed Nighttime Walks - recommended walks or routes where nighttime pedestrian movement can be concentrated and elevated security measures can be applied

LEGEND Active Nighttime Use Street Lamp Nighttime Pedestrian Desire Lines Proposed Safe Walks

188

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

PROPOSED EMERGENCY PHONES

W Thach Ave

5-m inute walk

10-m

e w alk

w inute 15-m

alk

2 0 - m in ut

wa inute

W Samford A ve

ire

400

800 ft

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

Duncan Dr

Figure 11-3. The siting of emergency phones is a field determination, but as a rule of thumb, each phone should be placed within view of the next phone

LEGEND Existing Emergency Phone Proposed Emergency Phone 400-foot Radius Nighttime Pedestrian Desire Lines Proposed Safe Walks

Planning Elements: Campus Security

189

CHAPTER CONTENTS INTRO D U CT I O N 1 91 EXIST I N G CO N D I T IO NS

1 91

ISS UE 1: AT H LET I CS FIE L DS A ND FAC IL IT IE S N E E DS

1 91

F IELD A N D FAC I LI T IE S R ECO M M E NDAT IO NS SUMMARY 1 95 ISS UE 2 : S PEC I A L E V E NTS PA R K ING

1 95

ISS UE 3 : G A ME- DAY PA R K ING

201

190

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

12. Athletics INTRODUCTION Athletics is an important aspect of the Auburn University culture and tradition contributing to the overall quality of the Auburn experience. The Athletics Planning Element focuses on accommodating the fields and facilities required by the Athletics Department. It also addresses two ancillary issues: 1) providing adequate parking for basketball and other large scale events in the Auburn Arena and at Plainsman Park; and, 2) identifying opportunities for better utilizing facilities and grounds on the main campus on Game-Day.

EXISTING CONDITIONS The Athletics Department oversees all intercollegiate activity on the Auburn campus including the following sports: baseball, basketball, cross country, equestrian, football, golf, gymnastics, soccer, softball, swimming and diving, tennis, track and field, and volleyball. Auburn athletic facilities are concentrated in the established core of the campus along S. Donahue Drive extending south to Lem Morrison Dirve. Major facilities within the Athletics and Recreation Sector of the campus include Jordan-Hare Stadium, Plainsman Park, Arena, Martin Aquatics Center, Watson Field House, Indoor Practice Facility, the Athletics Complex and the Old Hutsell Track. To the south of Stamford Avenue, facilities include the McWhorter Center, the Softball Complex, and Hutsell-Rosen Track. Off-campus facilities shared with the community include the Yarbrough Tennis Center and the Auburn University Golf Club.

ISSUE 1: ATHLETICS FIELDS AND FACILITIES NEEDS Based on consultation with the Athletics Department, the following programmatic needs are identified and addressed in the Master Plan Update: • Athletics Complex Expansion: 30,000 square feet of administrative space • Plainsman Park: one practice infield, covered batting cage, premium seats, other stadium enhancements • Soccer Complex: expansion of seating, press box, fan amenities • Softball Complex: additional parking • Equestrian: competition and support facilities • Olympic Sports Medicine Facility: replacement of space in Coliseum • Volleyball Facility: replacement of space in Coliseum • Game-Day Activities: enhancement

areas

needed

for

Game-Day

• Women’s Sports Expansion: future capacity for two sports, two facilities each equal in size to the soccer facility • Jordan-Hare Stadium Expansion: to be determined

The Beard-Eaves-Memorial Coliseum is targeted for demolition following the completion of the new Kinesiology Building. This will vacate a large site area for other uses. The Old Hutsell Track site is also available for other uses (see Figure 12-2).

Planning Elements: Athletics

191

N Donahue Dr

N College St

EXISTING ATHLETICS DEPARTMENT FIELDS AND FACILITIES

W Magnolia Ave

W Thach Ave

W Samford A ve

ire

400

S Co

Lem Morrison

llege

800 ft

Figure 12-1. Existing Athletics Department fields and facilities

LEGEND Existing Athletics Facilities Existing Athletics Fields Existing Athletics Track Outdoor Pool Shared Athletics Facilities

192

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

ATHLETICS DEPARTMENT GROWTH POTENTIAL

W Thach Ave

8 10

W Samford Ave 2

E Samford Ave

5 6 7

ire

Shug J kwy

P ordan

S Donahue Dr

S Co

llege

Lem Morrison

Figure 12-2. Analysis of Athletics growth potential

LEGEND ft

Campus Core. Limited infill sites available. Academic uses are given a priority. Athletics and Recreation Sector: Limited infill and redevelopment sited available Potential Infill and Redevelopment Sites

Planning Elements: Athletics

Outlying Campus Areas Identified for Expansion

6. Athletics Complex Parking Lot 7.

ETV Site

W. Stadium Parking Lot

Coliseum Site

8. CDV Site (could also be used for parking or housing)

Coliseum Parking Lot

9. S. Hay Field

4. Substation site 5.

10. W. Samford Site

Old Hutsell Track

193

P OTE N T I A L D EVELO PM E NT A ND E X PA NS IO N SI T E S The Master Plan Update identifies locations for new facilities and fields in two general areas of the campus: 1) the Athletics and Recreation Sector; and, 2) outlying areas of the campus.

AT HLE T I CS E XPANSI ON AR E AS In response to known and potential future needs of the Athletics Department, several sites are identified for facility expansion. The expansion sites are as follows:

The development sites examined within the Athletics and Recreation Sector include the athletics complex site, the Old Hutsell Track, the site of the Beard-Eaves-Memorial Coliseum, the southwest corner of the W. Samford and S. Donahue intersection, the substation site east of Plainsman Park (the substation is to be relocated in the future), the West Stadium parking lot, and the parking lot east of Beard-Eaves-Memorial Coliseum. Of these, the best opportunities for major infill and redevelopment are the athletics complex site and the Old Hutsell Track. The BeardEaves-Memorial Coliseum site, Plainsman Park substation site and W. Samford and S. Donahue lot are also potential expansion areas, although parking or other non-athletic sties are also viable options. The West Stadium and Coliseum parking lots are needed for day-to-day campus parking and special events, and, therefore, are viewed as improvement areas rather than development sites.

1. Old Hutsell Track—6.79 acre site identified for women’s sports expansion and/or the Olympic sports medicine facility.

The outlying areas examined in the Master Plan Update include the southern portion of the Hayfield along Woodfield Drive, the open land at the northeast corner of W. Samford and Shug Jordan, and the Caroline Draughon Village (CDV) site on Wire Road. The Woodfield Drive and W. Samford sites are the least encumbered by existing uses and more readily available for athletics needs. Development of the CDV site requires the demolition of the former residential buildings located on the site and may be best utilized as parking in the near term. P RO POS ED F I ELDS A ND FAC IL IT IE S Based on an assessment of existing athletics facilities and consultation with the Athletics Department, the Master Plan Update includes recommendations for future facility placement. EXIST I N G FAC I LI T Y IM P ROV E M E NTS The existing athletics facilities in the central campus are maintained in the Master Plan Update with improvements proposed in several areas. Specific recommendations include: Jordan-Hare Stadium—land is reserved for the expansion and continued enhancement of the stadium. Expansion zones are indicated on the north and south ends of the stadium.

2. Coliseum Site—4.31 acre site identified for surface parking and or women’s sports expansion. A future parking deck is also a potential use of the site. 3. Substation Site—1.57 acre site identified for the baseball practice infield, academic support, or parking uses. 4. South Donahue Parking Deck Site—0.25 acre site north of the Biggio Drive Deck reserved for an athletic office building and/ or Olympic sports medicine facility. 5. Athletics Complex Parking Lot—0.97 acre site reserved for expansion of the athletics offices. 6. Southwest Corner of W. Samford and S. Donahue—4.04 acre site identified for an athletic office building, Olympic sports medicine facility, or academic building. PROPOSE D SHAR E D FACI LI T I E S The existing Student Activities Center (SAC) is expected to be repurposed for joint use by athletics and recreation, a strategy made possible by the new Recreation and Wellness Center. Space currently assigned for recreation purposes will be reallocated for an athletics volleyball facility and offices. Approximately half of the building will be designated for this purpose with the remaining portion allocated for student recreation. OUT LYI NG FACI LI T I E S Proposed athletic facilities beyond the campus core include a new indoor riding facility at the Horse Center. This facility will be utilized by the equestrian team, which is an athletics program of the University. Two athletic expansion areas are also indicated outside the campus core. The first is an 11.96 acre site at the northeast corner of W. Samford and Shug Jordan parking which is reserved for women’s sports expansion and/ or Game-Day activities. Currently the site has no designated uses. The second is an 17.50 acre site on Woodfield Drive. It is also identified as a potential expansion site for women’s sports and/or Game-Day expansion.

Plainsman Park—proposed improvements include a covered batting cage, the addition of premium seats, and other stadium enhancements. Pending further study, land is identified for a potential practice infield east of the park on the existing substation site. This site will be available after the substation is relocated as part of a planned upgrade to the facility. Softball Complex—land is reserved for additional parking. Stadium enhancements and additions are also proposed. Soccer Complex—proposed improvements include additional seating, a press box, and fan amenities.

194

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

FIELD AND FACILITIES RECOMMENDATIONS SUMMARY The recommendations for the proposed Athletics Department fields and facilities are summarized as follows: • Reserve land for expansion of Athletics Complex. Site options to study further include the Athletics Complex parking lot and/or the site at the southwest corner of W. Samford and S. Donahue. • Plan for enhancements to Plainsman Park, Soccer Complex, and Softball Complex. • Reserve land for a future practice infield; study the area around the electrical substation adjacent to Plainsman Park and assess against other uses. • Plan for the construction of a new Equestrian Competition and Support Facility. • Reserve land for a new Olympic Sports Medicine Facility. Site options to study further include: site adjacent to the S Donahue Drive parking deck and/or the site at the southwest corner of W. Samford Ave and S. Donahue Drive. • Create a Women’s Volleyball Facility within the Student Activities Center. • Reserve land for constructing facilities and fields for two new women’s sports teams. Site options to study further include the northwast corner of W. Samford area and Shug Jordan Parkway, Old Hutsell Track, CDV, and Beard-Eaves-Memorial Coliseum. • Better utilize all campus lands for Game-Day. • Reserve land for stadium expansion as needed. • Consider landscape improvements in the W. Stadium lots (future design studies are recommended).

ISSUE 2: SPECIAL EVENTS PARKING This section provides on overview of the existing parking conditions for special events, the key parking issues, and the recommendations. E XI ST I NG CONDI T I ONS The estimated existing parking demand for a fully occupied Arena (9,121 seats) is estimated to be 3,010 spaces assuming a demand ratio of 0.33 spaces per seat (ITE Parking Generation Manual, 3rd Edition, 2004, p. 93). Approximately 2,863 spaces are available within a five-minute walk of the Arena. The existing parking shortfall, therefore, is estimated to be 147 spaces. Additional spaces are located within a five-minute walk; however, these spaces are allocated for other users and are not available to visitors. It should be noted that two five-minute walking circles are considered to reflect current patterns of Arena access: one from the north formal entrance; and one from the east entrance. There is no significant difference in available parking to users of either the north or east entrances. The future parking demand during peak occupancy periods is estimated to be in the range of 3,250 spaces. This takes into account full occupancy of the Arena and the demand associated with the Recreation and Wellness Center, 240 spaces (assumes one space per 1,000 square feet: 240,000 square feet total). PAR KI NG I SSUE S The planning process examined options for providing parking during basketball and other large-scale Auburn Arena events. Other issues considered included scheduling conflicts and changes in adjacent land uses. The key issues examined include: • Afternoon events—Parking demand in the Arena area peaks during afternoon events which conflict with scheduled classes. This conflict is exasperated by the new Preferred-C parking system, which gives permit holders priority parking in the lots adjacent to the Arena. • Recreation and Wellness Center—With the completion of the Recreation and Wellness Center, additional parking demand is anticipated in the Athletics and Recreation Sector. This demand is expected to peak during afternoon and evening special events. • Fan Experience—Enhancing the parking and arrival sequence for visitors and sports fans is a key issue relative to streetscape and parking improvements in the S. Donahue corridor. STADI UM AND AR E NA PAR KI NG LOT E NH ANCE ME NT AR E AS As part of a plan to improve the landscape character of the S. Donahue corridor, the W. Stadium and Coliseum parking lots are considered for future enhancements. The potential improvements include additional shade trees and other landscape treatments. The landscape improvements are intended to enhance the appearance of the campus on a day-to-day basis and to improve the Game-Day experience for fans by providing more shade, greenery, and areas for tailgating.

Planning Elements: Athletics

195

N College St

N Donahue Dr

PROPOSED ATHLETICS DEPARTMENT FIELDS AND FACILITIES

W Magnolia Ave

W Thach Ave 4

W Samford Ave 5

E Samford Av

1 6

ire

S Co

llege

Lem Morrison

Figure 12-3. Potential Areas for Athletics Department Facilities and Fields: 1) athletics complex; 2) old Hutsell Track; 3) site adjacent to the Biggio parking deck, 4) Jordan-Hare Stadium area; 5) Beard-Eaves Memorial Coliseum site; 6) SW corner of the Samford & Donahue intersection; 7) substation site east of Plainsman Park; 8) W Samford site; and 9) southern portion of the Hayfield at Woodfield Drive

LEGEND

Shug J

Proposed Expansion Areas

Existing Athletics Track

Proposed Expansion Areas TBD

ordan

Existing Athletics Fields

Outdoor Pool

Pkwy

Shared Athletics Facilities

196

Proposed Game-Day Improvement Areas

Proposed Facility Improvements

S Donahue Dr

Existing Athletics Facilities

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

PAR KIN G S U PPLY RECO M M E NDAT IO NS The Master Plan Update includes proposals for additional surface parking in the Athletics and Recreation Sector at two locations: Caroline Draughon Village (CDV), and on the site of the Beard-Eaves-Memorial Coliseum. These additional parking areas would increase the amount of parking available for special events by 1,116 spaces for a total of 3,979 spaces. S P ECIAL EVEN TS PA R K ING R ECO M M E NDAT IO NS In order to ensure that parking is available for special events during peak hours, it is recommended that management policies be introduced to: 1)direct commuter parking should be directed to the CDV lot prior to special events; and, 2) visitor parking adjacent to the Arena. It is also recommended that 240 parking spaces be reserved for Recreation and Wellness Center patrons. ADDITI O N A L RECO M M E NDAT IO NS INC LU DE : â&#x20AC;˘ The university should develop a comprehensive plan for special events parking with the goal of better utilizing campus resources and enhancing the fan experience. â&#x20AC;˘ In the short to mid-term timeframe, the University should consider developing surface parking at the CDV and Coliseum sites. Over the longer term, parking for special events should be addressed in the redevelopment plans for the CDV and Coliseum sites. â&#x20AC;˘ In the long-term, the University should consider providing additional parking, including possible parking structures, at the Old Hutsell Track, the Athletics Complex parking area, and at the southwest corner of W. Samford and S. Donahue as these areas are redeveloped. GAME-DAY PLA N N I NG R ECO M M E NDAT IO NS S U M MARY Facilities management will assist the Athletics Department in developing a comprehensive plan for Game-Day activities with the goal of enhancing the Game-Day experience. To this end, the following recommendations are provided: 1) organize Game-Day functions to best utilize campus lands, facilities, and infrastructure without negatively impacting each, while remaining compatible with the long-term land use plan; 2) designate and assign authority for all parking and tailgate areas; 3) expand the number of reserved and free parking areas; 4) enhance the parking reservation system by making it easier to use; 5) develop a comprehensive parking/tailgate fee structure for all lots and areas; and, 6) refine traffic patterns to improve access to and egress from Game-Day areas.

Planning Elements: Athletics

197

N Donahue Dr

NN College College St St

EXISTING SPECIAL EVENTS PARKING

W Magnolia Ave

505

W Thach Ave

240

5-minute walk 43

5-minute walk 595 82

W Samford A ve

734 464

200

400

800 ft

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

Duncan Dr

ire W

Figure 12-4. Existing special events parking

LEGEND Existing Athletics Facilities Existing Athletics Fields Existing Athletics Track Outdoor Pool Available Parking

198

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

PROPOSED SPECIAL EVENTS PARKING

505

W Thach Ave

240

5-minute walk 5-minute walk 595

996

W Samford A ve

31 214

734

464

200

ire

400

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

800 ft

S Co llege

Duncan Dr

Figure 12-5. Proposed special events parking

LEGEND Existing Athletics Facilities

Shared Facilities

Existing Athletics Fields

Available Parking

Existing Athletics Track

Wellness Center Parking

Outdoor Pool

Planning Elements: Athletics

199

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

EXISTING GAME-DAY ACTIVITY AREAS

W Thach Ave

W Samford Ave

E Samford A

ire

S Co

llege

Lem Morrison

ordan

Shug J Pkwy

200

S Donahue Dr

Figure 12-6. Existing Game-Day activity areas

LEGEND Stadium Tailgating Parking New Parking (2013)

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

ISSUE 3: GAME-DAY PARKING Football Game-Day is an important part of the Auburn culture and tradition bringing thousands of visitors to the campus and placing significant stress on campus land and infrastructure. Key questions relative to GameDay include the following: â&#x20AC;˘ How can the Game-Day experience be best enhanced for fans? â&#x20AC;˘ How can the campus facilities and grounds be best utilized and protected? Based on consultation with the Athletics Department and a review of how the campus is used on Game-Day, recommendations are provided for better utilizing campus land and parking resources. The Master Plan Update identifies tailgating and parking areas across the campus as shown in the proposed Game-Day tailgate and parking areas diagram. Tailgating is loosely defined to include picnicking activities that occur adjacent to vehicles, in tents located in the campus core or in open spaces throughout the campus. In general, tailgating is proposed in the major open space and landscape areas of the core, and within parking areas located in the core or on the periphery. Expansion areas for Game-Day activities are proposed in three locations as these sites become available: 1. The CDV site (current state or when redeveloped for parking); 2. Coliseum site, following the demolition of Beard-Eaves, and , 3. Woodfield Drive (south of The Hayfield and Plant Sciences area).

Planning Elements: Athletics

201

CHAPTER CONTENTS INTRO D U CT I O N 203 INITIAT I VES 203 O F F IC E O F S USTA I N A B IL IT Y

203

ENERGY RED U CT I O N P L A N

20 5

CLIM AT E ACT I O N P L A N

207

S USTA I N A B I LI T Y R ECO M M E NDAT IO NS

20 9

202

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

13. Sustainability

INTRODUCTION

OFFICE OF SUSTAINABILITY

Auburn’s commitment to sustainability is evidenced, in part, by the creation of the Office of Sustainability, the establishment of Academic Sustainability Programs, and by President Gogue’s signing of the American College and University President’s Climate Commitment (ACUPCC) .

The Office of Sustainability and Academic Sustainability Programs work together to actively promote sustainability at Auburn with emphasis on operations, instruction, research and outreach activities. The Office manages the climate action planning process and coordinated nine working groups charged with developing initial strategies in the following areas: Energy, Transportation, IT, Purchasing, Buildings, Grounds, Food and Dining, Campus and Community Outreach, and Students.

The Master Plan Update builds upon the sustainability initiatives first introduced in the 2007 Master Plan Update. Sustainability concepts and practices have been interwoven throughout the entire Plan Update touching every planning element and influencing the overall planning process. This chapter summarizes these initiatives.

INITIATIVES Since the 2007 Master Plan Update, the following have been established by the University to promote sustainable concepts and actions at Auburn University: 1. Creation of the Office of Sustainability - The Sustainability Office works actively to promote sustainable practices at Auburn with an emphasis on operations, instruction, research and outreach. This Office also manages the climate action planning process and works with Campus constituents to develop strategies for implementing sustainable practices. 2. Development of the Facilities Management Energy Reduction Plan - The Energy Reduction Plan provides strategies and establishes goals for reducing energy consumption and carbon emissions on the Auburn Campus.

The Office of Sustainability and the Department of Agricultural Sustainability together recently completed a year-long campus-wide assessment of sustainability performance using the Sustainability Tracking, Assessment & Rating System (STARS) framework developed by the Association for the Advancement of Sustainability in Higher Education (AASHE). Auburn University’s current sustainability performance is rated as Silver according to the Bronze, Silver, Gold, Platinum performance levels designated by STARS. With a clear indication of current performance, the Office of Sustainability will next focus on creating a long-term vision of a sustainable Auburn University and create specific long-term sustainability goals. Academic Sustainability Programs will focus on promoting growth in instruction and research on sustainability in all academic units on campus, and on training faculty to meet these goals.

3. Creation of the Auburn University Climate Action Plan - The Climate Action Plan, which resulted from President Gouge’s signing of the American College and University President’s Climate Commitment (ACUPCC), establishes targets and strategies for reducing greenhouse emissions associated with University-related activities and promotes a sustainable mindset for decision-making, especially concerning energy and emissions planning.

Planning Elements: Sustainability

203

GAS EMISSIONS INVENTORY 2010

Auburn University Greenhouse Gas Emissions Inventory (2010) % of Net Emissions

Emissions Source

54.7%

Purchased Electricity

13.7%

Stationary Combustion

11.7%

Financed Ground Transportation

9.1%

Commuting

5.4%

Transmission Losses

2.6%

Solid Waste

1.9%

Fugitive Emissions

0.6%

University-Owned Transportation

0.2%

Air Travel

Net Emissions:

160,986 MTCO2e

10k 5k 1k

MTCO2e

Figure 13-1. Auburn University gas emissions inventory* *Source: Auburn University. 2010 Greenhouse Has Inventory, Submitted to ACUPCC January 23, 2012

204

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

S USTAIN A B I LI T Y PO L ICY 1 A ND G OA L S The Office of Sustainability, in conjunction with the Sustainability Operations Advisory Council (comprised of faculty, staff, students, and administrators), assesses the status, condition, and trends of sustainability-related activities, and progress toward reaching the sustainability goals of the University. The overarching goal of Auburn is to “be acknowledged as a national leader in sustainability teaching, research, outreach, and practice”. A summary of the key policy guidance for achieving this goal is provided below as background for the Master Plan Update. The Sustainability Policy provides guidance for efforts to: • Provide students, faculty, and staff with learning, development, and engagement opportunities to understand the ethics, principles, and practices of sustainability. These incorporate ecological, social, and economic systems and their complex interdependence. • Enable and support students, faculty, and staff to generate new knowledge and foster continuous learning and improvement in the understanding and practice of sustainability. • Conduct our campus operations so that we use resources conservatively, efficiently, and sustainably. • Utilize best practices to avoid, minimize or eliminate adverse environmental impacts. • Ensure compliance with applicable local, state, and federal environmental regulations as a minimum standard of performance, and utilize Auburn University sustainability and environmental management policies, procedures, and guidelines to improve performance. • Respect and protect the land, water, and other natural resources under the stewardship of the University.

ENERGY REDUCTION PLAN The Energy Reduction Plan developed by AU Facilities Management provides several strategies and establishes goals for reducing energy consumption and carbon emissions on the Auburn campus. The strategies and goals are provided below as background to the Master Plan Update. ST R AT EGI E S Auburn University Facilities will work to reduce energy usage, utility consumption, energy costs, and the University’s carbon footprint by utilizing the following overall strategies. Please see the appendix to this chapter for detailed strategies. • Increased efficiency of utility production and distribution systems • Improved performance and efficiency of University building systems. • Increased use of energy saving or energy efficient technologies and operational best practices. • Increased energy awareness and energy conservation efforts by all AU Faculty, Students and Staff. AUB UR N FACI LI T I E S E NE RGY GOALS: • Reduce the overall consumption of purchased electricity (kWh) for the University a minimum of 5% by 2020 when compared to a 2010 baseline. This consumption number will include future growth of the campus. • Reduce the overall consumption of purchased gas (MMBtu) for the University a minimum of 5% by 2020 when compared to a 2010 baseline. This consumption number will include future growth of the campus.

• Achieve commitments made in Auburn’s Climate Action Plan.

• Reduce the overall consumption of purchased water (kGal) for the University a minimum of 5% by 2020 when compared to a 2010 baseline. This consumption number will include future growth of the campus.

• Nurture the social, economic, and ecological fabric of our local community and help expand sustainable practices in the region.

• Reduce the overall average electricity energy intensity (kWh use per square foot) of Auburn University facilities 10% by 2015 and 15% by 2020 when compared to a 2004 baseline.

• Design, construct, operate, and maintain campus facilities in a sustainable manner.

• Reduce the overall average water use intensity (kGal use per square foot) of Auburn University facilities 20% by 2015 and 30% by 2020 when compared to a 2007 baseline. • Improve utility plant efficiency 5% by 2015 and 10% by 2020 when compared to a 2011 baseline.

1 This policy provides guidance for achieving Auburn University’s long term commitment to and movement toward sustainability. At present, compliance with this policy means taking progressive steps to move toward sustainability rather than immediately achieving an ultimately desired level of performance. What it means specifically for each unit at any given time will be determined as each unit explores opportunities for progress. An initial assessment of sustainability performance campus-wide was completed in 2012 (STARS report was submitted January, 2013). As set forth in the Auburn University Strategic Plan, Auburn will develop long-term sustainability goals….Having a performance assessment and long-term goals in hand, Auburn will craft goal and unitspecific roadmaps for moving from current levels of sustainability performance toward achieving long-term sustainability goals. Source: https://sites.auburn.edu/admin/ universitypolicies/Policies/SustainabilityPolicy.pdf (accessed November 22, 2012)

Planning Elements: Sustainability

• Reduce domestic water, natural gas, chilled water, and hot water utility distribution system losses 50% by 2015 and 75% by 2020 when compared to a 2012 baseline. • Manage and Conduct utility plant and building energy systems operations and maintenance using industry best practices.

205

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

ENERGY USE INTENSITY OF EXISTING BUILDINGS (KBTU/SF/YEAR)

W Thach Ave

W Samford A ve

ire

400

800 ft

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

Duncan Dr

Figure 13-2. Energy Use Intensity of Existing building on Auburn Campus.* *Source: Auburn University. Building_Efficiency.xlsx. Received 2012/09/28

LEGEND 400+ kBtu/SF 300 - 399 kBtu/SF 200 - 299 kBtu/SF 100 - 199 kBtu/SF > 100 kBtu/SF

206

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

CLIMATE ACTION PLAN 1 In addition to the Sustainability Policy, the Auburn University Climate Action Plan v 1.0 (CAP) provides background guidance for the Master Plan Update. The CAP responds to the requirements of the ACUPCC to establish targets and strategies for reducing greenhouse emissions associated with University-related activities. It promotes a sustainable mindset for decision-making and places emphasis on energy and emissions planning. The CAP calls for ambitious but achievable interim targets for reducing emissions and establishes the long-term goal of reducing Auburn core campus greenhouse gas emissions 100% from 2008 levels by 2050. The initial emissions reductions targets set out for the year 2015 (compared to 2008 emission baselines) are as follows (Auburn Emissions data are provided in the Appendix to this chapter): • 10% reduction in purchased electricity emissions • 10% reduction in on-campus stationary combustion (heating) emissions • 10% reduction in commuting emissions • 10% reduction in campus funded travel emissions • 10% reduction in campus fleet emissions, including small, gasengine equipment. Strategies for energy, transportation, purchasing, grounds and community engagement are outlined in the CAP and provided below as background for the Master Plan Update. ENERGY • Increase the efficiency of utility production and distribution systems. • Improve the performance and energy efficiency of University building systems (including lighting, climate control, IT, and research equipment). • Increase the use of energy saving or energy efficient technologies and operational best practices • Increase energy awareness and energy conservation efforts by all AU faculty, students and staff.

T RANSPORTAT I ON • Improve tracking of campus funded travel for mileage and associated emissions and evaluation of reduction potential • Increase alternatives to single-occupancy private vehicles (SOV) transportation for students, faculty, staff, commuting to and from campus (transit, walking and biking, car/van pooling, car sharing) • Increase use of transportation avoidance/elimination (videoconferencing, electronic delivery, telecommuting, distance learning) • Improve the performance and reduce emissions associated with the campus fleet. • Increase awareness of emissions associated with transportation choices by all AU students, staff and faculty. PURCHASI NG • Establish sustainable purchasing guidelines and / or best practices • Monitor and analyze campus purchasing trends to identify areas for emissions reductions. • Increase awareness of emissions associated with purchasing choices by all AU students, staff and faculty. GROUNDS • Evaluate and manage for potential carbon sequestration through trees and plantings on core campus. • Evaluate potential for reducing building cooling loads by reducing the heat-island effect associated with campus hardscapes • Reduce peripheral emissions associated with water infrastructure by aggressively targeting water reduction measures • Increase awareness of the value of tree protection by all AU students, staff, faculty, campus visitors (tailgating) and contractors. COMMUNI T Y E NGAGE ME NT • Increase understanding and awareness of climate change, and the impact of campus operations and behavioral choices on campus emissions • Increase depth of information and availability of campus resource use to the Auburn community. • Increase participation from the campus community in creating and implementing solutions to reduce campus emissions • Expansion of climate issues and emissions solutions into the campus curriculum.

1 Auburn University Climate Action Plan (11/19/10)

Planning Elements: Sustainability

207

PROPOSED GROWTH BOUNDARIES

1 2

Figure 13-3. Proposed growth boundaries are intended to concentrate development in areas of the campus with infrastructure capacity and where pedestrian- and transit-oriented development can be facilitated.

LEGEND 1.

Central Campus Core

Services Sector

College of Veterinary Medicine

4. Health Sciences Sector 5.

Auburn Research Park

6. Auburn Cultural Sector

208

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

SUSTAINABILITY RECOMMENDATIONS The sustainability recommendations of the Master Plan Update take into consideration the Sustainability Goals of the University and the emissions targets established in the CAP. The recommendations focus on the following areas: 1. Natural Systems; 2. Land Use; 3. Landscape; 4. Water Resources; 5. Energy and Atmosphere; 6. Mobility; and, 7. Quality of Life. The Master Plan Update focuses on the above noted areas of the physical master plan acknowledging that there are a host of associated management, operational and administration considerations that are better addressed by the Office of Sustainability and other administrative units. NATUR A L SYST EMS G OA L Restore and protect the natural systems of the campus in order to demonstrate responsible stewardship, enhance habitat and the ecological functioning of these areas, and more fully benefit from the ecosystems services they provide. The natural systems of the campus reach beyond the campus core to also include several areas outside the established core: the Parkerson Mill Creek corridor and its associated tributaries, wetlands, forested areas, and the field labs utilized for agricultural, veterinary science and forestry mission-related purposes. The Master Plan Update acknowledged that these natural systems play an important role in creating an attractive and livable campus. The Master Plan Update also acknowledges that these systems have value in terms of the ecosystem services they provide, which in part include contributions they make to improved stormwater management, and enhanced water quality and air quality. Natural systems are protected by means of the landscape framework and the land use plan, both of which will require ecologically-based practices in the restoration, conservation, and management of natural resources. The landscape framework designates the natural systems as areas for protection, restoration and enhancement with specific guidance offered in the separately documented Landscape Master Plan. The land use plan designates the natural systems as functional areas in the land use pattern, with emphasis on the ecological service functions they perform (Please see the Land Use Planning Element for specific land use details).

Planning Elements: Sustainability

T HE NAT UR AL SYST E M R ECOMME NDAT I ONS • Reforestation to reconnect existing and fragmented forested areas. • Improvement of the Parkerson Mill Creek corridor through stream restoration implementation, reducing the quantity and improving the quality of stormwater runoff by expanding use of low impact development techniques for stormwater management, reducing impervious surface area, and establishing stream protection buffers in the agricultural and urban areas of the campus. • Restoration and protection of areas of ecological and habitat value such as ephemeral, intermittent, and perennial stream courses, wetlands and wooded areas. • Protection of field labs outside the campus core. LAND USE GOAL: PROT ECT CAMPUS LAND R E SOURCE S I N SUPPORT OF SUSTAI NAB I LITY AND MI SSI ON- R E LAT E D OB J ECT I VE S. The natural and agricultural areas of Auburn include an extensive and contiguous array of land that is intact and that functions as living field laboratories for learning and research in close proximity to and within the campus core. A detailed overview of existing and proposed land uses is provided in the Land Use Planning Element. The Land Use Plan for includes a framework that respects mission-related and natural functions of the campus environment. The value of the outlying land for field labs that support the missions of Agriculture, Forestry, and Wildlife Sciences and Veterinary Medicine is acknowledged. Beyond the land use and natural functions of the land, the open visual quality and agrarian heritage associated with the land is noted to be important to the character and image of the University, and the quality of life of our students. LAND USE R ECOMME NDAT I ONS • Growth boundaries are proposed to contain sprawl, concentrate campus activities, minimize infrastructure expansion, and to promote pedestrian, bicycle and transit friendly environments. Several development zones are defined by the growth boundaries including: the campus core, the Health Science Sector, the Research Park, the College of Veterinary Medicine, the Services Sector, and the Cultural Sector. • The “Village” concept is proposed in conjunction with the development zones to emphasize pedestrian-oriented places or “villages” outside the campus core. The intent is to ensure that development occurs in a compact pattern and in a manner with the early descriptions of Auburn as a “lovely village.”

209

WAT E R R E SOURCE S GOAL Restore and protect campus watersheds and encourage low impact development stormwater management practices throughout the campus, including Parkerson Mill Creek.

Figure 13-4. Parkerson Mill Creek Natural Resource Management Area

LANDSCA PE G OA L Encourage the use of ecologically-based best management practices in the campus landscape to nurture the natural aspects of the campus landscape, address stormwater management, increase tree canopy and the shade it provides, and restore and protect areas with ecological and habitat value. The landscape framework categorizes the campus landscape into typologies with the goal of protecting and enhancing existing natural systems, improving circulation routes and enhancing the open spaces of the core while providing recommendations for future improvements. The specific landscape framework recommendations are documented separately in the Landscape Master Plan along with the proposed best management practices for the campus. At a planning level, the following recommendations are proposed: • Develop a comprehensive shade strategy for the campus. Locate trees such that they shade east and west facades of buildings, outdoor gathering spaces and pedestrian routes. • Develop landscape treatment strategies that incorporate BMPs appropriate for the various landscape typologies of the campus (core campus and peripheral areas). • Utilize indigenous and other appropriate plant materials that require less irrigation and chemical inputs. • Remove invasive species in key areas such as along stream corridors.

210

The Master Plan Update protects and enhances the streams and drainage corridors of the campus, including Parkerson Mill Creek, the central spine of the campus hydrological system. Recommendations for campus streams include removal of invasive species, the creation of vegetative buffer zones, the restoration of native plant materials along the banks, and where possible the re-establishment of stable stream morphology using natural channel design principles. In the agricultural and urban areas of the campus, a stream protection strategy is supported by means of variable setbacks along perennial and intermittent streams and by prohibiting development in the 100 year floodplain and in wetland areas. The stream buffer policy is consistent with similar policy found in the City of Auburn: “Buffer widths for streams are measured horizontally on a line perpendicular to the surface of the water, landward from the top of the bank on each side of the stream. The top of bank is the landward edge of the stream channel during high water or bank full conditions at the point where the water leaves the stream channel and begins to overflow onto the floodplain.” (City of Auburn, AL Stream Buffer, Sect. 413). Within the core, a more sustainable stormwater management strategy is coordinated with the landscape recommendations and low impact development BMPs such as bioretention cells rain gardens, bioswales and other green approaches that promote storage and infiltration of stormwater to achieve a hydrology similar to pre-construction conditions. For specific recommendations, please see the separately documented Landscape Master Plan. Planning level water resource recommendations include: • Establishing buffers along Parkerson Mill Creek and other stream corridors. • Incorporating low impact development best management practices (bmps) to improve stormwater quality by decreasing the volume and rate of stormwater runoff and encouraging storage and infiltration of stormwater using the natural landscape and stormwater control measures such as bioretention cells, green roofs, cisterns, rain gardens, and bioswales among others. Decreasing the impervious surface area of the campus where possible and introducing pervious paving where appropriate. • Providing a trail system along Parkerson Mill Creek to elevate awareness of the water resources of the campus and to highlight their importance to campus ecosystems (in addition to providing alternative modes of movement). • Reducing water consumption through better irrigation practices and efficiency and conservation practices, and increasing the use of water captured from condensate and precipitation.

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

ENERGY A N D EM I SS I ONS G OA L Support the targets established in Auburn’s CAP for decreasing greenhouse emissions associated with activities in campus buildings, generation facilities and transportation. Within Facilities Management, the Energy Management group is charged with the monitoring of and reduction of energy usage at Auburn University. They developed the Energy Reduction Strategy, develop and implement projects aimed at reducing energy usage and improving building performance, and are currently installing a state of the art meter monitoring system with central data collection. The recommendations of the Master Update are intended to assist Auburn in meeting the targets established in the CAP and achieving the University’s energy reduction goals. With this focus, Auburn is actively engaged in comprehensive energy and emissions planning. Energy consumption and, therefore, emissions are tied to the type and total amount of space on campus, the efficiency of existing buildings, operational practices, maintenance of equipment, and the behavior of the campus population. Emissions, per the accounting procedures developed by the International Greenhouse Gas Protocol and recognized by the ACUPCC, include three areas officially referred to as scopes: • Scope 1 - Emissions resulting from direct combustion of fossil fuels on campus, which for Auburn include the heating plants and the campus fleet of vehicles. • Scope 2 - Emissions resulting from consumption of purchased electricity. • Scope 3 - Emissions resulting from “indirect” activities attributable to Auburn by being central to the campus mission, including commuting and air travel purchased by the University. Looking forward, Auburn is planning for energy efficiency and comprehensive emissions reductions with the understanding that campus square footage and population are both likely to increase. The Master Plan Update illustrates a potential increase in square footage in the academic core which, if unchecked, could result in a significant increase in emissions. If Auburn is to reduce total campus core emissions, the challenge will be to reduce energy use and the emissions associated with both existing and proposed facilities. The majority of Auburn’s greenhouse gas emissions are linked to purchased electricity (61%), transportation (22%), and on-campus generation for heating (11%). As a result, the majority of the CAP mitigation recommendations are focused on these three areas. At the same time, the relative contributions of different mitigation projects for reducing the campus emissions are still unclear. Auburn has recommended an approach that focuses on the implementation of a range of projects through 2015, with an increased emphasis on quantification and analysis. Based on the pilot projects that result from implementing the campus CAP, interim and final emissions reductions goals will be finalized.

Planning Elements: Sustainability

The Master Plan Update is intended to support the greenhouse emissions reductions set out in the CAP and offers additional energy efficiency and emissions recommendations in several areas: Land Use / Mobility. A compact land use pattern in the core and outlying development zones is proposed to facilitate pedestrian, bicycle and transit connectivity. The goal is to encourage the use of alternative modes of transportation instead of the single-occupancy-vehicle thereby reducing transportation-related emissions. Landscape. Landscape can play an important role in providing shade and wind protection in addition to rainwater management. Landscape strategies that reduce heat islands (horizontal surfaces such as parking lots that absorb solar radiation) and shade buildings are encouraged in the Master Plan Update to assist in reducing the overall cooling load on the campus. To that end, a tree planting strategy is proposed to shield the east and west facades of buildings and, to provide shade along pedestrian routes to enhance and encourage walking. Passive Design. Building orientation is an important factor in determining the energy requirements for future buildings, especially those that do not have a large internal heating or cooling load generated by lab equipment or high occupancy. Where possible, buildings are oriented on an east-west axis to ensure optimal solar design opportunities and the application of passive design strategies. In addition to strategically planting trees for building shielding, external shading devices (e.g. solar shading structures and trellises) are proposed where significant east and west exposure could increase cooling loads on buildings. Built Environment. Auburn has an opportunity to improve the overall efficiency of core campus buildings in conjunction with the replacement of older deteriorated academic buildings. Many of the older inefficient buildings in the core are scheduled to be replaced over the next 10 years. Optimizing energy conservation and efficiency in new construction will be a priority. Assuming that all new construction is approached with emissions reduction as a key priority, existing facilities present the next most significant challenge to emissions reductions given the range of building ages, systems, technologies, and envelope designs exhibited on campus buildings. Decreasing total campus core greenhouse emissions will require a reduction in energy use in existing buildings to offset the increase that will result from proposed buildings. A range of efficiency improvements including HVAC upgrades, lighting retrofits and other adjustments to existing building systems are necessary as part of the overall emissions accounting process. Auburn is currently investigating possible upgrades through a comprehensive building retro- and continuous- commissioning focus. LEED Principles and guidelines will be encouraged to improve the performance of future renovation and new construction. Renewable Energy. While campus energy use can be reduced by constructing highly efficient new buildings and retrofitting existing buildings for efficiency, all campus buildings, new or old, will require some amount of energy to operate. Because of this, Auburn must consider the sources of energy, and the emissions associated with producing and/or

211

delivering it to campus. Low-and zero-carbon renewable energy options will be required at some point for Auburn to meet the neutrality goals established by the campus Climate Action Plan. Based on analyses and evaluation from the US Department of Energy, the most promising options for Auburn include solar photovoltaic, solar thermal, geothermal heat exchange, and biomass. Auburn has already begun to pilot many of these renewable options on-campus. However, until the â&#x20AC;&#x153;full costsâ&#x20AC;? of all energy sources are reflected in their market rates, wide-spread deployment of renewables on campus is likely to be limited without additional external financial incentives. In order to take advantage of future changes in market pricing structures, and continued advancements in renewable technology that reduce initial costs, it is suggested that future buildings be designed such that they can be adapted to incorporate solar panels. Similarly, geothermal heat exchange systems require dedicated land area for wells which can be designated as part of a land use strategy for the campus.

MOB I LI T Y GOAL Promote an integrated transportation strategy with an emphasis on pedestrian connectivity, improved bicycle circulation and parking, continued focus on transit access, and strategies to minimize the impact of the automobile on the campus. The Sustainability Section of the Master Plan Update defines transportation and circulation as mobility to more accurately express a comprehensive and integrated approach to movement. The intent is to encourage a balanced strategy for transportation emphasizing pedestrian, bicycle and transit movement in support of the emissions reduction objectives of the CAP. The proposed approach builds upon the tremendous success that Auburn has achieved transitioning from an auto dominated transportation system in 2002 to a transit oriented system today. For the specific mobility recommendations of the Update, please see the Transportation Planning Element. The Master Plan Update mobility recommendations supporting sustainability are as follows: Transit. The great success of the Tiger Transit system is advanced in the Master Plan Update by continuing to coordinate the system with the pedestrian and bicycle networks with the intent of encouraging intermodal use. The Update coordinates the land use and facility development strategy with the transit system ensuring that transit stops and waiting areas are coordinated with major destinations and new facilities. Pedestrianization. The Update continues to emphasize the need to invest in pedestrian network improvements within the campus growth boundaries. In the core, the aim is to place highest priority on utilizing land within the 10 to 15 minute waking circle for the core educational and research mission. This includes a continued emphasis on convenience, comfort, safety and security of the pedestrian network. Bicycles. The Master Plan Update places increased emphasis on the bicycle network, parking and policies to accommodate the increased use of bicycles on the campus. In turn, the Master Plan Update supports the following bicycle planning gaols as established through the Office of Sustainability: 1. Provide convenient access to central campus for bikes. -- Provide bike paths that parallel pedestrian walkways OR -- Provide bike paths that are independent of pedestrian walkways but lead to the same destination -- Provide a bicycle loop that allows travel around the core campus pedestrian zone and permits faster travel 2. Provide sufficient parking racks and shelters -- Provide sufficient bike racks to accommodate peak bike traffic on campus at convenient locations -- Provide shelters provided at several strategically placed large storage areas

212

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

Vehicular Circulation and Parking. It is acknowledged that private auto use will continue be a preferred mode of transportation to and from the campus with the understanding that other modes will be required to reduce transportation related emissions. To that end, vehicular circulation is located on the periphery of the campus pedestrian priority zone along with concentrated parking areas. Pedestrian, bicycle, and transit networks with the proposed parking locations are coordinated as part of a strategy to promote a â&#x20AC;&#x153;park once and walk, bike or rideâ&#x20AC;? philosophy. Q UALIT Y O F LI F E G OA L Goal: Promote a high quality of life on the campus consistent with the broader sustainability objectives of the University. The Master Plan Update includes a combination of recommendations that are intended to collectively improve the overall quality of life on the campus. The recommendations are based on the understanding that livable communities are sustainable communities. To that end, improvements to the academic environment, campus housing, dining, recreation, and the pedestrian, bicycle and transit networks to create a high quality campus experience are coordinated. For specific details, please see the Quality of Life Planning Element.

ADDI T I ONAL AR E AS FOR CONSI DE R AT I ON As noted, this chapter primarily addresses physical planning and design strategies incorporated in the Master Plan Update. There are areas addressed in sustainability plans at other institutions that Auburn may wish to address as part of a comprehensive sustainability strategy for the campus and the University. These include: Purchasing Sustainable Goods and Services. Guidelines and policies for purchasing renewable, reusable, recycled, regionally produced products and building materials. For example, the 500 mile LEED recommended radius for purchasing building materials could be emphasized. The outcome of policies in this area includes stimulating the market for environmentally and socially responsive products and services and support for local and regional economic development. Sustainable Food and Dining. Food production and transport are significant issues with regard to ecosystem protection, water use and pollution, and wellness and health. Food preparation also requires significant inputs of energy and water, and generates waste. Policies that encourage the purchase of local and regional foods are encouraged at many institutions with the goal of decreasing transportation-related energy inputs and emissions. Additionally, local food purchases support local farmers and the local economy in general. Waste Management. Waste management and recycling are important considerations in any sustainability plan. Auburn has been active in these areas for several years. Additional considerations include composting of landscape waste as well as food waste both of which require land and management strategies. Education and Research. Emphasizing sustainability in the education and research missions is being addressed in many sustainability plans. At Auburn, the opportunity exists to view the entire campus as part of the sustainable learning environment. If the campus is viewed as the lab for education and research, there are numerous ways in which students could be engaged in the planning, design, management and operation of the campus. Examples include Engineering, Architecture, Landscape, Agriculture, and Forestry. Funding Options. Many sustainability plans set out funding strategies for sustainability including revolving loan funds and fund raising strategies. For example, alumni may be interested in funding sustainability improvements on the campus. Several institutions have established sustainability funds through their development offices. Contributions to the fund go to pay for deferred maintenance projects that would make the campus more efficient relative to the consumption of energy, water and other resources.

Planning Elements: Sustainability

213

CHAPTER CONTENTS INTRO D U CT I O N 21 5 CAMP U S D EVELO PM E NT CA PAC IT Y

21 7

CAMP U S D ES I G N G U IDE L INE S

21 9

UR BAN D ES I G N G U IDE L INE S

221

ACKNOW LED G EME NTS 224

214

14. Implementation

INTRODUCTION The Implementation chapter includes additional detail relative to the Capital Projects Plan, the Academic Capital Projects Plan, the Landscape Master Plan and the Campus Urban Design Guidelines. It also includes a long-term (2040) development plan for the campus core. The plan identifies potential development sites in addition to those designated in the Near-term (10 year) Plan. CAP ITAL PROJ ECTS P L A N (2 01 0 -2 02 0 ) The “Campus Objectives 2010 – 2020” were developed to provide a framework for major University facility investments over the next decade. The objectives define facility needs that represent the critical requirements of Auburn University’s academic, student, athletic, and administrative communities. They are intended to enhance the instruction and research mission, ensure health and safety for students, faculty and staff, and provide good stewardship of University facilities and resources. The objectives for the 2010 – 2020 timeframe were defined as follows: • Construct new Central Classroom Building (or buildings) to provide students with modern, state of the art classroom facilities. • Replace or renovate improve older Academic Buildings to provide a better learning and working environment for students and working environment for faculty and staff. Haley Center, Funchess, Upchurch, Parker, Allison and Spidle Halls,. • Construct a new Student Wellness and Sustainability Center • Create a Health Science Sector • Replace the Small Animal Teaching Hospital • Demolish the Beard-Eaves-Memorial Coliseum, and replace with parking facilities on the site and at the W. Samford Avenue / S. Donahue Drive intersection. • Replace and renovate student housing facilities to improve quality of life. The replacement of Sewell Hall, and renovation of the Hill Residence Halls, and CDV Extension were identified as priorities.

Implementation

• Construct or renovate intercollegiate athletic facilities to increase the University’s competitiveness, including Multipurpose Indoor Practice Facility, stadium renovations, and Olympic Sport Training Facility • Renovate architecturally significant academic buildings to provide a better learning environment for students and working environment for faculty and staff, including the Textile Engineering Building and Comer, Mary Martin, Dudley and Greene Halls • Construct College and Departmental specific research facilities as funding may allow • Construct other facilities as funding may allow. T HE ACADE MI C CAPI TAL PROJ ECTS PLAN ( 2 012-2 02 0) The Academic Capital Project Plan provides a strategy for replacing and renovating key academic buildings in the core of the Auburn Campus. The Academic Capital Project Plan, developed by Auburn University Facilities Management, Office of Campus Planning and Space Management, sets out a 10-year strategy for replacing several major academic buildings that are not deemed worthy of future investment as a result of their general condition. The Academic Capital Project Plan is based on the following objectives: • Construct a new Academic Success Center to provide students with modern, state-of-the-art classrooms • Replace or renovate older academic buildings to provide better learning and working environments. • Create the Health Science Sector • Invest in facilities that support the Arts • Invest in College/Departmental specific research facilities. The ultimate goal of the Academic Capital Project Plan is to transform the learning environment at Auburn through a comprehensive building investment strategy. The strategy coordinates new building and renovation investment in response to specific programmatic requirements while addressing broader goals related to student success and an improved learning environment.

215

DEVELOPMENT CAPACITY OF THE CAMPUS CORE

6 2

1 8

9 12 13

14 16

18 17

19 27

25 28

33 31

Figure 14-1. Describes maximum development capacity of Auburnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s campus core (see Table 14-2 for key).

LEGEND Future development areas

216

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

The Program of facilities for the Academic Capital Projects Plan addressed in the Master Plan Update is as follows:

Table 14-2. Potential Development Areas KEY

FUTURE SITE NAME

Residential Expansion (4 stories)

Academic Expansion (3 stories)

Parking Deck (3 decks)

Academic Expansion (3 stories)

59,118

Academic Expansion (3 stories)

53,550

College of Business Addition

Parking Deck (3 decks)

Academic Expansion (3 stories)

Academic Infill (3 stories)

Residential Expansion (4 stories)

327,568

Academic Infill (3 stories)

106,725

Academic Expansion (3 stories)

39,555

Academic Infill (3 stories)

28,719

Academic Infill (3 stories)

Academic Success Center (3 stories)

Academic Infill (3 stories)

57,315

College of Human Science

50,000

Parking Addition (3 decks)

59,436

Academic Success Center (3 stories)

STEM Facility (3 stories)

124,557

Agriculture/COSAM

144,279

Parking Deck (3 decks)

LANDSCA PE MA ST ER P L A N The Landscape Master Plan is being developed under the direction of Auburn University Facilities Management and supported by the consultant team of jB+a, and Nelson Byrd Wolz, Landscape Architects.

Agriculture

85,716

COSAM Expansion

15,368

CADC

19,071

Academic Expansion (3 stories)

49,500

The Landscape Master Plan provides detail relative to the Landscape Structure set out in the Campus Master Plan Update.

Coliseum Redevelopment Site

235,183

Athletics Expansion

32,589

Athletics Expansion

56,493

Dining Hall

15,206

College of Education (5 stories)

Parking Expansion (4 decks)

Athletics Expansion

251,770

Health Science Sector

738,258

Parking Deck (3 decks)

178,200

Table 14-1. Academic Capital Projects Plan Program PROJECT "Academic Success ComplexMell Commons"

GSF 72,000

"Academic Success ComplexRoosevelt Commons"

120,000

Academic Success Complex-STEM Laboratory Facility

134,000

"College of Education Facility"

123,000

School of Nursing Facility

61,000

College of Human Sciences Facility

50,000

College of Sciences & Mathematics Facilities

156,000

College of Agriculture Facilities

157,000

College of Liberal Arts Facilities

154,000

School of Pharmacy Facilities TOTAL

128,000 1,155,000

The final documentation for the Landscape Master Plan will be developed by jB+a, and Nelson Byrd Wolz.

CAMPUS DEVELOPMENT CAPACITY The guidelines provided in the Master Plan Update are intended to inform the design of near-term facility and landscape projects on the Auburn campus. Looking within and beyond the ten-year timeframe of the Update, the long-term development capacity of the campus has been examined as part of the planning process. Based on available building sites in the core and an assumption of three-to-four-story construction, it is estimated that an additional 2.3 million square feet can be accommodated within the academic core of the campus. Campus core development capacity is illustrated in Figure 14-1.

Implementation

TOTAL

GSF 219,360 130,236 205,200

3712 162,000 45,093 95,544

37,371 110,799

99,975

72,993

163,050 71,560

4,145,069

217

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

ELEMENTS OF THE CAMPUS DESIGN FRAMEWORK

Thach Ave Tiger Concourse

Thach Concourse

W Thach Ave

Miller Ave

Roosevelt Concourse

W Samford A ve

Samford Ave

ire

200

400 ft

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

Duncan Dr

Figure 14-2. Campus Design Framework provides general principles and conceptual guidance for implementing the major campus design proposals

LEGEND: Gateway

Concourse

Gate

Quadrangle

Grid

Civic Space

Proposed Building

Wooded Area

Front Lawn

Long-term Development Site Long-term Quadrangle

218

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

CAMPUS DESIGN GUIDELINES The Campus Design Guidelines provide general principles and conceptual guidance for implementing the major urban design proposals in the Campus Core. The guidelines are intended to establish the manner in which new buildings respond to existing structures, future structures and open spaces, quadrangles, lawns and pedestrian concourses. The guidelines are intended to supplement the detailed guidance provided in the Auburn University Image and Character Guidelines and in the separately documented Landscape Master Plan. The Image and Character Guidelines have been in use since the late 1990’s; they define the architectural and campus design guidelines for the campus. F R AMEWO RK ELEM EN TS The following framework elements form the overall structure of the Auburn campus and together provide its unique character and distinctive identity: Concourses. The two primary concourses, one east-west and the other north-south, form the backbone of the campus core and organize campus spaces. The main east-west mall, Thach Concourse, runs from the main University gateway at S. College Street west, extending all the way through the campus core, to the Village and beyond. The main northsouth mall, extends from W. Magnolia Avenue on the north through the Campus Green and south to the S. Quad. These concourses vary in quality and design expression as one moves through the campus. Gateways. Gateways define the entrances to the campus and create the first impression for visitors and potential students. They must be considered from a vehicular and pedestrian point of view. Gateway elements at primary entrances to the campus reinforce the Auburn University identity. Major vehicular gateways exist in several locations including:

Front Lawns. Front Lawns define the campus edge along the northern and eastern edges of the Campus Core (W. Magnolia Ave. and S. College Street). Interconnected Formal Quads and Pedestrian Scaled Campus Spaces. The campus is defined by a series of campus spaces of various sizes and character that create an interesting and unique identity to the Auburn campus. Formal quadrangles that have tightly controlled edges and strict symmetrical relationships are interspersed with tree-lined pedestrian walkways and other more informal campus spaces. All of these spaces are connected and provide an interesting and clearly delineated landscape framework for campus buildings. Grid of Formal Campus Spaces in the Core. Through history the campus core has expanded along side the adjacent city. The city grid has become an important organizing structure for the northeast corner of the Auburn campus. These east-west and north-south corridors are defined by treelined edges and linear pathways that provide shade for pedestrians and help frame landscape spaces. In some areas stronger edge definition, as created by building edges would make these corridors stronger. Meandering Natural Corridors that Weave into Formal Grid. Unique to the Auburn University campus is the strong presence of the natural riparian corridors that meander through the campus and create interesting points of discovery as creek beds, such as Parkerson Mill Creek, emerge in a predominantly formal landscape. Preserving and enhancing these natural corridors is important to the overall campus framework. Framework elements are illustrated in Figure 14-2.

• W. Magnolia Ave. and S. College St. • Thach Ave. and S. College St. • Roosevelt Dr. and S. College St. • W. Samford Ave. and S. College St. • Woodfield Dr. and S. College St. • Duvall Dr. and S. College St. (Auburn Research Park) • Shug Jordan Pkwy. and S. College St. • Shug Jordan Pwky. And W. Samford Ave. • Wire Rd. and W. Thach Ave. • N. Donahue Dr. and W. Magnolia Ave. Pedestrian oriented gateways are located along Magnolia between S. Donahue and S. College with Tiger Concourse being the major entrance.

Implementation

219

W Magnolia Ave

N College St

N Donahue Dr

CAMPUS DESIGN GUIDELINES

Thach Concourse

W Thach Ave

W Samford A ve

ire

200

400 ft

S Co

S Donahue Dr

Lem Morrison

llege

Duncan Dr

Figure 14-3. Campus Design Guidelines establish principles governing building siting and treatment to ensure that the overall campus setting is cohesive, climate-responsive, and supports the activities of campus users.

LEGEND Building Entry

Wooded Area

Build-to lines and axes

Long-term Development Site

Proposed Building

Long-term civic

Long-term Quadrangle

Quadrangle Civic Space

220

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

URBAN DESIGN GUIDELINES The urban design guidelines build on the noted campus design framework and establish principles governing building siting and treatment to ensure that the overall campus setting is cohesive, climate-responsive, and supports the activities of campus users. The urban design guidelines address the following elements: Visual Relationships and Building Placement. The placement of new buildings should respond to the alignment of adjacent buildings and adhere to the delineation of outdoor spaces. New buildings should be placed to achieve maximum use of their sites and to engage and improve the quality of the outdoor realm. Buildings should not block major pedestrian or visual corridors or encroach on campus outdoor spaces. Buildings should be placed with a symmetrical relationship to other buildings and should contribute to strengthening the formal relationship of buildings and quadrangles in the Campus Core. Quadrangles should be of various sizes and scale, but no quad should be less in width than the height of the adjacent buildings. The alignment of entrances or prominent elements, like towers, on different buildings should relate to important visual or physical relationships. Building Setbacks and Build-To-Lines. When designing along street edges, pedestrian concourses or around quadrangles, buildings and pedestrian pathways should be continuous and help define the edges of the outdoor spaces. Buildings should be situated in a manner that balances security and collegiality of the campus, while maintaining an open and welcoming atmosphere. Building Orientation. Buildings should assume an eastâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;west orientation, wherever possible, to limit western exposure and minimize solar gain. Buildings may be oriented north-south to achieve urban design objectives, such as creating a street wall or defining an outdoor space. South facing facades should be designed with deep overhangs and west and east facades should be outfitted with sunshades to limit direct solar access. Building Form and Massing. The height and proportions of a building determine how large it seems relative to its context. Proposed buildings should be designed in relation to adjacent open space and adjacent buildings. Buildings should be simple in geometry avoiding excessive widths. Uninterrupted faĂ§ade lengths should not exceed 125-150 feet to ensure a pedestrian scale. Where possible, plan widths should be in the range of 60-90 feet wide to allow for day-lighting opportunities. Building heights should be responsive to the context of existing buildings and should be generally 3-4 stories in the Campus Core. Long building facades should be broken down into smaller increments, diminishing the overall perception of the massiveness of large buildings. Landmark features should be located at important public places to create a sense of arrival and to provide visual markers for the campus. Visually important visual markers should be carefully articulated when they act as visual focal points for key view corridors. Typically, the most public functions of a building, such as the building entrance, should be highlighted in the composition, but their proportions should be appropriate to the use and character of the building.

Implementation

221

Building Heights. Average building heights should be 45-60 feet to create a consistent massing and to maximize the utilization of campus land (see Figure 14-4 for visualization of proposed building heights). Lower and higher buildings may be acceptable where they are appropriately scaled to the context and where they do not overwhelm adjacent buildings or outdoor spaces. Areas with topographic changes may allow taller buildings without increasing the height of proposed buildings relative to existing adjacent structures. Ground Level Treatment. The ground floors of buildings should contain the most active and public uses. Transparent materials should provide visual access to these areas, especially when they face an active campus quadrangle or pathway, in order to make the pedestrian experience feel shorter and more interesting. Building Entrances. Building entrances should align with outdoor paths and reflect the unique or memorable qualities of the building uses. All entrances and pathways should facilitate accessibility. Entrances should create fluid connections between interior rooms and exterior spaces. They should provide both physical and visual access to buildings through transparent materials and clarified circulation. Building entries should be defined by building massing, roof, and faรงade articulation; they should contain canopies and overhangs for shade. Mechanical Equipment Screening. Mechanical and service equipment should be properly screened, and mechanical stacks should be grouped together to minimize audible and visual impediments. Mechanical equipment should not be place at or near building main entrances. Building equipment should be integrated in the roof structure. When flat roofs are employed, mechanical equipment should not be visible from ground level or from adjacent buildings. Exterior equipment should painted appropriately to blend with, rather than contrast to, the surrounding landscape. The urban design guidelines are illustrated in Figure 14-3 and Figure 14-4. LANDSCA PE A N D S IT E G U IDE L INE S The separately documented Landscape Master Plan provides detailed and specific guidance for the design of future campus landscapes. The guidelines provide recommendations for pedestrian concourses; street corridors; service areas; and site amenities such as paving, lighting, and seating / site furniture. Signage guidelines are covered in a separate document on campus signage available from AU Facilities Management, Campus Planning and Space Management. The landscape structure guideline diagram provided in the Master Plan Update is intended to identify the locations of the various types of open spaces and landscapes inherent to the Master Plan Update. It provides the structure for the additional detail provided in the Landscape Master Plan.

222

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

BIRDSEYE VIEW OF THE CAMPUS CORE

Figure 14-4. Birdseye view of the Campus Core illustrating proposed new buildings including the classroom addition to the Library, the Academic Success Center, COSAM replacement facility, the College of Human Sciences, the redevelopment of AG Hill, an addition to Leach Science Center, a replacement dining hall (former Terrell Hall,) and the new College of Education in the South Quad.

Implementation

223

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS BOAR D O F T RUST E E S Robert Bentley, Governor of Alabama, President James W. Rane, District 3, President Pro Tempore B.T. Roberts, District 1 Clark Sahlie, District 2 Bob Dumas, District 3 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Lee County Jimmy Sanford, District 4 Gaines Lanier, District 5 Elizabeth Huntley, District 6 Sarah B. Newton, District 7 Michael A. DeMaioribus, District 8 James Pratt, District 9 Charles D. McCrary, At-Large Raymond J. Harbert, At-Large Wayne T. Smith, At-Large

P R ES I D EN T Jay Gogue

EXEC U T I VE FAC I LI T IE S CO M M IT T E E Timothy R. Boosinger, Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs, Chair Dan King, Assistant Vice President for Facilities, Co-chair Donald L. Large, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer William Sauser, Chair, University Senate, Until Fall 2013 Larry Crowley, Chair, University Senate, Starting Fall 2013 J. Emmett Winn, Associate Provost John Mason, Associate Provost and Vice President for Research and Economic Development Ainsley Carry, Vice President for Student Affairs, Until Fall 2013 John Waggoner, Interim Vice President for Student Affairs, Starting Fall 2013 Jay Jacobs, Director, Intercollegiate Athletics Bob Ritenbaugh, Assistant Vice President for Auxiliary Services Owen Parrish, President, Student Government Association, Until Fall 2013 Harrison Mills, President, Student Government Association, Starting Fall 2013 Bonnie MacEwan, Dean, Auburn University Libraries Christopher Roberts, Dean, Samuel Ginn College of Engineering Executive Facilities Committee Members (Ad Hoc) for Land Use Planning Element William Batchelor, Dean, College of Agriculture Calvin Johnson, Dean, College of Veterinary Medicine Chuck Savrda, Interim Dean, College of Sciences and Mathematics James Shepard, Dean, School of Forestry and Wildlife Sciences

MAST ER PLA N CO M M IT T E E (2 01 2-2 01 3 ) Thomas Tillman, University Planner, Chair, Until April 2013 Jeffrey Dumars, University Planner, Chair, Starting April 2013 Gregory Parsons, University Architect, Vice-Chair J. Emmett Winn, Associate Provost Catherine Love, University Engineer Michael Kensler, Office of Sustainability Asim Ali, Information Technology Specialist, Administrative and Professional Assembly Representative Joseph Kemble, Extension Specialist, College of Agriculture, Faculty Representative Charlene Lebleu, Associate Professor of Landscape Architecture, Faculty Representative Rod Turochy, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering, Faculty Representative

224

John Pittari, Associate Professor of Community Planning, Faculty Representative

MAST E R PLAN UPDAT E (AD HOC) COMMI T T E E ME MB E R S Jim Bannon, Director, Research Centers and Outlying Units, Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station Eve Brantley, Assistant Professor, Water Resources, Department of Agronomy and Soils Drew Clark, Director, Office of Institutional Research and Assessment Forrest Cotton, Director, City of Auburn Department of Planning Joseph Ellis, Chair, Staff Council Batey Gresham, Auburn University Alumni Association Michael Harris, Director, Utilities and Energy, Facilities Management Glenn Hughes, President, Graduate Student Council Seth Humphrey, Chair, Administrative and Professional Assembly Dan King, Assistant Vice President for Facilities Amy Hecht Macchio, Assistant Vice President for Student Affairs Brittany McCullough, Diversity Analyst, Office of Diversity and Multicultural Affairs Owen Parrish, President, Student Government Association Carl Pinkert, Associate Vice President for Research Bob Ritenbaugh, Assistant Vice President for Auxiliary Services William Sauser, Chair, University Senate Jeff Steele, Associate Athletic Director for Facilities and Operations Mark Stirling, Director, Real Estate

B ROADE R UNI VE R SI T Y COMMUNI T Y Over 160 meetings were held with University stakeholders to gather information from participants. In addition, approximately 1,300 individuals participated in an online survey which gathered information on the various planning elements. We thank each and every meeting and survey participant for your valuable contribution to the development of the Comprehensive Campus Master Plan Update.

MAST E R PLANNI NG T E AM AU Facilities Management Dan King, Assistant Vice President for Facilities Thomas Tillman, Director, Campus Planning & Space Management Jeffrey Dumars, Assistant Director, Campus Planning & Space Management Richard Guether, Campus Planner Hongbiao Wang, Space Manager Laura McDonald, Space Planner Sasaki Associates Inc. Greg Havens, AIA, AICP, Principal Joseph Hibbard, FASLA, Principal Philip Perlin, Planner Viktorija Abolina, Planner Allen Penniman, Planner Richard York JBA 1ncorporated Joseph E. Bilotta, FAUA, Owner Vickie Stimac, Planner

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update

Implementation

225

226

2013 Auburn University Master Plan Update